ML101650280: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
{{#Wiki_filter:ES-301 ES-301                                  Administrative   Topics Outline Administrative Topics      Outline                      Form Form ES-301-1 ES-SO 1-1 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING         OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farle~
Nuclear Plant Date of Examination:
Facility:                    Plant Nuclear Plant Farley Nuclear                            Date of Date    of Examination:
March 8,2010 Examination Level: SRO + RO Operating Test Number: FA2010301 Administrative Topic TYJ!e Describe activity to be performed (see Note) Co e* Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Examination: March      8, 2010 March 8,2010 Examination Level:
A1.1.A Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in Conduct of Operations N/R progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1. RO portion G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9)
Examination              SRO ++ RO Level: SRO        RO                Operating Test Operating             Number: FA2010301 Test Number:       FA2010301 Administrative Topic             Type
G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
* TYJ!e                     Describe activity Describe   activity to be be performed performed Code Co  e*
(see Note)
Verification of Initial Initial Conditions   Prior to Core Conditions Prior      Core Alterations.
* plant conditions with fuel movement Given a set of plant                             movement in in A1.1.A progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial progress,                                          initial Conduct of Operations              N R N/R conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1.
pOrtlOfl RO portion G2.l.40 (2.8/3.9)
G2.1.40                    G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)
G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)
Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in A1.1.A progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial Conduct of Operations N/R conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1, and then list all Tech Spec conditions, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met. G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9)
Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial Al. I .A A1.1.A conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1, and then list all Conduct of Operations              N/R N/R SRO portion                                    Tech Spec conditions, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met.
G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
G2.l.40 (2.8/3.9)
G2.1.40                      G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
G2.2.1.35 (2.2/3.9) G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)
G2.2.1.3S{2.2/3.9)
G2.2.1.3S{2.2/3.9)
G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)
Al .2.S A1.2.S                             D/R D/R       Conduct A Safety Shutdown Assessment and Determine Conduct of Operations                         Time to Saturation.
A1.2.S D/R Conduct A Safety Shutdown Assessment and Determine Conduct of Operations Time to Saturation.
SRO ONLY                                       G2.1.25 (3.9/4.2)
SRO ONLY G2.1.2S (3.9/4.2)
G2.1.2S A2.1.A                                         Perform a Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1            1 &2 Equipment Control                   DIR D/R       for a stuck rod (STP-29.S)
A2.1.A Perform a Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 & 2 Equipment Control D/R for a stuck rod (STP-29.S)  
(STP-29.5)
+RO 001A4.11 (3.S/4.1)
SRO +RO+ RO                                                 (3.5/4.1) APEOOS 001A4.11 (3.S/4.1)       APEOO5 AK1.0S AKI.05 (3.3/4.1)
APEOOS AK1.0S (3.3/4.1)
A3. 1 .A A3.1.A                              M/R M/R       Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Radiation Control                             Emergency Dose Limits.
A3.1.A M/R Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Radiation Control Emergency Dose Limits. SRO+RO G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)
SRO + RO SRO+RO                                        G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)
A4.1.A M/S Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees Emergency Plan -manually (CSF-O.O)
A4. I .A A4.1.A                             MIS M/S       Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees Emergency Plan -                             manually (CSF-0.0)
SRO+RO G2.4.14 (3.8/4.S)
(CSF-O.O)
G2.4.21 (SRO 4.0/4.6)
SRO SRO+RO + RO                                   G2.4.14 (3.8/4.5)
* Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank <:5. 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes) [1/2] (N)ew or (M)odified from bank e 1) [3/3] (P)revious 2 exams 1; randomly selected)
(3.8/4.S) G2.4.21 (SRO 4.0/4.6)
[0/0] Farley OCT 2010 NRC ADMIN exam outline Page 1 of 1 ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL Facility:
* Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank (. <:5. 3 for ROs; ~ 4 for SROs & RO retakes) [112]      [1/2]
Farley Nuclear Plant Examination Level: SRO + RO Administrative Topic (see Note) A1.1.A Conduct of Operations RO portion A1.1.A Conduct of Operations A1.2.S Conduct of Operations A2.1.A Equipment Control +RO Type Code
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank (> 1)  e 1) [313]
* N/R N/R D/R D/R Date of Examination:
[3/3]
Operating Test Number: FA2010301 Describe activity to be performed Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
(P)revious 2 exams exams (  (~ I; 1; randomly selected) [010]
Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in progress, determine if refueling operations can continue, and if not, the reason(s) that prohibit refueling from continuing.
[0/0]
UOP-4.1 P&Ls and TS and TRM requirements.
Farley Farley OCT OCT 2010 2010 NRC NRC ADMINADMIN exam exam outline outline Page Page 11 of of 11
G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9)
 
G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
ES-301 ES-301                               Administrative Topics Administrative     Topics Outline Outline                        Form Form ES-301-1 ES-301-1 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING        OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farley Facility:         Nuclear Plant Farley Nuclear Plant                   Date of Date    of Examination:
G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)
Examination:
Perform UOP-4.1 appendix 6 and determine if all core alteration initial conditions are satisfied.
Examination Level:
This will be done in the classroom and we will use pictures of the Nt's and radiation monitors that will show that one NI is not working and the audio count rate selector switch is selected to that NI. Also with fuel movement in the SFP there will be one radiation monitor that is inoperable due to it being in test. Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Examination    Level: SRO SRO ++ RO RO                 Operating Test Operating        Test Number:
Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1, and then list all Tech Spec conditions, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met. G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9)
Number: FA2010301 FA2010301 Administrative Topic Administrative    Topic        Type JY$e                        Describe activity Describe      activity to to be be performed performed 0 e*
G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
Code Note)
G2.2.1.35 (2.2/3.9)
(see Note)
G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)
(see Verification of Verification          Initial Conditions of Initial  Conditions Prior Prior to to Core Core Alterations.
This is the same JPM as above with the requirement to evaluate Tech Specs and TRM requirements that cover the conditions given and the REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES of TS 3.9.2 and TRM 13.3.4. Conduct A Safety Shutdown Assessment and Determine Time to Saturation.
Alterations.
G2.1.25 (3.9/4.2)
Given aa set Given      set of     plant conditions of plant    conditions with with fuel fuel movement movement in    in progress, determine progress,    determine ifif refueling refueling operations operations can can continue, continue, and ifif not, and      not, the the reason(s) reason(s) that     prohibit refueling that prohibit    refueling fromfrom continuing. UOP-4.1 continuing.       UOP-4.1 P&Ls P&Ls andand TSTS and and TRM TRM requirements.
This JPM will have the candidate evaluate plant conditions, use a table to determine time to boiling and then fill out UOP-4.0, figure 1a Core Cooling section only. This is only performed by the SRO job function at Farley Nuclear Plant. Perform a Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 & 2 for a stuck rod (STP-29.5) 001A4.11 (3.5/4.1)
requirements.
APE005 AK1.05 (3.3/4.1)
A1.1.A A1.1.A                                    G2.140 (2.8/3.9)
One Bank D rod is 30 steps below the other seven Bank D rods. Determine the SDM and that an emergency boration is required.
G2.1.40     (2.8/3.9)            G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
Farley OCT 2010 NRC ADMIN exam outline Page 1 of2 ES-301 A3.1.A Radiation Control +RO A4.1.A Emergency Plan -+RO Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL MIR MIS Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose limits. This JPM has the candidate assess a job where two workers will be assigned a task during an emergency event to save a valuable piece of equipment.
G2.1.36     (3.0/4.1)
There will be three stages to the task in which the dose rate is given and time required to complete the task is given. The year to date dose rates will be given and the task will be to determine if either of the workers will exceed their dose limits of EIP-14. Information required to be known is that EDLs do not take into account current dose, admin limits and NRC limits do not apply and the EIP-14 limits must be applied properly.
Conduct of Operations            N/R N/R      G2.1 .32 (3.8/4.0)
G2.1.32 POI RO portion                                Perform UOP-4.1 Perform   UOP-4.1 appendix appendix 66 and and determine determine ifif all all core core alteration initial alteration  initial conditions conditions areare satisfied.
satisfied. This This will will be  done in be done   in the classroom and we will use pictures of the Nt's the classroom                                            Nis and radiation monitors that will show that one NI is not working and the audio count rate selector switch is selected to that NI. Also with fuel movement in the SFP     SEP there will be one radiation monitor that is inoperable due to it being in test.
Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1,    UOP-4. 1, and then list all Al .1 .A A1.1.A                                    Tech Spec conditions, REQUIRED ACTIONS and Conduct of Operations            NIR N/R      COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met.
COMPLETION SRO portion                              G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9)               G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)
(3.014.1)
G2.2.1.35 G2.2.l.35 (2.2/3.9)             G2.l.32 (3.8/4.0)
G2.1.32 This is the same JPM as above with the requirement to evaluate Tech Specs and TRM requirements that cover the conditions given and the REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION_TIMES_of COMPLETION TIMES of TS_3.9.2_and_TRM_13.3.4.
TS 3.9.2 and TRM 13.3.4.
Al  .2.S A1.2.S                          D/R D /R    Conduct A Safety Shutdown Assessment and Determine Conduct of Operations                    Time to Saturation.
SRO ONLY                                  G2.l.25 G2.1.25 (3.9/4.2)
This This JPM JPM will havehave thethe candidate candidate evaluate plant conditions, conditions, use aa table use     table toto determine determine time to boiling and   and then then fill out out UOP UOP-4.0, 4.0, figure la1a Core Core Cooling Cooling section section only.
only. This This isis only only performed performed by       the SRO by the    SRO job job function at Farley Farley Nuclear Nuclear Plant.
Plant.
A2.l A2.1.A.A                                  Perform Perform aa Shutdown Shutdown MarginMargin Calculation Calculation in in modes modes 11 &  & 22 Equipment Equipment Control Control                    for aa stuck stuck rod rod (STP-29.5)
(STP-29.5)
SRO ++RO  RO                    D /R    001A4.111 (3.5/4.1) APEOO5 001A4.l                      APE005 AKi AK1.05.05 (3.3/4.1)
D/R One One Bank Bank DD rod rod isis 30 30 steps steps below below the the other other seven seven Bank Bank DD rods.
rods.
Determine Determine the the SDM SDM and and that that an an emergency emergency boration boration is_required.
is required.
Farley Farley OCT OCT 2010 2010 NRC NRC ADMIN ADMIN exam exam outline outline Page Page 11 of2 of2
 
ES-301 ES-301                              Administrative Topics Outline                         Form ES-301-1 ES-301 -1 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL A3.1 .A A3.1.A                          MIR MIR        Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Radiation Control                          Emergency Dose limits.Limits.
SRO +RO+ RO                                This JPM hashas the candidate assess a job where two workers be assigned a task during an emergency event to save a will be piece of equipment. There will be three stages to the valuable piece task in which the dose rate is given and time required to complete the task is given. The year to date dose rates will be given and the task will be to determine if either of the workers will exceed their dose limits of EIP-14. Information required to be known is that EDLs do not take into account current dose, admin limits and NRC limits do not apply and the EIP-14 limits must be applied properly.
G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)
G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)
Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees manually (CSF-O.O)
(3.2/3.7)
G2.4.14 (3.8/4.5)
A4.1 .A A4.1.A                          MIS MIS        Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees Emergency Plan -                                        (CSF-0.0) manually (CSF-O.O)
G2.4.21 (SRO 4.0/4.6) The simulator will be used requiring the candidate to determine the appropriate CSF that applies. We have a snap setup that has N-42 failed high which will cause evaluation of FRP-S, to show a yellow path on FRP-C and H, an Orange path on P and Z. A manual determination of CSF-O will be required as to which FRP is applicable based on the setup. The RO will identify all the CSFs that are challenged and the SRO will have to use the procedures to determine which procedure is required due to the plant conditions.
      + RO SRO +RO                                    G2.4.14 (3.8/4.5) G2.4.21 (SRO 4.0/4.6)
* Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes) [1/2] (N)ew or (M)odified from bank e 1) [313] (P)revious 2 exams << 1; randomly selected)
The simulator will be used requiring the candidate to determine the appropriate CSF that applies. We have a snap setup that has N-42 failed high which will cause evaluation of FRP-S, to show a yellow path on FRP-C and H, an Orange path on FRP-  FRP P and Z. A manual determination of CSF-O will be required as to which FRP is applicable based on the setup.
[010] Changes since the draft submittal:
The RO will identify all the CSFs that are challenged and the SRO will have to use the procedures to determine which procedure is required due to the plant conditions.
** Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ~ ( 3 for ROs; ~< 4 for SROs & RO retakes) [1/2]   [112]
(N)ew or (M)odified             e (M)odifled from bank ( 1) [313]
[3I3]
(P)revious 2 exams << ( 1; randomly selected) [010] [OlO]
Changes since the draft submittal:
A1.1.A We could not find procedural guidance for the RHR flow requirement so a radiation monitor for the procedure being used was substituted for the RHR flow. Changed the appropriate Tech Spec to TRM 13.3.4 to adjust for the radiation monitor Inoperable.
A1.1.A We could not find procedural guidance for the RHR flow requirement so a radiation monitor for the procedure being used was substituted for the RHR flow. Changed the appropriate Tech Spec to TRM 13.3.4 to adjust for the radiation monitor Inoperable.
A3.1.A added the KA value to ES-301-1 G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)
A3.1.A added the KA value to ES-301-1 G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)
A4.1.A We could not get the submitted simulator results fo having FRP-P.1 a red path, but we developed one with an Orange path. We also put in a failed NI into the scenario that will have FRP-S evaluated since one NI is >5% power, but failed, so it is not relevant.
A4.1.A We could not get the submitted simulator results fo having FRP-P.1 a red path, but we developed one with an Orange path. We also put in a failed NI into the scenario that will have FRP-S evaluated since one NI is >5% power, but failed, so it is not relevant.
Farley OCT 2010 NRC ADMIN exam outline Page 2 of2 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN Page 1 of 10 A.1.1.A Conduct of Operations ADMIN G2.1.40 -RO & SRO A.1.1.A TITLE: Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Farley OCT 2010 NRC ADMIN exam outline Page 2 of    2 of2
PROGRAM APPLICABLE:
 
SOT SOCT OL T -.-lL LOCT __ ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN                                                                             Page 11 of 10 A.1.1.A Conduct of Operations ADMIN G2.1.40 - RO &        & SRO A.1.1.A TITLE: Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITI CAL PRA __ JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                   SOCT           OLT OL T -.-lL X LOCT LOCT______
: 1. This task is to be administered in a group, classroom setting with access to a variety of procedures (UOPs, STPs, SOPs, et al) available via the Exam Reference disk. 2. This task is designed to be performed with evaluation of pictures of the equipment from which operational information will be evaluated.
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                 ~ X    PERFORM             SIMULATE           DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR             CONTROL ROOM         ~  X  CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:           20 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:               N/A ALTERNATE PATH                       CRITICAL TIME CRITI   CAL           PRA __
PRA____
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. This task is to be administered in a group, classroom setting with access to a variety of procedures (UOPs, (UOP5, STPs, SOPs, et al) available via the Exam Reference disk.
: 2. This task is designed to be performed with evaluation of pictures of the equipment from which operational information will be evaluated.
: 3. Due to the utilization of pictures, upon request, the status of the lights and switches may be clarified (See standards for the applicable light/switch).
: 3. Due to the utilization of pictures, upon request, the status of the lights and switches may be clarified (See standards for the applicable light/switch).
: 4. Upon completion of elements 1-10, all candidates will be evaluated at the RO level. 5. FOR SRO candidates ONLY: after evaluation of elements 1-10, they will be provided a second Cue sheet (handout #2) and returned to the classroom to evaluate TS. TASK STANDARD:
: 4. Upon completion of elements 1-10, all candidates will be evaluated at the RO level.
Required for successful completion of this JPM:
: 5. FOR SRO candidates ONLY: after evaluation of elements 1-10, they will be provided a second Cue sheet (handout #2) and returned to the classroom to evaluate TS.
* Evaluates all steps of UOP-4.1, Appendix 6, Verification OfInitial Conditions Prior To Core Alterations.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
* Identifies all inoperable equipment or unsatisfied conditions that prevent completing the attachment, if any. * (For SRO ONLY): o Based on the conditions identified List all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met. Examinee:
* UOP-4. 1, Appendix 6, Verification OfInitial Evaluates all steps of UOP-4.1,                              Of Initial Conditions Prior To Core Alterations.
Overall JPM Performance:
* Identifies all inoperable equipment or unsatisfied conditions that prevent completing the attachment, if any.
Satisfactory 0 U nsatisfactorv 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
  *   (For SRO ONLY):
EXAMINER:
o Based on the conditions identified List all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met.
________________
Examinee:
_ H. Fitzwater 10/26/09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A Page 2 of 10 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform or evaluate all steps FNP-I-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6, Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Overall JPM Performance:             Satisfactory       0                 Unsatisfactory U nsatisfactorv   0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. Core Offload was suspended 18 hours ago. b. RCS temp is 100&deg;F. c. Time to boil is >2 hours. d. A Fuel shuffle in the Spent Fuel Pool is ongoing. e. Communications between the MCR and a System Operator acting as the Cavity Watch have been verified available 10 minutes ago. f. RCS boron concentration is 2450 ppm following an over boration performed last shift. g. Rx Makeup water is being used to dilute the Reactor Cavity by chemistry's request. h. FNP-I-STP-18.4, Containment Midloop and/or Refueling Integrity Verification and Containment Closure, was completed yesterday at 1400. I. CTMT Main Purge system is in operation.
EXAMINER: _________________
J. The equipment hatch and all containment air locks are currently closed. k. Applicable equipment can be assessed using the provided photographs.
Developer                    H. Fitzwater                               10/26/09 NRC Approval                                      SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
: 1. You have been directed to perform or evaluate all steps of FNP-I-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6. m. Determine whether or not all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied.
 
INITIATING CUE: "You may begin." EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP     HLT-33 ADMIN                               A.1.1.A                                   Page   2 of 10 Page2oflO CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform or evaluate all steps steps FNP-I-UOP-4.1, FNP- I UOP-4. 1, Appendix 6, Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
START TIME 1. (STEP 2.1 & 2.2) Checks correct version and conducted on appropriate unit. 2. (STEP 3.1) Communications between MCR and the Reactor Cavity verified within one hour. STANDARDS:
: a. Core Offload was suspended 18 hours ago.
RESULTS: (CIRCLE) 1) Determines step 2.1 & 2.2 has S / U been completed.
: b. RCS temp is 100&deg;F.
Utilizes WebTop and verifies unit from initial conditions
: c. Time to boil is >2 hours.
: 2) Determines step 3.1 has been S / U completed.
: d. A Fuel shuffle in the Spent Fuel Pool is ongoing.
Utilizes initial conditions to verify task complete.
: e. Communications between the MCR and a System Operator acting as the Cavity Watch have been verified available 10 minutes ago.
NOTE:* Elements 3 through 5, 7 and 8 are performed by use of pictures.
: f. RCS boron concentration is 2450 ppm following an over boration performed last shift.
The pictures are sufficient to demonstrate light status and switch position, however IF light status or position is questioned, then the cues may be provided (see the standards column for the applicable light or switch).
: g.                                                                       chemistrys request.
FNP HL T-33 ADMIN EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
Rx Makeup water is being used to dilute the Reactor Cavity by chemistry's
A.1.1.A 3. (STEP 3.2.1) VerifY N-31, Source Range NI, detector operable. (reference SOP-39.0 section 4.1) a. Check N-31 Instrument power on AND control power on lights illuminated.
: h. FNP-1-STP-18.4, Containment Midloop and/or Refueling Integrity Verification and FNP-I-STP-18.4, Containment Closure, was completed yesterday at 1400.
: b. Check switches aligned: i. Level Trip ii.Operation Selector iii.High Flux at shutdown c. Perform a channel check per STP-1.0 (SR 3.9.2.1).
i.
* 4. (STEP 3.2.2)VerifY N-32, Source Range NI, detector operable. (reference SOP-39.0 section 4.1) a. Check N-32 Instrument power on AND control power on lights illuminated.
I. CTMT Main Purge system is in operation.
: b. Check switches aligned: i. Level Trip ii.Operation Selector iii.High Flux at shutdown c. Performs a channel check per STP-1.0 (SR 3.9.2.1).
j.
Page 3 of 10 RESULTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE) 3) Determines step 3.2.1 has been S / U satisfied; Utilizes picture ofN-31 and determines that the instrument is operable.
J. The equipment hatch and all containment air locks are currently closed.
: a. lights are illuminated
: k. Applicable equipment can be assessed using the provided photographs.
: b. Switches are in position:
1.I.                                                                FNP- I -UOP-4. 1, Appendix 6.
I. Normal ii. Normal iii. Normal c. Acceptable per STP-1.0 allowances
You have been directed to perform or evaluate all steps of FNP-I-UOP-4.1,
: 4) Determines step 3.2.2 can not S / U be satisfied; Utilizes picture of N-32 and determines that the instrument is NOT operable.
: m. Determine whether or not all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied.
: a. Lights are checked
INITIATING CUE: "You      You may begin."
begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                                   STANDARDS:                            (CIRCLE)
START TIME
: 1. (STEP 2.1 & 2.2) Checks correct version and           1) Determines step 2.1 & 2.2 has   S / UU conducted on appropriate unit.                            been completed. Utilizes WebTop and verifies unit from initial conditions
: 2. (STEP 3.1) Communications between MCR and                2) Determines step 3.1 has been       SS / U U
the Reactor Cavity verified within one hour.              completed. Utilizes initial conditions to verify task complete.
NOTE:
NOTE:**      Elements 33 through 5, 5, 77 and 88 are performed performed by use of pictures. The pictures are sufficient to demonstrate light status and switch position, however IF light status or position is questioned, then the cues may be provided (see the standards standards column for the applicable light or switch).
switch).
 
FNP HL FNP    HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                               A.1.1.A A.1.1.A                                          Page Page 33 of of 10 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION           CHECKLIST RESULTS:
RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                                   STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                                  (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
Verify N-31, 3.2.1) VerifY
: 3. (STEP 3.2.1)             N-3 1, Source Source Range NI,       3)
: 3) Determines step  step 3.2.1 3.2.1 has been    SS/U
                                                                                                                / U detector operable.                                                       Utilizes picture ofN-satisfied; Utilizes              of N-determines that the 31 and determines            the instrument isis operable.
instrument        operable.
(reference SOP-39.0 (reference    SOP-39.O section section 4.1)
N-3 I Instrument power on AND control
: a. Check N-31                                                a. lights are illuminated power on lights illuminated.
: b. Check switches aligned:                                  b. Switches are in position:
: i. Level Trip                                               i. Normal I.
ii.Operation Selector                                       ii. Normal iii.High Flux at shutdown                                   iii. Normal
: c. Perform a channel check per STP-1.0 STP-l .0 (SR             c. Acceptable per STP-1.0 STP-I .0 3.9.2.1).                                                     allowances
**                3.2.2) Verify N-32, Source Range NI,
: 4. (STEP 3.2.2)VerifY                                      4) Determines step 3.2.2 can not             S / U S/U detector operable.                                        be satisfied; Utilizes picture of N-32 and determines that the instrument is NOT operable.
(reference SOP-39.0 section 4.1)
: a. Check N-32 Instrument power on AND control                a. Lights are checked power on lights illuminated.
* Control power light is NOT illuminated.
* Control power light is NOT illuminated.
* Instrument power is illuminated.
                                                                        ** Instrument power is illuminated.
: b. Switches are determined; I. Normal II. Normal Ill. Normal c. Acceptable per STP-1.0 allowances.
: b. Check switches aligned:                                  b. Switches are determined;
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
: i. Level Trip                                                i.I. Normal ii.Operation Selector                                        II. Normal ii.
: 5. (STEP 3.2.3)Verify N-48, Gamma-metrics Source Range NI, detector operable. (reference SOP-39.0 section 4.3) a. Checks N-48 in service. A.1.1.A b. Performs a channel check per STP-I.O (SR 3.9.2.1).
iii.High Flux at shutdown                                    Ill. Normal iii.
: 6. (STEP 3.3) Reactor Coolant system 2000 ppm. Page 4 of 10 RESULTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE) 5) Determines step 3.2.3 has been S / U satisfied. (May identify that the Refueling Coordinator must first be consulted.)
: c. Performs a channel check per STP-l      .0 (SR STP-1.0                c. Acceptable per STP-  STP-1.0 1 .0 3.9.2.1).
: a. Aligned and in service as indicated by picture and bulleted items listed on picture. b. Acceptable per STP-I.O Table 1 allowances.
3.9.2.1).                                                        allowances.
: 6) Determines step 3.3 has been satisfied; Utilizes initial conditions to verify boron concentration. S / U NOTE: Element 7 would require either R-5 being in service OR required action being taken. The candidate might question whether or not surveys are being performed.
 
Additionally, due to rules of usage may stop the task and attempt to notify the SS. IF required CUE: "The SS acknowledges the issue you have identified and directs you to continue.
FNP HLT-33 FNP    HLT-33 ADMIN                                 A.1 .1 .A A.1.1.A                                      Page 4 of Page  of 10 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST CHECKLIST RESULTS:
No compensatory actions have yet been completed."
ELEMENTS:                                                    STANDARDS:
* 7. (STEP 3.4.1) Verifies R-5 operable/operating. (
STANDARDS:                             (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE) 3.2.3) Verify N-48, Gamma-metrics
: 5. (STEP 3.2.3)Verify              Gamma.metrics              5) Determines step 3.2.3 has been     S / U Source Range NI, detector operable.                          satisfied. (May identify that the SOP-39.O section 4.3)
(reference SOP-39.0                                              Refueling Coordinator must first be consulted.)
: a. Checks N-48 in service.
service,                              a. Aligned and in service as indicated by picture and bulleted items listed on picture.
STP-1 .0 (SR
: b. Performs a channel check per STP-I.O                                              STP-1 .0
: b. Acceptable per STP-I.O 3.9.2.1).                                                    Table 1I allowances.
: 6. (STEP 3.3) Reactor Coolant system 2000 ppm.                6) Determines step 3.3 has been       S / U satisfied; Utilizes initial conditions to verify boron concentration.
NOTE:             Element 7 would require either R-5 being in service OR required action being taken. The candidate might question whether or not surveys are being performed. Additionally, due to rules of usage may stop the task and attempt to notify the SS.
IF required CUE: "The    The SS acknowledges the issue you have identified and directs you to continue. No compensatory actions have yet been completed."
completed.
*7. (STEP 3.4.1) Verifies R-5 operable/operating.             7) Identifies R-5 is NOT              S / U operable/operating; Determines step 3.4.1 has NOT been satisfied. (May annotate failure
(


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
SOP-45.0 section 4.1.3; TRM 13.3.4) a. Verify Operation Selector switch position.
SOP-45.0 section 4.1.3; TRM 13.3.4) 13.3.4)          or need to initiate survey).
: b. Verify Range Selector switch position.
: a. Verify Operation Selector switch position.                  a. Level Cal.
: c. Verify Drawer indication lights: I. Power 11. Channel Test light iii. High Alarm IV. Low Alarm 7) Identifies R-5 is NOT S / U operable/operating; Determines step 3.4.1 has NOT been satisfied. (May annotate failure or need to initiate survey). a. Level Cal. b. WIDE c. Lights are: l. ON ii. ON Ill. OFF IV. OFF FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
: b. Verify Range Selector switch position.                       b. WIDE
: 8. (STEP 3.4.2 through 3.4.4) Verifies R-24AorB, R-25AorB, and R-35AorB operable using SOP-45.0 section 4.1.5. (uses pictures of LOCAL radiation monitor indications to determine the following conditions)
: c. Verify Drawer indication lights:                             c. Lights are:
: a. Verify local switch for vacuum pump. b. Verify LOCAL switch position. (uses pictures of radiation monitor drawers to determine the following conditions)
i.I. Power                                                     i.l. ON ii.
: c. Verify MCR switch: I. Operation selector Il. Pump Power iii. Pump Start d. Verify MCR lights: I. Power light Il. Pump ON light iii. Flow fault light IV. Alert light v. High light VI. Fail/Reset light vii. Power on light 9. (STEP 3.5 through 3.6) Evaluates Refueling integrity has been verified within 100 hrs, and that step 3.6 is not applicable.
: 11. Channel Test light                                     ii. ON iii. High Alarm                                                 iii.
Page 5 of 10 RESULTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE) 8) Identifies radiation monitors are S / U operable; Initials step 3.4.2 through 3.4.4. The following indications are for all steps 3.4.2 through 3.4.4: a. AUTO b. ON (and Fans are running) c. MCR switches are: I. Oper 11. ON Ill. StartlN eutral d. MCR lights are: I. ON Il. ON Ill. OFF IV. OFF v. OFF VI. ON vii. ON 9) Utilizes initial conditions and evaluates that step 3.5 is satisfied and 3.6 in N/A. S / U NOTE: REVIEW of completed Appendix 6 to evaluate the above elements.
Ill. OFF iv.
CUE: Are core alterations initial conditions satisfied?
IV. Low Alarm                                             iv.
* 10. Reports/annotates that step 3.2.2 and 3.4.1 are not completed or satisfied and that core Alts should not be started. 10) Identifies N32 inoperable, R-5 inoperable and that Core alterations should not be permitted since the initial conditions have not been satisfied. S / U FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
IV. OFF
STANDARDS:
 
RO ONLY: Terminate when elements 1-10 of the task have been completed.
FNP HL HLT-33 T-33 ADMIN                               A.1.1.A                                     Page 5 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
Page 6 of 10 RESULTS: (CIRCLE) SRO ONLY Cue: PROVIDE Handout #2, read and escort back to classroom to allow TS review. Based on the conditions you identified perform the following:
ELEMENTS:                                                       STANDARDS:                            (CIRCLE)
: 1) List all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met, if any.
: 8. (STEP 3.4.2 through 3.4.4) Verifies R-24AorB,               8) Identifies radiation monitors are  S / U R-25AorB, and R-35AorB operable using SOP-                   operable; Initials step 3.4.2 45.0 section 4.1.5.                                           through 3.4.4.
* 11. Evaluates TS 3.9.2 Condition C: Inoperable Audio Counts.
(uses pictures of LOCAL radiation monitor                     The following indications are for indications to determine the following conditions)           all steps 3.4.2 through 3.4.4:
* 12. Evaluates TRM 13.3.4 condition B. 11) Identifies the need to S I U IMMEDIATELY verify un-borated water sources are isolated.
: a. Verify local switch for vacuum pump.                       a. AUTO
: 12) Identifies the need to S I U IMMEDIATELY notify HP to perform survey the SFP area within 24 hours. NOTE:
: b. Verify LOCAL switch position.                               b. ON (and Fans are running)
* TS 3.9.2 Condition A is not required to be entered due to Gamma Metrics (as allowed by BASIS) and N-31 are OPERABLE.
(uses pictures of radiation monitor drawers to determine the following conditions)
CONDITION A may be implemented and does not challenge personnel safety, equipment or license requirements.
: c. Verify MCR switch:                                           c. MCR switches are:
: i. Operation selector I.                                                              i. Oper I.
ii. Pump Power Il.                                                            ii. ON 11.
iii. Pump Start                                                 iii. StartlN Ill. Start/Neutral eutral
: d. Verify MCR lights:                                           d. MCR lights are:
: i. Power light I.                                                              i. ON I.
ii.
Il. Pump ON light                                             ii. ON Il.
iii. Flow fault light                                             iii. OFF Ill.
iv. Alert light IV.                                                              iv. OFF IV.
: v. High light                                                   v. OFF vi. Fail/Reset light VI.                                                              vi. ON VI.
vii. Power on light                                             vii. ON
: 9. (STEP 3.5 through 3.6) Evaluates Refueling                 9) Utilizes initial conditions and    SS / U U
integrity has been verified within 100 hrs, and               evaluates that step 3.5 is that step 3.6 is not applicable, applicable.                              satisfied and 3.6 in N/A.
NOTE:           REVIEW of completed Appendix 66 to evaluate the above elements.
CUE:           Are core alterations initial conditions satisfied?
**  10.Reports/annotates
: 10. Reports/annotates that step 3.2.2 and 3.4.1 are not       10) Identifies N32 inoperable, R-      S  U S / U completed or satisfied and that core Alts should               55 inoperable and that Core not be started.                                               alterations should not be permitted since the initial conditions have not been satisfied.
 
FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP     HLT-33 ADMIN                                   A.1.1.A A.1.1.A                                     Page  6 of 10 Page6oflo EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION           CHECKLIST RESULTS:
RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                                      STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                            (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
RO ONLY:
RO    ONLY:        Terminate when Terminate  when elements   1-10 of elements 1-10    of the the task task have have been been completed.
completed.
SRO ONLY SRO     ONLY Cue: Cue: PROVIDE PROVIDE Handout Handout #2,#2, read read and and escort escort back back to to classroom classroom to to allow allow TS TS review.
review.
Based on Based    on the the conditions conditions you you identified identified perform perform the the following:
following:
: 1) List
: 1)    List all TS TS CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS, REQUIRED REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs                LCOs not met, if any.
*11. Evaluates TS 3.9.2 Condition C: Inoperable
: 11.                                                             II) Identifies the need to
: 11)                                    S I/ U U
Audio Counts.                                                  IMMEDIATELY verify un-     un borated water sources are isolated.
**  12. Evaluates TRM 13.3.4 condition B.
: 12.                                                            12) Identifies the need to
: 12)                                    S I U IMMEDIATELY notify HP to perform survey the SFP area within 24 hours.
NOTE:         **   TS 3.9.2 Condition A is not required to be entered due to Gamma Metrics (as allowed by BASIS) and N-31 are OPERABLE. CONDITION A may be implemented and does not challenge personnel safety, equipment or license requirements.
However, IF CONDITION A is implemented, THEN element 13 is critical.
However, IF CONDITION A is implemented, THEN element 13 is critical.
SEE NOTE 13. IF TS 3.9.2 implemented, THEN evaluates TS 3.9.2 CONDITION A: One source range neutron flux monitor inoperable.
SEE     13. IF TS 3.9.2 implemented, THEN evaluates             13) Identifies the need to            S I/ U S    U NOTE            TS 3.9.2 CONDITION A: One source range               IMMEDIATELY Suspend neutron flux monitor inoperable.                     CORE ALTERATIONS AND positive reactivity additions (secure Reactor Cavity Makeup).
: 13) Identifies the need to IMMEDIATELY Suspend CORE ALTERATIONS AND positive reactivity additions (secure Reactor Cavity Makeup). I SRO ONLY: Terminate when elements 1-13 of the task are complete.
I SRO ONLY:           Terminate when elements 1-13 of the task are complete.
STOP TIME S I U CRITICAL ELEMENTS:
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number. GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. UOP-4.I, VER 51 2. KA: # G2.1.40 G2.1.36 G2.I.32 2.8 3.9 3.0 4.1 3.8 4.0 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A Page 7 of 10 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. UOP-4.I, VER
I. References to be accessed via classroom computer (using exam ID logon) and Exam Reference disk/files only. 2. Provide UOP-4.1, Appendix 6 3. Pen/pencil
: 1. UOP-4.1,    VER 51 51 2.KA:#G2.1.40
: 4. Pictures of the following components:
: 2. KA: # G2.1.40          2.8 2.8 3.9 3.9 G2.1.36 G2.1.36        3.0 3.0 4.1 4.1 G2.1.32 G2.I.32        3.8 3.8 4.0 4.0
(11 pages total) a. R-24A Local indications
 
: g. R24A & R25A MCR indications
FNP HL FNP    HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                         A.1.1.A A.1.1.A                                           Page Page 77 of of 10 10 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL       TOOLS AND          EQUIPMENT:
: b. R-24B Local indications
AND EQUIPMENT:
: h. R-24B & R25B MCR indications
I.I. References References to  to be be accessed accessed via via classroom classroom computer computer (using(using exam exam IDID logon) logon) and and Exam Exam Reference Reference disk/files only.
: c. R-25A Local indications
disk/files   only.
: i. R-35A & R35B MCR indications
: 2. Provide UOP-4.1,
: d. R-25B Local indications
: 2.              UOP-4. 1, Appendix 66
: e. R-35A Local indications
: 3. Pen/pencil 3.
: f. R-35B Local indications J. N31 drawer indications
: 4. Pictures of
: k. N32 drawer indications
: 4. Pictures     of the the following following components:
: l. N3I, N32 & N48 Board indications
components: (11 (II pages pages total)
: a. R-24A
: a. R-24A Local Local indications indications                              g. R24A &
: g. R24A     & R25A R25A MCRMCR indications indications
: b. R-24B Local indications                                     h. R-24B &    & R25B MCR indications indications
: c. R-25A Local indications                                     i.i. R-35A & R35B   MCR   indications
: d. R-25B Local indications                                    j. N31 J. N3 drawer indications
: e. R-35A Local indications                                    k. N32 drawer indications
: f. R-35B Local indications                                     l.I. N3I, N3 1, N32 && N48 Board indications
: m. Audio Count Rate Channel Drawer Critical ELEMENT justification:
: m. Audio Count Rate Channel Drawer Critical ELEMENT justification:
NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. SRO II SRO 12 SRO 13 Evaluation The listed sub-steps to each element (a.b.c ... ) describe the anticipated actions taken by the candidate.
STEP                                                        Evaluation NOTE:                                           (a.b.c...)
Completion of all sub steps is not required to make the determination of operability of the components, nor is it intended that these actions be observed.
The listed sub-steps to each element (a.b.c ... ) describe the anticipated actions taken by the substeps candidate. Completion of all sub steps is not required to make the determination of operability of the components, nor is it intended that these actions be observed. These sub-steps are provided for the examiner as an evaluation tool.
These sub-steps are provided for the examiner as an evaluation tool. NOT critical-this step is for satisfying site procedural protocol and expectations.
: 1.              critical--this step is for satisfying site procedural protocol and expectations.
NOT critical-this step is for satisfying site level expectations or requirements.
NOT critical-this
NOT critical-Although Task objective-component is operable.
: 2.      NOT critical-critical this step is for satisfying site level expectations or requirements.
Critical Element -Task objective-evaluate operability of required equipment.
: 3.      NOT critical-Although criticalAlthough Task objective-component is operable.
NOT critical-Although Task objective-component is operable.
: 4.      Critical Element -Task Task objective-evaluate operability of required equipment.
NOT critical -this step does not require any evaluation from the candidate.
: 5.      NOT criticalAlthough critical-Although Task objective-component is operable.
Critical Element -Task objective-evaluate operability of required equipment.
: 6.      NOT critical - this step does not require any evaluation from the candidate.
NOT critical-Although Task objective-components are operable.
: 7.      Critical Element Task-Task objective-evaluate operability of required equipment.
Critical Element-FINAL Task objective-identifies that initial conditions are not satisfied for Core Alts. NOT critical-this step does not require any evaluation from the candidate.
: 8.      NOT critical-Although criticalAlthough Task objective-components are operable.
Critical Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License requirement.
: 9.      Critical ElementFINAL Element-FINAL Task objective-identifies that initial conditions are not satisfied for Core Alts.
Critical Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License requirement.
10.
Conditional Critical Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License requirement.
: 10.      NOT critical critical- this step does not require any evaluation from the candidate.
IF the candidate implements this TS condition, then the actions must also be initiated to comply with License requirements.
SRO      Critical ElementIDENTIFIES Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License 11 II      requirement.
FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A Page 2 of 10 COMMENTS:
SRO      Critical Critical ElementIDENTIFIES Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License 12 12      requirement.
References expected to be utilized:
SRO      Conditional Critical Critical ElementIDENTIFIES Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for 13 13      License requirement.
STP-1.0 Table 1 and Appendix 3, Ver. 97.0; channel check information M-50 Master list of Surveillance Tests, Ver. 25.0; determine channel check procedure SOP-39.0, Nuclear Instrumentation System, Ver. 9.0; evaluate switch alignment/operability SOP-45.0, Radiation Monitoring System, Ver. 35.0; evaluate switch alignment/operability TRM 13.3.4 and Basis, Ver. 3.0 TS 3.9.2 and Basis, Amendment 146 (U-l), Amendment 137 (U-2) UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING PROCEDURE FOR REFUELING, Ver. 51.0 '1"0 DISCUSS with the examiner:
IF the candidate implements this TS condition, then the actions must also be initiated initiated toto comply comply with with License requirements.
Due to procedure rules of usage, a candidate may stop performing the steps upon encountering the first malfunction; therefore the candidate may not have evaluated all components/steps expected.
requirements.
Possible options: Brief all students verbally prior to providing the task or provide the following as part of the initial conditions:
 
For the purposes of this task, complete the Appendix in its entirety.
FNP HL FNP    HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                     A.1 .1 .A A.1.1.A                                      Page Page 22 of of 10 10 COMMENTS:
Any actions, permissions or notifications required by any identified discrepancies, or procedure step, will be conducted upon completion of all other steps of the Appendix.
COMMENTS:
Annotate any condition identified or the action, the permission, or the notification required for discussion upon completion of the appendix for any, if any, step that can not be completed.
References expected References    expected to to be be utilized:
Facilitate with Cues at the evaluation phase to resolve the expected actions while monitoring the completion of the remaining elements.
utilized:
Facilitate with Cues at the evaluation phase then return the candidate to complete the remaining elements.
STP-1 .0 Table STP-1.0    Table 11 and and Appendix Appendix 3,  3, Ver.
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.1.SRO HANDOUT #2 Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS Based on the conditions you identified evaluate TS and TRM requirements and perform the following:
Ver. 97.0; 97.0; channel channel check check information information M-50 Master M-50    Master list list of  Surveillance Tests, of Surveillance     Tests, Ver.
: a. List all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met, ifany.
Ver. 25.0; determine channel 25.0; determine  channel check check procedure procedure SOP-3 9.0, Nuclear SOP-39.0,     Nuclear Instrumentation Instrumentation System, System, Ver.
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform or evaluate all steps FNP-I-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6, Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.
Ver. 9.0; evaluate switch 9.0; evaluate  switch alignment/operability alignment/operability SOP-45.0, Radiation SOP-45.0,    Radiation Monitoring Monitoring System, System, Ver.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. Core Offload was suspended 18 hours ago. b. RCS temp is 100&deg;F. c. Time to boil is >2 hours. d. A Fuel shuffle in the Spent Fuel Pool is ongoing. e. Communications between the MCR and a System Operator acting as the Cavity Watch have been verified available 10 minutes ago. f. RCS boron concentration is 2450 ppm following an over boration performed last shift. g. Rx Makeup water is being used to dilute the Reactor Cavity by chemistry's request. h. FNP-I-STP-18.4, Containment Midloop and/or Refueling Integrity Verification and Containment Closure, was completed yesterday at 1400. I. CTMT Main Purge system is in operation.
Ver. 35.0; evaluate switch 35.0; evaluate  switch alignment/operability alignment/operability TRM 13.3.4 TRM      13.3.4 and and Basis, Basis, Ver.
J. The equipment hatch and all containment air locks are currently closed. k. Applicable equipment can be assessed using the provided photographs.
Ver. 3.0 3.0 TS 3.9.2 and Basis, Amendment 146        146 (U-l),
: 1. You have been directed to perform or evaluate all steps ofFNP-I-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6. m. Determine whether or not all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied.
(U-I), Amendment 137  137 (U-2)
07/02/0906:39:
UOP-4. 1, CONTROLLING PROCEDURE FOR REFUELING, Ver. 51.0 UOP-4.1, TO DISCUSS
16 APPENDIX 6 VERIFICA TION OF INITIAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CORE ALTERATIONS FNP-I-UOP-4.1 Perfurmedby:
'1"0 [)ISCUSS with the examiner:
______________________
Due to procedure rules Due                    rules of usage, a candidate may stop performing performing the steps steps upon encountering the first malfunction; therefore the candidate may not have evaluated all components/steps expected.
__ Date -----------------------
Possible options:
Reviewed by: Date -----------------------
Brief all students verbally prior to providing the task or provide the following as part of the initial conditions:
This appendix consists of 2 pages Version 51.0 07/02109 06:39: 16 FNP-1-UOP-4.1 APPENDIX 6 APPENDIX 6 VERIFICA nON OF INITIAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CORE ALTERA nONS 1.0 Purpose: Provide separate guidance for specific initial conditions which will be needed to be verified more than once due to core alterations occurring at various time during an outage period. 2.0 Initial Conditions:
For the purposes of this task, complete the Appendix in its entirety. Any actions, permissions or notifications required by any identified discrepancies, or procedure step, will be conducted upon completion of all other steps of the Appendix. Annotate any condition identified or the action, the permission, or the notification required for discussion upon completion of the appendix for any, if any, step that can not be completed.
2.1 The version of this appendix is the current version. (OR 1-98-498) 2.2 This appendix is correct for the unit for which the task applies. (OR 1-98-498)  
* Facilitate with Cues at the evaluation phase to resolve the expected actions while monitoring the completion of the remaining elements.
* Facilitate with Cues at the evaluation phase then return the candidate to complete the remaining elements.
 
FNP HLT-33 FNP    HLT-33ADM  ADMIN IN                        A.1.1.SRO A.1.1.SRO                      HANDOUT HANDOUT #2            #2 Pg Pg 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS Based on Based    on the   conditions you the conditions  you identified identified evaluate evaluate TS TS and and TRM  requirements and TRM requirements and perform perform the the following:
following:
a.a. List all List   all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED TS CONDITIONS,      REQUIRED ACTIONS ACTIONS and and COMPLETION COMPLETION TIMESTIMES forfor LCOs LCOs notnot met, ifany.
met,  if any.
 
FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP     HLT-33 ADMIN                             A.1.1.A                               HANDOUT Page 11 of 11 Page CONDITIONS FNP-l-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6, When I tell you to begin, you are to perform or evaluate all steps FNP-I-UOP-4.1, Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Core Offload was suspended 18 18 hours ago.
: b. RCStempis RCS           100&deg;F.
temp is 100&deg;F.
: c. Time to boil is >2 hours.
: d. A Fuel shuffle in the Spent Fuel Pool is ongoing.
: e. Communications between the MCR and a System Operator acting as the Cavity Watch have been verified available 10 minutes ago.
: f. RCS boron concentration is 2450 ppm following an over boration performed last shift.
: g. Rx Makeup water is being used to dilute the Reactor Cavity by chemistry's chemistrys request.
: h. FNP-1-STP-18.4, Containment Midloop and/or Refueling Integrity Verification and FNP-I-STP-18.4, Containment Closure, was completed yesterday at 1400.
i.
I. CTMT Main Purge system is in operation.
j.
J. The equipment hatch and all containment air locks are currently closed.
: k. Applicable equipment can be assessed using the provided photographs.
1.I.                                                          of FNP-1-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6.
You have been directed to perform or evaluate all steps ofFNP-I-UOP-4.1,
: m. Determine whether or not all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied.
 
07/02/09 06:39:16 07/02/0906:39: 16                                                 FNP-I-UOP-4.1 FNP-1-UOP-4.1 APPENDIX 6 VERIFICATION VERIFICA                     CONDITION S TION OF INITIAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CORE ALTERATIONS Performed  by: ________________________
Perfurmedby:                                     Date Reviewed by:
by:                                   Date This This appendix appendix consists consists of of 22 pages pages Version 51.0 Version 51.0
 
07/02/0906 07/02109 06:39: 16 39 16                                                              FNP-1-UOP-4.1 FNP-1-UOP-4 I APPENDIX APPENDIX 66 APPENDIX 66 APPENDIX VERIFICATION VERIFICA   nON OF OF INITIAL INITIAL CONDITIONS CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PRIOR   TO CORE CORE ALTERA ALTERATIONS nONS 1.0
 
==1.0 Purpose==
 
==Purpose:==
Provide separate guidance for specific initial initial conditions which will be needed to once due to core alterations be verified more than once               alterations occurring at various time during an outage during    outage period.
2.0   Initial Conditions:
2.1     The version of this appendix is the current version. (OR 1-98-498) 1-98-498) 2.2     This appendix is correct for the unit for which the task applies. (OR 1-98-498) 1-98-498)


==3.0 Instructions==
==3.0 Instructions==
NOTE:      This appendix should be completed each time core alterations are commenced, including suspensions of core alterations exceeding 12 hours.
3.1    The direct communications system between the control room and the reactor
_1- /          cavity is verified available for use within one hour prior to core alterations.
CAUTION:              Gamma-Metrics source range channel may only be used as a The Gamma~Metrics back~up back-up to N~31 N-31 or N~32 N-32 during certain core configurations. The Refueling Coordinator should be consulted ifN-31              N~32 becomes if N-31 or N-32 inoperable when the core is not fully loaded.
3.2    Verify at least two of the required source range neutron flux monitors are operable with continuous visual indication in the Control Room and a channel check performed within 12 12 hours prior to any core alterations. Trip functions and associated TSLBs are not required required for Mode 66 or core alterations.
3.2.1 3.2.1  Source Source Range Nuclear Nuclear Instrument, Channel N-31 3.2.2 3.2.2  Source Range Range Nuclear Instrument, Channel N-32 3.2.3 3.2.3  Gamma-Metrics Gamma-Metrics Neutron Flux  Flux Monitor, Monitor, Channel Channel N-48 of2 Page 11 of Page      2                                Version 51.0 Version  51 .0
07/02/09 06 39 16 07/02/0906:39:16                                                                      FNP-I-UOP-4.1 FNP-1-UOP-4 1 APPENDIX 66 APPENDIX 3.3 3.3    The reactor The  reactor coolant coolant system system boron boron concentration      is> 2000 concentration is::::  2000 ppm.
ppm.
3.4 3.4    The following The  following radiation radiation monitors monitors are  in operation are in  operation per per FNP-l-S0P-45.0, FNP-1-SOP-45.0, RADIATION RADIA            MONITORING SYSTEM, nON MONITORING            SYSTEM, or  or required required action action isis being being taken taken per per Tech. Specs Tech. Specs 3.3.6,  3.3.7, and 3.3.6, 3.3.7, and 3.3.8, 3.3.8, and and TRTR 13.3.4.
13.3.4.
3.4.1 3.4.1    R-5          fuel storage Spent fuel R-5 Spent        storage or or portable monitoring instrumentation instrumentation usedused to monitor SFP area at least once per 24 hours (for        fuel (for fuel movement    in SFP).
3.4.2. R-25A or 3.4.2.            or B B Spent fuel storage storage - Gaseous (for fuel fuel movement in SFP).
3.4.3    R-24A or B  B - Containment purge system
                                      -                        system with main main or mini purge in operation.
3.4.4    R-35A or B - Control Room HVAC 3.5                                                    FNP-1-STP-1 8.4, CONTAINMENT Refueling integrity has been verified per FNP-l-STP-18.4,
_/-/          MIDLOOP AND/OR REFUELING INTEGRITY VERIFICA                VERIFICATION  nON AND CONTAINMENT CLOSURE within 100 hours prior to the start of core alterations.
alterati ons.
3.6    jf IF the containment equipment hatch, personnel air lock, or auxiliary air lock is open during core alterations and/or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, THEN ensure the following items are complete (TS 3.9.3):
_/-/          3.6.1    A designated, trained Maintenance Closure Response Team (MCRT)
MM                      is available to shut the containment equipment hatch, a door in the personnel air lock, and a door in the auxiliary air lock within two hours after notification and direction from the control room.
  /          3.6.2    For the equipment hatch, the surveillance is current for SR 3.9.3.3, i.e.,
FNP-0-STP-610.0 FNP-0-STP-61 0.0 has been completed by Maintenance within the last seven days Page Page 22 of of2 2                                  Version 51.0 Version  51.0
oCD                                                        o NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION PROTECTION CHANNEL II SOURCE RANGE V                d
                      -.I (104
                                    /
7J N1C55N10031 CHANNtL Off TEST                      TRIP I      I Pung Coro1 Pc LOSS OF O!TgCTOfl VOLT.                        Fuses wrtout prior Deacivaon w4 Scn Ct EvacuaDon Maim 118V, 11 V 5A, "J' }'\(
III .; III sm POll/ER POI/,TI\          I                                                  11~V. 3A.AC 118V  ~;A, AC CO'lmOL COf4UOL POWER POWER I
oC                                                                        o                                                      o0 INSTRUMENTATION NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTAT                ION PROTECTION CHANNEL II PROTECTION                        II SOURCE RANGE L    -
Ni C55NIO32 INSTRUMCWr      CHANNEL ON POWER ON          TEST CONTROL        LGSS or POWER ON    OCIECTOR VOLT.                                                  Ft.se        pror Dea-iaor w!
LEVEL TRIP              OPERATION SELECTOR                HIGH FLUX          SOUndCT AT SHUTDOWN        Evacuaon Jarm AOJ fJC:rA                                    I F r:rr-!L          6LOC$
                                                                                            \      ,
F I
IISV, 11 ~l V 5A,AC 5fl." l'.. C                                  PfALi                              S      /        118V 5A,AC 118V,  51\ Ae INSTR III ~ r I ~                                                                                              CCHIll<OL CONTROL POWER PO\NER                                                                                                      pm'JEf~
POWER
o0 AUDIO COUNT RATE CHANNEL I:
SCALER POWtRON 11W, 2A, AC 1\3'J~)AAC AUDIOeJillllIll:t
  /\UDIO    CHANNEL r PO.JE UIIII!R PtJL O TuRn 118V. IAAC TIMER SCALER PONER
318 318 NI        NI 310 310 NI 32D NI F        o0                              o0 MeB NI        NI      NI 318 318      328 328      310 310        320 MCB
      *3-G                H              instrumentation instrumentation 34                  -
IC C
P    c  *.
C P
D p
D p                              Gamma S              S  :
I(r Metrics Local IM                                            indications:
r NI iLl .
t__._.._..:...._I                  48C      o HSDP Excore i                                                            EQ E
SRi SR1        SR2  SRi        SR2 N '00 Neutron Monitor
                                                            ~
COUNT COUNT RATE  RTE      S4J RATE                              F 1  00 10
                                                              - '0      N-48 breaker, t      Q1 QI R21 L005A LOO5A is
                                                                '0*'    closed.
                                                        ~  [    *2 10
                                                                '0    o The nonoperate
                                                        ~    r w r:-
                                                        -w
                                                                '0-3 10 LED is not
: t:::
E  10 10
                                                            ~ ,o illuminated.
['0  *7 t,o "'


NOTE: This appendix should be completed each time core alterations are commenced, including suspensions of core alterations exceeding 12 hours. 3.1 _1-The direct communications system between the control room and the reactor cavity is verified available for use within one hour prior to core alterations.
CAUTION: The source range channel may only be used as a to or during certain core configurations.
The Refueling Coordinator should be consulted ifN-31 or becomes inoperable when the core is not fully loaded. 3.2 Verify at least two of the required source range neutron flux monitors are operable with continuous visual indication in the Control Room and a channel check performed within 12 hours prior to any core alterations.
Trip functions and associated TSLBs are not required for Mode 6 or core alterations.
3.2.1 Source Range Nuclear Instrument, Channel N-31 3.2.2 Source Range Nuclear Instrument, Channel N-32 3.2.3 Gamma-Metrics Neutron Flux Monitor, Channel N-48 Page 1 of2 Version 51 .0 07/02/0906:39:16 FNP-I-UOP-4.1 APPENDIX 6 _/-MM 3.3 The reactor coolant system boron concentration is:::: 2000 ppm. 3.4 The following radiation monitors are in operation per FNP-l-S0P-45.0, RADIA nON MONITORING SYSTEM, or required action is being taken per Tech. Specs 3.3.6, 3.3.7, and 3.3.8, and TR 13.3.4. 3.5 3.4.1 R-5 Spent fuel storage or portable monitoring instrumentation used to monitor SFP area at least once per 24 hours (for fuel movement in SFP). 3.4.2. R-25A or B Spent fuel storage -Gaseous (for fuel movement in SFP). 3.4.3 R-24A or B -Containment purge system with main or mini purge in operation.
3.4.4 R-35A or B -Control Room HVAC Refueling integrity has been verified per FNP-l-STP-18.4, CONTAINMENT MIDLOOP AND/OR REFUELING INTEGRITY VERIFICA nON AND CONTAINMENT CLOSURE within 100 hours prior to the start of core alterati ons. 3.6 IF the containment equipment hatch, personnel air lock, or auxiliary air lock is open during core alterations and/or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, THEN ensure the following items are complete (TS 3.9.3): 3.6.1 A designated, trained Maintenance Closure Response Team (MCRT) is available to shut the containment equipment hatch, a door in the personnel air lock, and a door in the auxiliary air lock within two hours after notification and direction from the control room. 3.6.2 For the equipment hatch, the surveillance is current for SR 3.9.3.3, i.e., FNP-0-STP-61 0.0 has been completed by Maintenance within the last seven days Page 2 of2 Version 51.0 o 11*V "J' }'\( III .; III POI/,TI\ o NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION PROTECTION CHANNEL I AC CO'lmOL POWER o 11 5fl." l' .. C I II r PO\NER o NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTAT I ON PROTECTION CHANNEL I I 118V 51\ Ae CCHIll<OL o
o
/\UDIO eJillllIll:t r UIIII!
318 310 N I N I N I 318 328 310 SR1 SR2 COUNT RATE o MeB instrumentation N I 48C EQ '00 -'0 t ['0*' *2 '0 r '0-3 w r:-: t::: " ['0 *7 t,o "' ---_. o Gamma Metrics Local indications:
o HSDP Excore Neutron Monitor N-48 breaker, Q1 R21 L005A is closed. o The nonoperate LED is not illuminated.
()
()
PU""P on ftow faItc   
power    pump on PU""P o I                  ftow Pu    JCtlO( Switch              faItc Q        stop purge                              off of f      en                                norm. prog. edvence I vIcTOcEENj filtsr  tear
-24A      PURGE Ratemeter Function Swptch ftow power    pump on                                      fault oper.                          Puma FUnCtIOn 1
j  stop wI*uMa &#xd8;..a.a purg.*
WI-
_J F1L BLDG EXI4


Ralemeler Funcllon Swilch power CONT PURGE R-24B LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION:
c.I Pump F clor ICI                                                            I V
The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
start
CONT PURGE R-24A LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION:
                                *dv.nao norm. preg.
The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
I 41tr tear t R-2qB    CMT PURGE cI pun IP.I%.
CONT RM AIR SUPPLY R-35A LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION:
                                                              %tM n.v.e Wfl OIDIIREOO25S SPENT I        DO EXHJJ
The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
 
CONT RM AIR SUPPLY R-358 LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION:
Ralemeler Function Swilch Ratemeter Funcllon Switch cal. h.w.        power power pump on off    i  I  0 oper.
The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
Puma Function Switch stop cpm
FUEL BLDG R-25B LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION:
            ,oIt. d N&#xe7;
The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
  \\
FUEL BLDG R-25A LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION:
vIcth&#xe7;aN I
The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
narauMarur DIVI*IQN
FNP HL T-33 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 A.1.2.S Conduct of Operations ADMIN G2.1.25 -SRO HLT33-A1.2.S TITLE: Conduct A Shutdown Safety Assessment and Determine Time to Saturation.
_etf adva efen*
pump on Puma Fni&n      Soi h e
stop              start c pm
                                                                                - PC *PFP17 rr,    -
advance PM trLET AR
 
V Cl.,
CONT PURGE R-24B INDICATIONS LOCAL INDICATIONS OBSERVATION: The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
CONT PURGE RCR-24B Pump Function Switch
 
      ;;i e  48 Z&deg;o.
CONT PURGE R-24A I
LOCAL INDICATIONS INDICATIONS OBSERVATION: The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
CONT. PURGE CONT. PURGE                  RC R-24A RI-R-24A Pump Function Switch
 
CONT RM AIR SUPPLY R-35A v&t:dC  LOCAL INDICATIONS INDICATIONS OBSERVATION: The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
TOREEN CONT RM AIR SUPPLY RC R-35A h
1  Pump Function Switch
 
CONT RM AIR SUPPLY R-358 R-35B o pm volts do LOCAL INDICATIONS INDICATIONS OBSERVATION: The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
CONT RM AIR SUPPLY RC R-35B Pump Function Switch
 
FUEL BLDG R-25B voi:.do LOCAL INDICATIONS INDICATIONS OBSERVATION: The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
FUEL BLDG RC R-25B Pump Function Switch
 
FUEL BLDG R-25A
%.o a epm do LOCAL INDICATIONS INDICATIONS OBSERVATION: The cabinet ventilating fans are running.
FUEL BLDG RC R-25A Pump Function Switch
 
FNP HL FNP  HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                                                           Page Page 11 of of 55 A.1.2.S Conduct A.1.2.S Conduct of of Operations Operations ADMIN ADMIN G2.1.25 G2.1.25 - SRO SRO HLT33-A1.2.S HLT33-A1.2.S TITLE: Conduct TITLE:  Conduct A A Shutdown Shutdown Safety    Assessment and Safety Assessment and Determine Determine Time Time to to Saturation.
Saturation.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE:
SOT SOCT OLT --.L LOCT __ ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULA TE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
PROGRAM      APPLICABLE: SOT   SOT        SOCT____ OLT SOCT           OLT --.L X LOCT     __
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM --2L CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: NIA AL TERN ATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __ JPM DIRECTIONS:
LOCT____
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form. 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM. 3. The actions of step 4.2 of the Appendix have been completed and information may be provided to examinee, if requested.
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION ACCEPTABLE       EVALUATION METHOD:METHOD:        X X   PERFORM PERFORM         SIMULA SIMULATE TE         DISCUSS DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
TASK STANDARD:
EVALUATION        LOCATION:            SIMULATOR SIMULATOR          CONTROL   ROOM --2L CONTROL ROOM          X CLASSROOM CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:           20 MIN         SIMULATOR IC SIMULATOR     IC NUMBER:       NIA N/A ALTERNATE AL TERN ATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA __
Required for successful completion of this JPM:
PRA____
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of 1.
the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
: 3. The actions of step 4.2 of the Appendix have been completed and information may be provided to examinee, if requested.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
* Correctly Assess Time to Saturation using TABLE A ofUOP-4.0.
* Correctly Assess Time to Saturation using TABLE A ofUOP-4.0.
* Complete the Core Cooling section ofa Shutdown Safety Assessment using Fig lA ofUOP-4.0.
of UOP-4.0.
* Complete the Core Cooling section ofa of a Shutdown Safety Assessment using Fig lA1A ofUOP-4.0.
of UOP-4.0.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Overall JPM Performance:             Satisfactory     0               Unsatisfactory   0 11 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: _________________
EXAMINER:
Developer                      H. Fitzwater H. Fitzwater                           10/26109 10/26/09 NRC Approval                                        SEE SEE NUREG NUREG 1021 1021 FORM FORM ES-30I-3 ES-301-3
________________
 
_ H. Fitzwater 10/26109 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.1.2.S Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING SECTION ONLY ofa shutdown safety assessment on Unit 1 per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, Appendix 1, step 4.3 and step 4.4. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. Unit I is in a Refueling Outage, and has been shutdown for 120 hours. b. IA SG wide range level is 74%; IB SG wide range level is 75%; IC SG wide range level is 10%. c. RCS temperature is 120&deg;F. d. The RCS is at mid-loop with a FULL core. e. Both trains of RHR are in operation in the cool down mode. f. Mid-loop integrity per STP-18.4 has been verified current. g. The IPC is not available.
FNP HL FNP    HLT-33      ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                       A.1 .2.S A.1.2.S                                            Page Page 22 ofof 55 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When        tell you to begin, you to  begin, you  are to you are    to determine determine thethe time time to to saturation saturation and  and prepare prepare the the CORE CORE COOLING          SECTION        ONLY      of  a  shutdown COOLING SECTION ONLY ofa shutdown safety assessment on        safety  assessment      on Unit Unit 11 per per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, FNP-O-UOP-4.0, Appendix 1, Appendix       1, step  4.3 and step 4.3   and step step 4.4.
: h. Another operator is evaluating the other SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/CRITERIAS.
4.4. TheThe conditions conditions under under which this this task task is to to be be performed are:
: 1. You are directed to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING SECTION ONLY of a shutdown safety assessment on Unit I per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, Appendix I, step 4.3 and step 4.4. INITIATING CUE: "You may begin." EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
: a.       Unit I isis in in a Refueling Outage, and has    has been shutdown for 120     120 hours.
START TIME STANDARDS:
hours.
RESULTS: (CIRCLE) NOTE: Since task may be performed as a group classroom task, elements I through 8 may be evaluated by reviewin the com leted a erwork.
: b.       IA SG wide IA                      level isis 74%; IB wide range level                    SG wide 113 SG   wide range range level level isis 75%; IC SG wide wide range range level level isis 10%.
* 1. PER STEP 4.3, determine and document at bottom of Figure 1A: Time to saturation IF core cooling were lost: hours JQL minutes * * * * *
10%.
* Select Table using given data Select applicable page of table. Select column for given RCS level Select row for time after Shutdown Identify time Identify units for time I) Written in bottom line of Figure IA: (a). 0.0 hours. (b). 9.2 minutes. &deg; Table A (Full Core) &deg; Select page 2 of 3 (120&deg;F) &deg; Select column 2: (MIDLOOP)  
: c.       RCS temperature is 120&deg;F. 120&deg;F.
&deg; Select row 6 (120 hours) &deg; Identify 9.2 &deg; Identify "min" from column header S I U NOTE: For Element numbers 2 through 7, the "LINE" number correlates to the Core Cooling Shutdown Safety Function Evaluation, Figure IA of Appendix 1 ofFNP-0-UOP-4.0.
: d. The RCS is at mid-loop with a FULL core.
Elements 2 through 8 are per step 4.4 of the appendix.
: e. Both trains of RHR are in operation in the cool         cooldown down mode.
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.2.S EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
: f. Mid-loop integrity per STP-18.4 STP-I 8.4 has been verified current.
* 2. LINE 1:22 SGs Avail with loops filled (Ref. step 2.7).-evaluate SG availability:
: g. The IPC is not available.
* SG tubes filled and vented; considered filled and vented if RCS has remained::::l 00 psig since last fill and vent.
: h.       Another operator is evaluating the other SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/CRITERIAS.
* 3. LINE 2:Cavity level::::
i.
152' 9"
: 1. You are directed to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING SECTION ONLY of a shutdown safety assessment on Unit I per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, Appendix I,                              1, step 4.3 and step 4.4.
* 4. LINE 3:RHR subsystems Available (0,1, or 2)
INITIATING CUE: "You          You may begin."
* 5. LINE 4:RCS level::::
begin.
126' 6"
EVALUATION CHECKLIST   CHECKLI ST RESULTS:
* 6. LINE 5:Time to saturation  
ELEMENTS:                                               STANDARDS:                     (CIRCLE)
>30 minutes OR RCS press >325 psig with at least one RCP available for operation and at least one SG available
START TIME NOTE: Since task may be performed as a group classroom task, elements II through 8 may be evaluated by reviewing reviewin the completed com leted paperwork.
: 7. Core Cooling Subtotal Page 3 of 5 STANDARDS:
a erwork.
: 2) Zero (0) written on the line for item 1. o Midloop f:. filled and vented and < 100 psig RESULTS: (CIRCLE) S / U 3) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U item 2. 4) Two (2) written on the line for S / U item 3. 5) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U item 4. 6) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U item 5. 7) Two (2) written on line for Core S / U Cooling Subtotal.
I. PER STEP 4.3, determine and document at
NOTE: Since determination of the Core Cooling function is the critical element, and depending on the format of administering this JPM, the examinee may stop performing the Appendix upon discovering the ORANGE condition and may not complete element 8. IF no condition circled for element 8 THEN provide the following CUE: "What condition is Core Coolin in?"
: 1.                                                                    I)
* 8. Evaluates Core Cooling condition
: 1) Written in bottom line of                S I U S/    U bottom of Figure 1A:                                                 Figure IA:
: 8) Circle around ORANGE condition for the Core Cooling Function OR., if cued per NOTE State the condition is ORANGE Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
Time to saturation IF core cooling were lost:                           (a). 0.0 hours.
STOP TIME S / U CRITICAL ELEMENTS:
J hours J1L
Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
      ~                  JQL minutes                                            (b). 9.2 minutes.
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.2.S Page 4 of 5 GENERAL  
          **      Select Table using given data                              &deg;&deg; Table A (Full Core)
          **    Select applicable page of table.                          &deg;&deg; Select page 22 of 33 (120&deg;F)
          **      Select column for given RCS level Select                                                    &deg;&deg; Select Select column 2: (MIDLOOP)
          **      Select row for time after Shutdown Select                                                      &deg;
                                                                              &deg; Select row 66 (120 hours)
            **    Identify time                                              &deg;&deg; Identify 9.2
          **    Identify units for time                                    &deg;&deg; Identify mm"min" from column header j NOTE:
NOTE:         For For Element     numbers 22 through 7, Element numbers                    7, the the LINE "LINE" number correlates correlates to to the the Core Core Cooling Cooling Shutdown Shutdown I                Safety  Function Evaluation, Safety Function     Evaluation, Figure Figure IA IA ofof Appendix Appendix 11 ofofFNP-0-UOP-4.0.         Elements 22 through 88 FNP-0-UOP-4.0. Elements L                are      step 4.4 are per step       of the appendix.
4.4 of       appendix.
 
FNP HLT-33 FNP   HLT-33 ADMIN                                 A.1 .2.S A.1.2.S                                      Page 3 of 55 Page EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                    STANDARDS:                (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
**              1:> 2 SGs Avail with loops filled (Ref.
: 2. LINE 1:22                                            2) Zero (0) written on the line for    S / U step 2.7).- evaluate SG availability:                         1.
item 1.
* SG tubes filled and vented; considered filled        oo Midloop f:. filled and vented remained 1 00 psig and vented if RCS has remained::::l                   and <
                                                                        < 100 psig since last fill and vent.
*3. LINE 2:Cavity level::::
level> 152' 152 9" 9                  3) Zero (0) written on the line for    S / U item 2.
*4. LINE 3:RHR subsystems Available (0,1, or 2)         4) Two (2) written on the line for    S / U item 3.
**                      level> 126'
: 5. LINE 4:RCS level::::     126 6" 6                    5) Zero (0) written on the line for    S / U item 4.
** 6. LINE 5:Time to saturation >30 minutes OR RCS         6) Zero (0) written on the line for    S / U press >325 psig with at least one RCP available         item 5.
for operation and at least one SG available
: 7. Core Cooling Subtotal                               7) Two (2) written on line for Core   S / U Cooling Subtotal.
NOTE: Since determination of the Core Cooling function is the critical element, and depending on the format of administering this JPM, the examinee may stop performing the Appendix upon discovering the ORANGE condition and may not complete element 8.
IF no condition circled for element 8 THEN provide the following CUE:
What condition is Core Coolin "What                        Cooling in?"
in?
  ** 8. Evaluates Core Cooling condition                     8) Circle around ORANGE               S S / UU condition for the Core Cooling Function OR., if cued per NOTE State the condition is ORANGE Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
Terminate STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
 
FNP    HLT-33 ADMIN FNP HLT-33     ADMIN                               A.1 .2.S A.1.2.S                                       Page 44 of Page     of 55 GENERAL
 
==REFERENCES:==
 
GENERAL      


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0, VER 36.0 2. KA: G2.l.25 RO 3.9 SRO 4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0,
: 1. References to be accessed via classroom computer (using exam 10 logon) and Exam Reference disk/files only. 2. Provide copy ofFNP-0-UOP-4.0 Table A, Table B, Appendix 1 3. Pen/Pencil
: 1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0, VER  VER 36.0 36.0
: 4. Calculator (optional-not required to complete this task) Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 2. KA:  G2.1.25
STEP 1. -----, 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Evaluation Critical -this is first of the two major objectives of the task. Utilization of the plant parameters and selection of the appropriate table are required to properly assess Shutdown Core Cooling function.
: 2. KA: G2.l.25               RO RO 3.9 3.9          SRO SRO     4.2 4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Critical -Each line item is critical to evaluate proper assessment of each parameter.
I. References
The aggregate effect of errors made within each line could result in obtaining the correct end point; therefore each sub-step must be evaluated to ensure examinee is correctly assessing the parameters.
: 1. References to to be accessed via classroom be accessed      classroom computer computer (using (using exam exam 10 ID logon) logon) and and Exam Exam Reference Reference disk/files only.
This is NOT a critical element since documentation of this summation is not procedurally driven nor will failure to complete this element necessarily impact the outcome. Critical -This is the final objective of the task; proper assessment of this function is required to identify the need of mitigating actions necessary to ensure the health and safety of the public is not jeopardized.
of FNP-0-UOP-4.0 Table A, Table B, Appendix 11
: 2. Provide copy ofFNP-0-UOP-4.0
: 3. Pen/Pencil
: 4. Calculator (optional-not required to complete this task)
Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP                                               Evaluation I.
: 1.     Critical - this is first of the two major objectives of the task. Utilization of the plant parameters and selection of the appropriate table are required to properly assess Shutdown Core Cooling function.
2.
Critical - Each line item is critical to evaluate proper assessment of each parameter.
3.
The aggregate effect of errors made within each line could result in obtaining the 4.
correct end point; therefore each sub-step must be evaluated to ensure examinee is 5.
correctly assessing the parameters.
6 6.
: 7.      This is NOT a critical element since documentation of this summation is not procedurally driven nor will failure to complete this element necessarily impact the outcome.
: 8.      Critical - This is the final objective of the task; proper assessment of this function is required to identify the need of mitigating actions necessary to ensure the health and safety of the public is not jeopardized.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
References expected to be utilized:
References expected to be utilized:
: 1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0, ver 36.0 Header information is not required for this Task; but if requested use current date and time. Prepared
: 1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0, ver 36.0   36.0
__ ULv * .J....._--'-Time:_IH_H_M_MI App-l, Fig 2 Evaluated 0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTIONI CRITERIA CONDITION (NolFalse=O, Yes/True=l, Use number within range when required) (Circle Condition)
 
REACTIVITY Subtotal Condition AOP J. No Core Alterations in Progress 0-1 RED 41 2. Number of Boration Flow Paths (0, 1,2) (Ref step 2.13) 2 ORANGE 41 3. RCS Boron: CSDfRefueling Concentration 3-4 YELLOW 41 4. Source Range Instrumentation Available 5 GREEN Reactivity Subtotal (GREEN ifDefueled)
Header information is not required for this Task; but if requested use current date and time.
CORE COOLING Subtotal Condition AOP I. :2: 2 SGs A vail with loops filled (Ref step 2.7) 0
Prepared By:-=====~__                                     ULv * .J....._--'-Time:_IH_H_M_MI   App-l, Fig 2 Evaluated             0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN                SAFETY FUNCTIONI FUNCTION! CRITERIA  CRITERIA                                                   CONDITION CONDITION (No/False=0, Yes/True=l, (NolFalse=O,       Yes/True=l, Use       Use number number within within range range when when required) required)                            (Circle (Circle Condition)
* Q,-L _
Condition)
REACTIVITY REACTIVITY                                                             Subtotal Subtotal            Condition Condition        AOP AOP J.I. No Core No            Alterations in Core Alterations            Progress in Progress                                                                  0-1 0-I            RED RED             41 41 2.
: 2. Number of Number       of Boration Boration Flow  Flow Paths Paths (0,   1, 2) (Ref (0, 1,2)  (Ref step   2.13) step 2.13)                                    22              ORANGE ORANGE           41 41 3.
: 3. RCS Boron:
RCS     Boron: CSDfRefueling CSD/Refueling Concentration Concentration                                                       3-4 3-4             YELLOW YELLOW           41 41
: 4. Source Range Source                Instrumentation Available Range Instrumentation           Available                                                       55              GREEN GREEN 4.
(GREEN ifDefueled)
(GREEN          if Defueled)
Reactivity Subtotal Reactivity      Subtotal CORE CORE COOLINGCOOLING                                                      Subtotal Subtotal           Condition Condition       AOP AOP I.1.        SGs A
:2: 2 SGs   Avail vail with loopsloops filled filled (Ref step 2.7)                                         0          0-IL_
* _
* _
* _~IiP.
* Q,-                RED _
* _
* _
* _
* _
* _
* _4f 42 _
* _4f _
* _ * "':'
* _ * "':' 2. Cavity level 2152'9" 0 2-3 ORANGE 42
2.
* 3. RHR Subsystems Available (0, lor 2) _2_ F-'4" ....... )-"ttI':<M" .... 4'2" ...... 4. RCS level:2: 126' 6" _0_ 25 GREEN 5. Time to saturation>
: 2. Cavity level 2152'9"   1529                                                                      0         2-3             ORANGE           42
30 minutes OR RCS press> 325 psig with at least 0 (GREEN ifDefueled)
* _22 _  F- '4"     ....... )-"ttI':<M" .... 4'2" ......
Min required is to one RCP available for operation and at least one SG available "CIRCLE" the Core Cooling Subtotal 2 condition "ORANGE" POWER A V AILABILITY Subtotal Condition J. I "A" Train DG Available 0-2 RED including the 2. I "B" Train DG Available 3 ORANGE subtotal or the AOP 3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT) 4-5 YELLOW is not required.
3.
: 4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT) 6 GREEN 5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, I or 2) Power Availabilitv Subtotal CONTAINMENT Subtotal Condition AOP I. Refueling Integrity Set 0-1 RED 44 2. CTMT Closure Set 2-4 ORANGE 44 3. No Core Alterations in Progress (2 pts) 5-6 YELLOW 44 4. Equipment Hatch & Air Locks Closed or Capable of Being Closed on 7 GREEN Short Notice (GREEN ifDefueled)
: 3. RHR      Subsystems Available (0, RHR Subsystems                          (0, lor 1 or 2) 2)
: 5. RCS level:2: 126' 6" (3 pts) Containment Subtotal INVENTORY Subtotal Condition AOP J. Refueling Cavity :2: 23 Feet (142' 1") Above Fuel 0 RED 45 2. LHSI PumpfFlowpath Available 1 ORANGE 45 3. HHSI PumpfFlowpath Available 2 YELLOW 45 4. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 3-4 GREEN (GREEN ifDefueled)
_00 _      25              GREEN GREEN 4.
Inventory Subtotal RCS INTEGRITY Subtotal Condition AOP I. All SfG Manways or Nozzle Dams Installed 0-1 ORANGE 46 2. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 2 YELLOW 46 3. Pressurizer level < 100% 3 GREEN RCS Intee:ritv Subtotal (GREEN if Defueled)
: 4. RCS level:2:
SPENT FUEL COOLING Subtotal Condition AOP I. SFP level :2: 23 feet (lSI '6") above fuel (4 pts) 0-4 RED 47 2. A Trn SFP Cooling available 5 ORANGE 47 3. B Trn SFP Cooling available 6 YELLOW 47 4. :2: 2 SFP Makeup Sources (RWST, DW, RMW to Blender, Boric Acid to 7 GREEN Blender, RHT to transfer canal with weir gate removed) SFP Subtotal Time to saturation IE core cooling were lost: 0 hours 9.2 minutes Page 6 of 18 Current Version FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.2S HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING SECTION ONLY of a shutdown safety assessment on Unit 1 per FNP-O-UOP-4.0, Appendix 1, step 4.3 and step 4.4. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. Unit 1 is in a Refueling Outage, and has been shutdown for 120 hours. b. 1A SG wide range level is 74%; IB SG wide range level is 75%; 1 C SG wide range level is 10%. c. RCS temperature is 120&deg;F. d. The RCS is at mid-loop with a FULL core. e. Both trains of RHR are in operation in the cooldown mode. f. Mid-loop integrity per STP-18.4 has been verified current. g. The IPC is not available.
RCS      level 126' 126 6" 6 (GREEN ifDefueled)
(GREEN         if Defueled)        Min Mm required is to
: 5. Time to saturation>
saturation > 30 minutes OR RCS press>          press > 325 psig with at     at least least   0 one RCP available for operation and at least one SG               SO available                                                                 "CIRCLE" CIRCLE the Core Cooling Subtotal                                                       2                                           condition "ORANGE" ORANGE POWER A         AVAILABILITY VAILABILITY                                                    Subtotal           Condition I.
J. II "A" A Train DG Available                                                                                   0-2             RED             including the
: 2.       B Train DG Available I1 "B"                                                                                                        3               ORANGE           subtotal or the AOP
: 3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT)               SOT)                                                    4-5             YELLOW 6                GREEN is not required.
: 4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT)
: 5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, I1 or 2)
Power      Availability Subtotal Power Availabilitv         Subtotal CONTAINMENT                                                             Subtotal           Condition         AOP I.
I. Refueling Integrity Set                                                                                       0-1 0l              RED               44
: 2. CTMT Closure Set                                                                                             2-4             ORANGE           44
: 3. No Core Alterations in Progress (2 pts)                                                                       5-6             YELLOW           44
: 4. Equipment Hatch & Air Locks Closed or Capable of Being Closed on                                               77              GREEN Short Notice                                                                                               (GREEN ifDefueled) if Defueled)
: 5.           level 126' RCS level:2:       126 6"6 (3 pts)
Containment Subtotal INVENTORY                                                             Subtotal           Condition         AOP 1.
J. Refueling Cavity :2: 23 Feet      Feet (142    ) Above Fuel (142' 11")                                                           00              RED               45
: 2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath PumpfFlowpath Available                                                                                 I1          ORANGE           45
: 3. I-IHSI HHSI PumpfFlowpath PumpfFlowpath Available                                                                             22              YELLOW           45
: 4. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange                                                                   3-4           GREEN (GREEN if      ifDefueled)
Defueled)
Inventory Subtotal RCS INTEGRITY RCS      INTEGRITY                                                        Subtotal           Condition Condition         AOP AOP I.
I.        SfG Manways or Nozzle Dams All S/G                                  Dams Installed                                                     0-I 0-1           ORANGE ORANGE           46 2.
: 2. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange                                                                   22            YELLOW           46 3.
: 3. Pressurizer level <     < 100%
100%                                                                               33            GREEN RCS Integrity                                                                        (GREEN if      if Defueled)
Intee:ritv Subtotal SPENT SPENT FUEL  FUEL COOLING COOLING                                                  Subtotal Subtotal            Condition Condition       AOP AOP I.
I. SFP level SFP     level :2: 23   feet (151 23 feet          '6") above (lSI 6)    above fuel fuel (4 (4 pts) pts)                                              0-4 0-4         RED RED               47 47 2.
: 2. AA TmTrn SFP    Cooling available SFP Cooling         available                                                                         55            ORANGE ORANGE           47 47 3.
: 3. BB TmTrn SFP SFP Cooling Cooling available                                                                               66            YELLOW YELLOW           47 47 77            GREEN GREEN 4.
: 4.  :2: 22 SFP SFP Makeup Makeup Sources Sources (RWST, (RWST, DW, DW, RMW RMW to to Blender, Blender, Boric Boric Acid Acid to to Blender.
Blender, RHT RHT to  to transfer transfer canal canal with weir      gate removed) weir gate   removed)
SFP Subtotal SFP    Subtotal Time Time to  to saturation saturation If    IE core core cooling cooling werewere lost:
lost:                                    00    hours flours              9.2 9.2     minutes minutes Current Version Current    Version Page 66 of Page            of 18 18
 
FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP   HLT-33 ADMIN                                         A.1.2S A.1.2S                                    HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When    tell you you to   begin, you to begin,  you are are toto determine determine the the time time to to saturation saturation andand prepare prepare the the CORE CORE COOLING        SECTION        ONLY COOLING SECTION ONLY of a shutdown      of a shutdown safety safety assessment assessment on    Unit 11 per on Unit       per FNP-O-UOP-4.0, FNP-O-UOP-4.O, Appendix 1, Appendix     1, step step 4.3 4.3 and and step step 4.4.
4.4. The The conditions conditions under under which which this this task task is is to to be be performed performed are:
are:
: a. Unit
: a. Unit 1us    in aa Refueling is in     Refueling Outage, Outage, and and has has been shutdown shutdown for for 120 120 hours.
hours.
: b. 1A 1A SGSG wide      range level wide range     level is is 74%;
74%; IB113 SG SG wide range level level is is 75%;
75%; 1ICC SG SG wide range level level is is 10%.
10%.
: c. RCS temperature is        is 120&deg;F.
120&deg;F.
: d. The RCS is at mid-loop with aa FULL        FULL core.
core.
e.
: e. Both   trains   of RHR   are in operation   in the cooldown mode.
f.f. Mid-loop integrity per STP-18.4STP-1 8.4 has been verified current.
: g. The IPC is not available.
: h. Another operator is evaluating the other SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/CRITERIAS.
: h. Another operator is evaluating the other SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/CRITERIAS.
: 1. You are directed to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING SECTION ONLY of a shutdown safety assessment on Unit 1 per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, Appendix 1, step 4.3 and step 4.4.
: i. You are directed to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING 1.
11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE A TABLE A Power-Up rated Unit Time To Saturation:
SECTION ONLY of a shutdown safety assessment on Unit 11 per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, Appendix 1, step 4.3 and step 4.4.
Full Core Assumed Initial Temperature  
 
= lOO&deg;F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Cavity Full (hours) (min) (min) (hours) (hours) 40 7.7 10.5 5.6 1.3 60 8.7 11.9 6.3 1.4 80 9.5 l3.0 6.9 1.6 100 10.4 14.2 7.5 1.7 120 11.3 15.4 8.2 1.9 140 11.9 16.3 8.6 2.0 160 12.7 17.4 9.2 2.1 180 13.3 18.2 9.6 2.2 200 l3.9 19.0 10.1 2.3 336 17.l 23.4 12.4 2.9 504 20.8 28.5 15.1 3.5 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 3 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total = 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total = 41043 Volume: RCS Full (including pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 1 of3 Version 36.0 11/13/09 12:03:44 TABLE A Power-Up rated Unit Time To Saturation:
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44                                                               FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE AA TABLE A TABLE   A Power-Uprated Power-Up   rated Unit Unit Time ToTo Saturation: FullFull Core Core Initial Temperature Assumed Initial     Temperature == lOO&deg;F 100&deg;F Time                 Time To                 Time To               Time To             Time To After               Saturation Saturation               Saturation Saturation            Saturation Saturation      Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown Shutdown            at Midloop           3 ft Below Flange     Full Reactor Cavity           Full (hours)               (mm)
Full Core FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE A Assumed Initial Temperature  
(min)                   (min)
= 120&deg;F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Cavity Full (hours) (min) (min) (hours) (hours) 40 6.3 8.6 4.5 1.1 60 7.1 9.8 5.2 1.2 80 7.8 10.6 5.6 1.3 100 8.5 11.7 6.2 1.4 120 9.2 12.6 6.7 1.6 140 9.8 13.4 7.1 1.7 160 10.4 14.2 7.5 1.8 180 10.9 14.9 7.9 1.8 200 11.4 15.6 8.2 1.9 336 14.0 19.1 10.1 2.4 504 17.0 23.3 12.3 2.9 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 3 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total = 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total = 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 2 of3 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 TABLE A Power-Up rated Unit Time To Saturation:
(mm)                  (hours)             (hours) 40                   7.7                     10.5                     5.6           1.3 60                   8.7                     11.9                     6.3           1.4 80                   9.5                     13.0 l3.0                     6.9           1.6 100 100                  10.4                       14.2                     7.5           1.7 1.7 120                 11.3                       15.4                     8.2           1.9 140                 11.9                       16.3                     8.6           2.0 160                 12.7                       17.4                     9.2           2.1 180                 13.3                       18.2                     9.6           2.2 200                   13.9 l3.9                     19.0                   10.1           2.3 336 336                  17.1 17.l                     23.4                   12.4 12.4          2.9 504                 20.8                       28.5                   15.1 15.1          3.5 VOLUME VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):                               945 Volume: 33 ft Below Below Flange Flange (ft3)                 348 348          Total ==
Full Core Assumed Initial Temperature  
Total          1293 1293 Volume:
= 140&deg;F Time Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor (hours) (min) (min) Cavity (hours) 40 4.9 6.7 3.5 60 5.6 7.6 4.0 80 6.1 8.3 4.4 100 6.6 9.1 4.8 120 7.2 9.8 5.2 140 7.6 10.4 5.5 160 8.1 11.1 5.9 180 8.5 11.6 6.1 200 8.9 12.1 6.4 336 10.9 14.9 7.9 504 13.3 18.2 9.6 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 3 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total = Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total = Volume: Full RCS (including pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 3 of3 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE A Time To Saturation RCS Full (hours) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.2 1293 41043 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 Time TABLEB Power-U prated Unit Time To Saturation:
Volume: Full Full Reactor Reactor Cavity Cavity (ft3)
One-Third New Fuel Assumed Initial Temperature
(ft3)            39750 39750          Total ==
= lOO&deg;F Time To Time To Time To FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLEB Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Full (hours) (min) (min) Cavity (hours) (hours) 100 15.6 21.4 11.3 2.6 200 20.9 28.5 15.1 3.5 300 24.7 33.7 17.8 4.2 400 27.5 37.6 19.9 4.7 500 31.1 42.5 22.5 5.3 600 34.5 47.3 25.0 5.8 700 37.2 51.0 27.0 6.3 800 40.4 55.3 29.2 6.8 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 3 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total = 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total = 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 1 of3 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 Time TABLEB Power-Up rated Unit Time To Saturation:
Total        41043 41043 Volume:  RCS Full Volume: RCS   Full (including (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)
One-Third New Fuel Assumed Initial Temperature  
(ft3)        9591 9591 Page 11 of Page    of33                              Version 36.0 Version   36.0
= 120&deg;F Time To Time To Time To FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE B Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Full (hours) (min) (min) Cavity (hours) (hours) 100 12.8 17.5 9.2 2.2 200 17.1 23.4 12.4 2.9 300 20.2 27.6 14.6 3.4 400 22.5 30.8 16.3 3.8 500 25.4 34.8 18.4 4.3 600 28.3 38.7 20.5 4.8 700 30.5 41.7 22.1 5.2 800 33.0 45.2 23.9 5.6 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE MidloopVolume (ft3): 945 Volume: 3 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total = 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total = 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 2 of3 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03 :44 Time TABLEB Power-Uprated Unit Time To Saturation:
 
One-Third New Fuel Assumed Initial Temperature
11/13/09 12:03:44 11/13/09  12:03:44                                                                FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE AA TABLE A TABLE      A Power-Up Power-Upratedrated Unit Unit Time To Saturation: Full    Full Core Initial Temperature Assumed Initial     Temperature == 120&deg;F 120&deg;F Time               Time To                   Time To                   Time To           Time To After             Saturation Saturation               Saturation               Saturation     Saturation RCS Shutdown           at Midloop           3 ft Below Flange       Full Reactor Cavity         Full (hours)               (mm)
= 140&deg;F Time To Time To Time To FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE B Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Full (hours) (min) (min) Cavity (hours) (hours) 100 10.0 13.6 7.2 1.7 200 13.3 18.2 9.6 2.2 300 15.7 21.5 11.4 2.7 400 17.5 24.0 12.7 3.0 500 19.8 27.1 14.3 3.3 600 22.0 30.1 15.9 3.7 700 23.7 32.5 17.2 4.0 800 25.7 35.2 18.6 4.3 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 3 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total = 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total = 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 3 of3 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 1.0 Purpose FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SHARED UNIT OPERATING PROCEDURE UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 The purpose of the Shutdown Safety Assessment is to provide a means for evaluating the safety condition of the plant when in Modes 4,5,6 or de-fueled and to provide appropriate contingency actions. (CR 2004102447) 2.0 Definitions 2.1 Green Condition  
(min)                     (min)
-The plant is fully capable of performing the associated safety function.
(mm)                    (hours)           (hours) 40                 6.3                           8.6                     4.5             1.1 60                 7.1                           9.8                     5.2             1.2 80                 7.8                         10.6                     5.6             1.3 100                 8.5                         11.7                     6.2             1.4 120 120                  9.2                         12.6 12.6                     6.7             1.6 140 140                  9.8                         13.4 13.4                      7.1 7 1              1.7 160                 10.4                         14.2                     7.5             1.8 180                 10.9                         14.9                     7.9             1.8 200                 11.4                         15.6                     8.2             1.9 336                 14.0                         19.1 19.1                   10.1 10.1            2.4 504                 17.0 17.0                         23.3                     12.3 12.3              2.9 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):                                 945 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Below Flange Flange (ft3)                   348 348         Total ==
2.2 Yellow Condition
Total          1293 1293 Volume: Full Volume:  Full Reactor Reactor Cavity Cavity (ft3)
-The plant's ability to perform the associated safety function is reduced but is at an acceptable level. 2.3 Orange Condition  
(ft3)            39750 39750            Total =
-The plant's ability to perform the associated safety function has been severely reduced and steps should be taken to minimize the amount of time in this condition.
Total        41043 41043 Volume:
2.4 Red Condition
Volume: Full  RCS (including Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)
-The plant's ability to perform the associated safety function is in jeopardy and steps must be taken immediately to correct the cause of the condition.
(ft3)        9591 9591 Page 22 of Page    of33                              Version 36.0 Version   36.0
2.5 Source Range Instrumentation Available  
 
-The audible count rate and at least one indication of source range counts (preferably NR-45) are available to indicate a dilution of the RCS. 2.6 RCS Intact Below the Vessel Flange -No opening exist which would result in spillage if the RCS level was raised to the vessel flange. 2.7 One or More SGs Available -A S/G is available to remove heat if the tubes are filled and vented, the wide range level is 75%, a steam flow path to the atmosphere can be made available with minor valve manipulations and a means of adding water to the S/G via the auxiliary feed water system exists. The S/G tubes are considered filled and vented if the RCS has been maintained greater than or equal to 100 psig since the last RCS fill and vent. 2.8 RHR Subsystems Available  
I 1/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                               FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE AA TABLE A TABLE    A Power-Uprated Power-Up    rated Unit Unit Time To Time  To Saturation:
-The RHR system is capable of removing heat from the RCS. Page I of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX I 2.9 One DIG Available  
Saturation: FullFull Core Core Assumed Initial     Temperature = 140&deg;F Initial Temperature        140&deg;F Time                 Time To Time                  Time To               Time To After             Saturation Saturation              Saturation             Saturation Shutdown Time To Saturation Saturation Shutdown             at Midloop             Below Flange 3 ft Below                 Full Reactor RCS RCS Full Full (hours)                 (mm)
-The selected DIG is capable of being started (either manually or automatically) and supplying 4160 V power to its respective bus. 2.10 Equipment Hatch & Airlocks Capable of Being Closed on Short Notice -The equipment hatch meets this definition when the MCRT is established.
(min)                   (min)
The personnel and aux airlocks meet this definition when a routine check of the hoses and cables going through the airlocks reveals that at least one door in each airlock can be closed in less than the current time to boil. (AI 2008207932) 2.11 HHSI Pump I Flow Path Available -A charging pump is capable of injecting water into the RCS from the RWST which contains>
(mm)                  Cavity (hours)
50,000 gallons of water. Only minor valve manipulations are required.
(hours) 0.8 40                   4.9                     6.7                   3.5 60                   5.6                     7.6                   4.0                   0.9 4.4                    1.0 80                  6.1                     8.3 9.1                    4.8 1.1 100                   6.6 5.2                    1.2 120                   7.2                     9.8 1.3 140                   7.6                     10.4                   5.5 5.9                    1.4 160                 8.1                     11.1 6.1                    1.4 180                 8.5                     11.6 200                   8.9                                                                   1.5 12.1                   6.4 336                                                                                         1.8 10.9                   14.9                   7.9 504                                           18.2                                          2.2 13.3                                           9.6 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):                             945 Volume: 33 ft Below Below Flange Flange (ft3)                 348 348          Total ==      1293 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3)
2.12 LHSI Pump I Flow Path Available -A RHR pump is capable of injecting water into the RCS from the RWST which contains>
(ft3)            39750 39750          Total ==
50,000 gallons of water. Only minor valve manipulations are required.
Total        41043 41043 Volume: Full Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)         9591 9591 Page Page 33 of of33                            Version 36.0 Version  36.0
2.13 Based on the unit outage, boration flow paths via charging pumps and ECCS injection lines are determined using the guidance of Table 4 of FNP-I-STP-2.1 OR FNP-2-STP-2.l ,BORON INJECTION FLOW PATH VERIFICATION AND BORIC ACID TRANSFER PUMP OPERABILITY TEST, MODES 5 & 6 AND by a current FNP-I-STP-3.2 OR FNP-2-STP-3.2, BORATED WATER SOURCE OPERABILITY TEST MODE 5, 6. Additionally, Normal charging can be considered an available boration flow path under the following conditions:
 
2.13.1 QIE21MOV8107 and QIE21MOV8108 are open, OR Q2E21MOV8107 and Q2E21MOV8108 are open. 2.13.2 With one of the following charging pump requirements met.
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                          FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE B TABLEB TABLE B TABLEB Power-Uprated Power-U  prated Unit Time To Saturation: One-Third New Fuel 100&deg;F Assumed Initial Temperature == lOO&deg;F Time              Time To                Time To           Time To             Time To After            Saturation              Saturation        Saturation         Saturation RCS Shutdown           at Midloop         3 ft Below Flange     Full Reactor             Full (hours)               (mm)
(min)                 (mm)
(min)               Cavity             (hours)
(hours) 100               15.6                     21.4               11.3               2.6 200               20.9                     28.5               15.1               3.5 300               24.7                     33.7               17.8               4.2 400               27.5                     37.6               19.9               4.7 500               31.1                     42.5               22.5               5.3 600               34.5                     47.3               25.0               5.8 700               37.2                     51.0               27.0               6.3 800               40.4                     55.3               29.2               6.8 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):                           945 Volume: 33 ft Below Flange (ft3)                 348       Total ==      1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3)             39750       Total ==      41043 Volume: Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)       9591 Page 11 of of33                          Version 36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44                                                             FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE BB TABLE B TABLEB Power-Uprated Power-Up   rated Unit Unit Saturation: One-Third New Fuel Time To Saturation:
Initial Temperature Assumed Initial   Temperature == 120&deg;F 120&deg;F Time                Time To                 Time To               Time To             Time To After               Saturation Saturation              Saturation           Saturation         Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown             at Midloop         3 ft Below Flange         Full Reactor             Full (hours)               (mm)
(min)                   (mm)
(min)                Cavity              (hours)
(hours) 100                 12.8                     17.5                   9.2               2.2 200                 17.1                     23.4                   12.4               2.9 300                 20.2                     27.6                   14.6               3.4 400                 22.5                     30.8                   16.3 16.3               3.8 500                 25.4                     34.8                   18.4               4.3 600                 28.3                     38.7                   20.5               4.8 700                 30.5                     41.7                   22.1               5.2 800                 33.0                     45.2                   23.9               5.6 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):
MidloopVolume                                      945 Volume: 33 ft Below Flange (ft3)                   348         Total ==      1293 1293 Volume: Full Full Reactor Cavity (ft3)             39750 39750          Total =       41043 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)       9591 9591 Page     of3 Page 22 of 3                            Version 36.0 Version  36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03 11113/09 12:03:44
:44                                                            FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE BB TABLEB TABLE B Power-Uprated Unit Power-Uprated      Unit Time To Time To Saturation:
Saturation: One-Third One-Third NewNew Fuel Fuel Assumed Initial Assumed    Initial Temperature Temperature == 140&deg;F 140&deg;F Time              Time To                  Time To              Time To              Time To After              Saturation Saturation              Saturation Saturation            Saturation Saturation        Saturation RCS Shutdown Shutdown            at Midloop          3 ft Below Flange        Full Reactor              Full Full (hours)              (mm)
(min)                  (mm)
(min)                  Cavity              (hours)
(hours) 100 100                10.0 10.0                      13.6 13.6                    7.2              1.7 1.7 200                13.3                      18.2                    9.6              2.2 300                15.7                      21.5                   11.4               2.7 400               17.5                     24.0                   12.7               3.0 500               19.8                     27.1                   14.3               3.3 600               22.0                     30.1                   15.9               3.7 700               23.7                     32.5                   17.2               4.0 800               25.7                     35.2                   18.6               4.3 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):                             945 Volume: 33 ft Below Flange (ft3)                   348         Total =
                                                                        =      1293 Volume: Full Full Reactor Cavity (ft3)             39750           Total Total ==      41043 Volume: Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)       9591 Page Page 33 of of33                            Version 36.0 Version   36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44                                                               FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY     NUCLEAR PLANT  PLANT SHARED SHARED OPERATING PROCEDURE UOP-4.0 UNIT OPERATING APPENDIX 11 APPENDIX 1.0 1.0   Purpose The purpose of the Shutdown Safety Assessment is to provide a means for evaluating the safety condition of the plant when in Modes 4,5,6 4, 5, 6 or de-fueled and to provide appropriate contingency actions. (CR 2004102447) 2.0   Definitions 2.1     Green Condition - The plant is fully capable of performing the associated safety function.
2.2                                 plants ability to perform the associated safety function is Yellow Condition - The plant's reduced but is at an acceptable level.
2.3                               plants ability to perform the associated safety function Orange Condition - The plant's has been severely reduced and steps should be taken to minimize the amount of time in this condition.
2.4                             plants ability to perform the associated safety function is in Red Condition - The plant's jeopardy and steps must be taken immediately to correct the cause of the condition.
2.5   Source Range Instrumentation Available - The audible count rate and at least one indication of source range counts (preferably NR-45) are available to indicate a dilution of the RCS.
2.6   RCS Intact Below the Vessel Flange - No opening exist which would result in spillage if the RCS level was raised to the vessel flange.
2.7 2.7    One or More SGs Available - A S/G is available to remove heat if the tubes are
                                                -                                                  are filled and vented, the wide range level is>  is ~ 75%, a steam steam flow path to the atmosphere can be made available with minor valve manipulations and a means of          of adding water to the S/G via the auxiliary feed water system exists.exists. The S/G tubes are are considered         and vented if considered filled and          if the RCS has been been maintained maintained greater greater than or or equal equal to 100 psig to 100  psig since since the the last last RCS RCS fill andand vent.
vent.
2.8 2.8    RHR Subsystems Subsystems Available - The RHR
                                                -     RHR system is capable of removing heat heat from the the RCS.
RCS.
Page Page 1I of of 18 18                              Version 36.0 Version  36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03 :44                                                                   FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 2.9 2.9     One DIG One        Available - The D/G Available    -  The selected selected DIG DIG is is capable capable of of being being started started (either (either manually or manually  or automatically) automatically) and and supplying supplying 41604160 VV power power to to its its respective respective bus.
bus.
2.10 2.10   Equipment Hatch Equipment   Hatch &     Airlocks Capable
                                  & Airlocks    Capable of  of Being Being Closed Closed onon Short Short Notice Notice - The The equipment hatch equipment    hatch meets meets this definition definition when when the   MCRT is the MCRT    is established.
established. TheThe personnel and personnel   and aux  airlocks meet aux airlocks   meet this definition when this definition    when aa routine routine check check ofof the the hoses hoses and cables going and          going through the airlocks airlocks reveals that at least one door  door in each airlock can be closed in less than the current time to boil. (AI   (Al 2008207932) 2.11   HHSI Pump I/ Flow Path Available - A charging
                                                        -    charging pump is capable capable of of injecting injecting from the RWST which contains> 50,000 water into the RCS from                                          50,000 gallons of water.water.
Only minor valve manipulations manipulations are required.
2.12   LHSI Pump     I Flow Path Available - A RHR pump is capable of injecting water Pump/Flow                          -
into the RCS from the RWST which contains> 50,000 gallons of water. Only manipulations are required.
minor valve manipulations 2.13   Based on the unit outage, boration flow paths via charging pumps and ECCS injection lines are determined using the guidance of Table 4 of FNP-I-STP-2.1 FNP-1-STP-2.1 FNP-2-STP-OR FNP-2-STP-2.l   2.l ,BORON
                                        , BORON INJECTION FLOW PATH VERIFICATION      VERIFICATION AND BORIC ACID TRANSFER PUMP OPERABILITY          OPERABILITY TEST, MODES 5 &                &6 FNP-1-STP-3.2 OR FNP-2-STP-3.2, AND by a current FNP-I-STP-3.2                 FNP-2-STP-3.2, BORATED WATER OPERABILITY TEST MODE 5, SOURCE OPERABILITY                                    6.
5,6.
Additionally, Normal charging can be considered an available boration flow path Additionally, under the following conditions:
2.13.1    QIE2IMOV8IO7 and QIE21MOV8108 QIE21MOV8107                Q1E2IMOV8IO8 are open, OR Q2E21MOV8IO7 and Q2E21MOV8108 Q2E21MOV8107                Q2E21MOV8IO8 are open.
2.13.2   With one of the following charging pump requirements met.
* IA or 2A Charging Pump available
* IA or 2A Charging Pump available
* IB Charging Pump Available with QIE21MOV8132A and B open, OR 2B Charging Pump Available with Q2E2IMOV8132A and B open
* B Charging Pump Available with Ql IIB                                          E2 1 MOV8 I 32A and B QIE21MOV8132A                 B open, OR 2B Charging Pump Available with Q2E2        Q2E2IMOV8132A I MOV8 I 32A and B      B open
* IC Charging pump available with QIE21MOV8132A and B open, OR 2C Charging pump available with Q2E21 MOV8132A and B open Page 2 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03 :44 3.0 Precautions and Limitations FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 3.1 The Shift Supervisor will evaluate the affect of removing shutdown safety equipment from service. If proposed changes to the schedule appear to reflect a reduction in the key safety functions, refer the proposed changes to the Outage Manager for assessment per FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY, prior to implementing the changes. 3.2 The appropriate AOP-40 series procedure will be implemented upon unexpected entry into or discovery of the existence of a Red, Orange or Yellow condition.
* 1C IC Charging pump available with QIE2IMOV8 QIE21MOV8132A     I32A and B open, OR 2C Charging pump available with Q2E2IMOV8  Q2E21 MOV8132A   I32A and B open Page 22 of Page    of 118 8                                    Version 36.0 Version   36.0
3.3 Intentional entry into a red condition must be approved by the Plant Manager and documented per FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY. FNP's current position is that the plant will not be intentionally placed in this condition.
 
Review FNP's commitment to NUMARC 91-06. 3.4 Intentional entry into an orange condition must be approved by the Outage Manager or his designee prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.
11/13/09 12:03 11113/09 12:03:44
3.5 Intentional entry into a yellow condition must be approved by the Shift Manager or Operations Superintendent prior to entry into that condition.
:44                                                                  FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I 3.0 3.0    Precautions and Precautions  and Limitations Limitations 3.1 3.1     The Shift The  Shift Supervisor Supervisor will will evaluate evaluate the the affect affect of of removing removing shutdown shutdown safety safety equipment from equipment          service. If from service. If proposed proposed changes changes toto the the schedule schedule appear appear toto reflect reflect aa reduction in reduction   in the the key key safety safety functions, functions, refer refer the the proposed proposed changes changes to  the Outage to the Outage Manager for Manager    for assessment assessment per FNP-0-AP-94, FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY,    SAFETY, prior to implementing the changes.
3.6 Notify the Outage Manager immediately if a red condition or an unexpected orange condition exists. 4.0 Instructions NOTE:
3.2         appropriate AOP-40 series The appropriate              series procedure will be implemented implemented upon unexpected into or entry into or discovery of the existence of a Red, Orange or Yellow condition.
* The Shutdown Safety Assessment form may be a two-side copy .
3.3     Intentional entry into a red condition must be approved by the Plant Manager and documented per FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY. FNP's                     FNPs current position is that the plant will not be intentionally placed in this condition.
* The Shift Supervisor will ensure that the appropriate Shutdown Safety Assessment Form is completed at about 0200 and 1400 when in Mode 4, Mode 5, Mode 6 or defueled. (CR 2004102447) 4.1 Obtain a copy of the appropriate Shutdown Safety Assessment form. For modes 5, 6, and defueled use Figure 1A and for mode 4 use Figure 1 B. 4.2 Fill in the header information on the form.
FNPs commitment to NUMARC 91-06.
* Unit
Review FNP's                                     9 1-06.
* Prepared By
3.4     Intentional entry into an orange condition must be approved by the Outage Manager or his designee prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.
* Date
3.5     Intentional entry into a yellow condition must be approved by the Shift Manager or Operations Superintendent prior to entry into that condition.
* Time Page 3 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 4.3 IF in mode 5 or 6, THEN determine the time to saturation for existing plant conditions using the IPC (preferred) or FNP-0-UOP-4.0 Table A or B. Enter time on Figure 1 A of Appendix 1. 4.4 Evaluate the criteria listed below each Shutdown Safety Function as follows. NOTE: Refer to Definitions to assist in the evaluation as appropriate.
3.6     Notify the Outage Manager immediately if a red condition or an unexpected orange condition exists.
4.4.1 IF the reactor is defueled, THEN N/ A the blanks for all Safety Functions except power availability and spent fuel cooling. 4.4.2 IF the criteria is met, THEN place a 1 in its blank or use the number/range of numbers listed in ( ). 4.4.3 IF the criteria is NOT met, THEN place a 0 in its blank. 4.4.4 For each individual Safety Function add up the numbers in the blanks and circle the condition corresponding to the subtotal.
4.0   Instructions NOTE: ** The Shutdown Safety Assessment form may be a two-side copy.              copy .
4.5 IF an unexpected Red, Orange or Yellow condition is determined to exist, THEN implement the appropriate AOP-40 series procedure referenced on the Shutdown Safety Assessment form. 4.6 IF a yellow or orange condition exists that result in a single train available, THEN place a caution sign concerning equipment required for a safe shutdown condition at the applicable locations per the following:
* The Shift Supervisor will ensure that the appropriate Shutdown Safety Assessment Form is completed at about 0200 and 1400 when in Mode 4, Mode 5, Mode 6 or defueled. (CR 2004102447) 4.1     Obtain a copy of the appropriate Shutdown Safety Assessment form. For modes 5, 6, and defueled use Figure 1A   IA and for mode 4 use Figure 1lB. B.
4.6.1 Use Figure 2 to determine posting requirements.
4.2     Fill in in the header information on  on the form.
4.6.2 Check the box on Figure 1 A or 1 B to indicate the review of the Figure 2 posting requirements
              ** Unit Unit
{AI 2001203573}.
* Prepared By  By
4.7 If a red, orange, or yellow condition currently exists for any Safety Function due to an intentional entry, verify 4.7.1 Appropriate approval per FNP-0-AP-94 has been obtained, and 4.7.2 Contingency Actions per Table 1 have been performed for the affected Shutdown Safety Functions.
              ** Date Date
Page 4 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 4.8 Evaluate the activities planned for the next 12 hours to determine if the plant may potentially enter a red, orange, or yellow condition.
              ** Time Time Page    of 18 Page 33 of 18                                   Version 36.0 Version  36.0
4.8.1 IF intentional entry into a red condition is expected THEN entry must be approved by the Nuclear Plant General Manager and documented per FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY. FNP's current position is that the plant will not be intentionally placed in this condition.
 
Review FNP's commitment to NUMARC 91-06. 4.8.2 IF intentional entry into an orange condition is expected THEN A. Entry must be approved by the Outage Manager or his designee prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09   12:03 :44                                                                         FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1I APPENDIX 4.3 4.3     IF in IF   in mode mode 55 or or 6, THEN determine 6, THEN      determine thethe time time toto saturation saturation for   existing plant for existing    plant conditions    using the conditions using     the IPC IPC (preferred)
(preferred) or or FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 Table    Table AA or or B.B. Enter Enter time time on Figure on   Figure 11A A ofofAppendix Appendix 1.I.
4.4 4.4     Evaluate the Evaluate    the criteria criteria listed listed below below each each Shutdown Shutdown Safety          Function as Safety Function     as follows.
follows.
NOTE:
NOTE:      Refer to Refer      Definitions to to Definitions    to assist assist inin the the evaluation evaluation as  as appropriate.
appropriate.
I 4.4.1 4.4.1         IF the IF the reactor reactor isis defueled, defueled, THEN N/    N/A         blanks for the blanks A the            for all all Safety Safety Functions except Functions    except power power availability availability and and spent spent fuel fuel cooling.
cooling.
4.4.2                 criteria is met, THEN place aa 1I in its IF the criteria                                        its blank oror use the the number/range of number/range        of numbers listed in  in (().
                                                                              ).
4.4.3         IF the criteria is NOT met, THEN place a 0 in its blank.
4.4.4         For each individual Safety Function add up the numbers in the blanks corresponding to the subtotal.
and circle the condition corresponding 4.5     IF an unexpected Red, Orange or Yellow condition is determined to exist, THEN implement the appropriate AOP-40 series procedure referenced on the Shutdown Safety Assessment form.
4.6     IF a yellow or orange condition exists that result in a single train available, THEN place a caution sign concerning equipment required for a safe shutdown condition at the applicable locations per the following:
4.6.1     Use Figure 2 to determine posting requirements requirements..
4.6.2     Check the box on Figure IA      1A or lB1B to indicate the review of the Figure 22 posting requirements {A1    {AI 2001203573 2001203573}.    ).
4.7 4.7      If a red, orange, or yellow condition currently exists for any Safety          Safety Function due to an intentional intentional entry, verify 4.7.1 4.7.1    Appropriate Appropriate approval per    per FNP-0-AP-9 FNP-0-AP-94         has been 4 has   been obtained, obtained, andand 4.7.2 4.7.2 Contingency Contingency Actions Actions per per Table Table I1 have      been performed have been     performed for for the the affected affected Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Functions.
Functions.
Page Page 44 of of 118 8                                        Version 36.0 Version   36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44                                                               FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I 4.8 4.8     Evaluate the Evaluate the activities activities planned planned for for the the next next 12 12 hours hours to to determine determine if if the the plant plant may may enter aa red, orange, or potentially enter                  or yellow condition.
4.8.1 4.8.1  jf intentional entry into IF                    into aa red red condition is expected THEN entry must be approved by the Nuclear Plant Plant General Manager andand documented documented per FNP-0-AP-94, FNP-0-AP-94,      OUTAGE       NUCLEAR SAFETY. FNP's   FNPs current current position is is that the plant will not be intentionally placed in this condition. Review FNPs commitment to NUMARC 91-06.
FNP's 4.8.2   fl intentional entry into an orange condition is expected THEN IF A. Entry must be approved by the Outage Manager or his designee prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.
B. Perform the Contingency Actions in Table 2 for the affected Shutdown Safety Function(s).
B. Perform the Contingency Actions in Table 2 for the affected Shutdown Safety Function(s).
4.8.3 IF intentional entry into a yellow condition is expected THEN A. Entry must be approved by the Shift Manager or Operations Superintendent prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.
4.8.3   IF intentional entry into a yellow condition is expected THEN j!
A. Entry must be approved by the Shift Manager or Operations Superintendent prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.
B. Perform the Contingency Actions in Table 2 for the affected Shutdown Safety Function(s).
B. Perform the Contingency Actions in Table 2 for the affected Shutdown Safety Function(s).
4.9 Post the Shutdown Safety Assessment at the following locations.
4.9     Post the Shutdown Safety Assessment at the following locations.
* Control Room
* Control Room
* Entrance to the PAP
* Entrance to the PAP
* Entrance to the SAP (only required if SAP opened for protected area access)
* Entrance to the SAP (only required if SAP opened for protected area access)
* Outage Control Center 5.0 References 4.1 NUMARC 91-06, Guidelines For Industry Actions To Assess Shutdown Management.
* Outage Control Center 5.0   References 4.1     NUMARC 991-06, 1-06, Guidelines Guidelines For For Industry Actions To Assess Shutdown Shutdown Management.
4.2 10CFR50.65 (a)(4) 4.3 NUMARC 93-01, Section 11, Assessment of Risk Resulting from Performance of Maintenance Activities, February 2, 2000. 4.4 FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY. Page 5 of 18 Version 36.0 11113109 12:03:44 Figure lA FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 SHUTDOWN SAFETY ASSESSMENT (Modes 5, 6 and Defueled)
4.2 4.2    IOCFR5O.65 10CFR50.65 (a)(4)
Unit:_ Prepared 8y: ________ Date: ____ Time:___ App-l, Fig 2 Evaluated 0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/
(a)(4) 4.3 4.3    NUMARC NUMARC 93-01,93-01, Section Section 11, 11, Assessment Assessment of of Risk Risk Resulting Resulting from Performance Performance ofof Maintenance Maintenance Activities, Activities, February February 2, 2, 2000.
CRITERIA CONDITION (No/False 0, Yes/True 1, Use number (Circle Condition)
2000.
REACTIVITY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. No Core Alterations in Progress 0-1 RED 41 2. Number of Boration Flow Paths (0, I, 2) (Ref step 2.13) 2 ORANGE 41 3. RCS Boron: CSO/Refueling Concentration 3-4 YELLOW 41 4. Source Range Instrumentation Available 5 GREEN Reactivity Subtotal (GREEN if Defueled)
4.4 4.4   FNP-0-AP-94, FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE OUTAGE NUCLEAR NUCLEAR SAFETY.SAFETY.
CORE COOLING Subtotal Condition AOP 1. z 2 SGs A vail with loops filled (Ref step 2.7) 0-1 RED 42 2. Cavity levelz 152'9" 2-3 ORANGE 42 3. RHR Subsystems Available (0, I or 2) 4 YELLOW 42 4. RCS levelz 126' 6" 2':5 GREEN 5. Time to saturation>
Page Page 55 of of 18 18                                Version 36.0 Version  36.0
30 minutes OR RCS press> 325 psig with at least (GREEN if Defueled) one RCP available for operation and at least one SG available Core Cooling Subtotal POWER AVAILABILITY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. I "A" Train OG Available 0-2 RED 43 2. I "B" Train DG Available 3 ORANGE 43 3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT) 4-5 YELLOW 43 4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT) 6 GREEN 5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, I or 2) Power Availability Subtotal CO NT AINMENT Subtotal Condition AOP 1. Refueling Integrity Set 0-1 RED 44 2. CTMT Closure Set 2-4 ORANGE 44 3. No Core Alterations in Progress (2 pts) 5-6 YELLOW 44 4. Equipment Hatch & Air Locks Closed or Capable of Being Closed on 7 GREEN Short Notice (GREEN if Defueled)
 
: 5. RCS levelz 126' 6" (3 pts) Containment Subtotal INVENTORY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. Refueling Cavity z 23 Feet (142'1") Above Fuel 0 RED 45 2. LHSI PumplFlowpath Available 1 ORANGE 45 3. HHSI Pump/Flowpath Available 2 YELLOW 45 4. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 3-4 GREEN (GREEN ifDefueled)
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113109      12:03:44                                                                                                 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I Figure lA Figure    IA SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN                 SAFETY ASSESSMENT  ASSESSMENT (Modes      (Modes 5,5, 66 and and Defueled)
Inventory Subtotal RCS INTEGRITY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. All S/G Manways or Nozzle Dams Installed 0-1 ORANGE 46 2. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 2 YELLOW 46 3. Pressurizer level < 100% 3 GREEN RCS Integrity Subtotal (GREEN ifDefue1ed)
Defueled)
SPENT FUEL COOLING Subtotal Condition AOP 1. SFP level z 23 feet (151 '6") above fuel (4 pts) 0-4 RED 47 2. A Tm SFP Cooling available 5 ORANGE 47 3. B Tm SFP Cooling available 6 YELLOW 47 4. z 2 SFP Makeup Sources (RWST, OW, RMW to Blender, Boric Acid to 7 GREEN Blender, RHT to transfer canal with weir gate removed) SFP Subtotal Time to saturation IF core cooling were lost: hours minutes Page 6 of 18 Version 36.0 1111310912:03:44 FIGURE IB FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 SHUTDOWN SAFETY ASSESSMENT (Mode 4) Unit __ Prepared By: _______ Date: ____ Time:___ App-l, Fig 2 Evaluated 0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/
Unit:
CRITERIA CONDITION (Circle Condition) (No/False=O, Yes/True=
Unit:_       Prepared 8y:
1, Use number within range when required)
Prepared          _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date:
REACTIVITY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. No positive reactivity changes in Progress ---0-1 RED 41 2. Number of Boration Flow Paths (0, 1, 2) (Ref step 2.13)  
By:_________________                    Date:_ _ _ _Time:___
---2 ORANGE 41 3. RCS Boron: CSO boron concentration 3-4 YELLOW 41 ---4. Number of Source Range Instrumentation Available  
Time:______      App-l, App-I, Fig     Fig 22 Evaluated Evaluated     0El SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN             SAFETY FUNCTION/
---5 GREEN Reactivity Subtotal ---CORE COOLING Subtotal Condition AOP 1. 2 SGs Available (2 pts if2 2 S/G's Available (Ref step 2.7) ---0-1 RED 42 2. RHR Subsystems Available (0, 1 or 2) ---2-3 ORANGE 42 3. PRZ level within normal operating band 4 YELLOW 42 4. RCS Subcooling Margin> 16&deg; F ---25 GREEN Core Cooling Subtotal ---POWER A V AILABILITY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. 1 "A" Train OG Available 0-2 RED 43 2. 1 "B" Train OG Available 3 ORANGE 43 ---3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT) ---4-5 YELLOW 43 4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT) ---6 GREEN 5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, 1 or 2) ---Power Availability Subtotal ---CONTAINMENT Subtotal Condition AOP 1. CTMT Integrity meets tech spec requirements  
FUNCTION! CRITERIA    CRITERIA                                                 CONDITION CONDITION (No/False=O, (No/False          Yes/TrueI, 0, Yes/True           Use number 1, Use   number within range when required)            ~,
---0-1 RED 44 2. RCS borated to cold shutdown boron concentration (2 pts) ---2-4 ORANGE 44 3. CTMT Cooling tech spec are met (3 pts) ---5-6 YELLOW 44 Containment Subtotal 6 GREEN INVENTORY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. PRZ level within normal operating band ---0 RED 45 2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath Available 1 ORANGE 45 3. HHSI Pump/Flowpath Available 2 YELLOW 45 4. Normal make-up capability available  
(Circle (Circle Condition)
---3-4 GREEN Inventory Subtotal ---RCS INTEGRITY Subtotal Condition AOP 1. LTOP TECH SPEC MET 0-1 ORANGE 46 ---2. RCS/PRZ cooldown rate < tech spec allowable 2 YELLOW 46 3. Pressurizer operable per tech specs ---3 GREEN RCS Integrity Subtotal SPENT FUEL COOLING Subtotal Condition
Condition)
: 1. SFP level 2 23 feet (151 '6") above fuel (4 pts) ---0-4 RED 47 2. A Trn SFP Cooling 5 ORANGE 47 3. B Trn SFP Cooling 6 YELLOW 47 4 22 SFP Makeup Sources (RWST, OW, RMW to Blender, Boric ---7 GREEN Acid to Blender, RHT to transfer canal with weir gate removed) ---SFP Subtotal Page 7 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 Figure 2 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Yellow/Orange Condition Signs Required for Single Train Availability
REACTIVITY REACTIVITY                                                          Subtotal Subtotal           Condition Condition     AOP AOP I.
: 1. IF required by step 4.6, THEN place caution signs at applicable location specified in Table 2 for Unit 1 or Table 3 for Unit 2. 2. Signs should be worded similar to the following:
: 1. No Core      Alterations in Core Alterations     in Progress Progress                                                                0-1 0-1              RED RED          41 41 2.
TRAIN OUTAGE IN PROGRESS NO WORK IS TO BE DONE ON THE TRAIN C&LEXT. 3. Complete Table 2 or 3 to document the review of posting requirements.
: 2. Number of       Boration Flow Paths (0, of Boration                  (0, I,1, 2)
3.J Mark as N/ A any components which are not required to be posted for the given yellow or orange condition.
: 2) (Ref (Ref step   2.13) step 2.13)                                22                ORANGE ORANGE       41 41 3.
3.2 Post signs at the applicable locations and initial the appropriate block of Table 2 or 3. 3.3 When the yellow/orange condition no longer exists, ensure the signs have been removed and initial the appropriate block of Table 2 or 3. Page 8 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX I Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
: 3. RCS Boron:        CSDfRefueling Concentration Boron: CSO/Refueling         Concentration                                                     3-4 34              YELLOW         41 41 4.
Reactivity Orange Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1. Voluntary entry into a Reactivity Orange condition is not anticipated.
: 4. Source Range Source              Instrumentation Available Range Instrumentation        Available                                                      55                GREEN GREEN (GREEN (GREEN if        if Defueled)
Reactivity Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1. Verify Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual requirements are met and will continue to be met for boron concentration, boration flow path, and source range instrumentation.
Defueled)
Page 9 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
Subtotal Reactivity Subtotal Reactivity CORE COOLING CORE      COOLING                                                      Subtotal Subtotal           Condition Condition     AOP AOP 1.
Core Cooling Orange Condition Contingency Actions for Entry NOTE: Voluntary entry into a core cooling Orange condition is not normally foreseen for evolutions other than Mid Loop Operations or other reduced inventory evolutions (e.g. drain down for reactor vessel head lift). Under certain plant conditions with time to saturation 30 min., an orange condition may be encountered.
: 1. z 22 SGs AAvailvail with loops filled (Ref step 2.7)                                                     0-1                 RED           42
: 1. IF Orange condition entry is being made as part of Mid Loop Operations, THEN ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, have been met, including the Mid-Loop Compensatory measures in Appendix 3 of FNP-I-UOP-4.1 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING PROCEDURE FOR REFUELING.
: 2. Cavity levelz       1529 level 152'9"                                                                                 2-32-3             ORANGE       42 4                  YELLOW        42
: 2. IF orange condition entry is due to certain plant conditions, with time to saturation 30 minutes, THEN ensure the contingency actions specified in the memo for compensatory measures for RCS level at the reactor vessel flange as required by Appendix 3 of FNP-I-UOP-4.
: 3. RHR Subsystems Available (0, I1 or 2) 2':5                GREEN GREEN
1 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING PROCEDURE FOR REFUELING, have been met. These same contingency actions are applicable for non-refueling outages when RCS level is at the reactor vessel flange in these conditions.
: 4.           level 126' RCS levelz         126 6" 6
Core Cooling Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1. Ensure both trains of RHR are operable if in Mode 6 prior to lowering refueling cavity level to < 23 feet (142' 1") above the fuel. Page 1 0 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
(GREEN (GREEN if        if Defueled)
Power Availability Orange Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. Verify RCS level 126' 6" prior to voluntary Orange condition entry. 2. Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.2. 3. Based on the unit outage, as a minimum, ensure the Unit I or Unit 2 F OR G 4160V Bus is maintained with:
Defueled) 5.
: 5.               saturation > 30 Time to saturation>         30 minutes OR RCS press> 325          325 psig with at at least least one RCP available for operation and at least one SG available Core Cooling Subtotal POWER AVAILABILITY                                                           Subtotal             Condition     AOP I.
: 1. I "A"A Train OG DG Available                                                                           0-2               RED           43
: 2. I1 "B" B Train DG Available                                                                               33                ORANGE       43
: 3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT)                                                                   4-5 45                YELLOW       43 6                  GREEN
: 4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT)
: 5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0,           (0. I1 or 2)
Power Availability Subtotal CONTAINMENT CO   NT AINMENT                                                       Subtotal             Condition     AOP
: 1. Refueling Integrity Set                                                                                   0-1               RED           44
: 2. CTMT Closure Set                                                                                           2-4               ORANGE         44
: 3. No Core Alterations in Progress (2 pts)                                                                     5-6             YELLOW         44 Equipment Hatch &        & Air Locks Closed or Capable of Being Closed on                                   77              GREEN 4.
Short Notice                                                                                           (GREEN if Defueled) Defucled)
: 5. RCSlevel RCS               126 6" levelz 126'     6 (3 pts)
Containment Subtotal INVENTORY                                                             Subtotal             Condition     AOP I.
: 1. Refueling Cavity z 23 Feet (142l)  (142'1") Above Fuel   Fuel                                          00                RED           45
: 2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath PumplFlowpath Available                                                                             I1            ORANGE ORANGE         45 45 3.
: 3. HHSI Pump/Flowpath Pump/Flowpath Available                                                                           22              YELLOW         45
: 4. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange                                                                 3-4 3-4            GREEN (GREEN if        ifDefueled)
Defueled)
Inventory Subtotal RCS INTEGRITY INTEGRITY                                                        Subtotal Subtotal            Condition     AOP AOP I.
: 1. All   S/G Manways or All S/G                  or Nozzle    Dams Installed Nozzle Dams    Installed                                                        0-1 0-I            ORANGE ORANGE         46 46
: 2. RCS isis Intact below the Reactor Vessel   Vessel Flange Flange                                               22                YELLOW YELLOW         46 46 3.
: 3. Pressurizer level Pressurizer      level << 100%
100%                                                                              33            GREEN GREEN (GREEN if (GREEN          ifDefue1ed)
Defueled)
RCS    Integrity Subtotal RCS Integrity SPENT SPENT FUEL FUEL COOLING COOLING                                                 Subtotal Subtotal             Condition Condition     AOP AOP 1.
: 1.          level z 23 SFP level SFP              23 feet (1516)
(151 '6") above above fuel fuel (4 (4 pts) pts)                                                  0-4 0-4            RED RED           47 47 2.
: 2. A Tm Tm SFP SFP Cooling Cooling available available                                                                         55            ORANGE ORANGE         47 47
: 3. BB Tm      SFP Cooling Tm SFP   Cooling available available                                                                        66              YELLOW YELLOW         47 47 3.
77            GREEN GREEN 4.
: 4. z 22 SFP SFP Makeup Makeup Sources Sources (RWST, (RWST, DW, OW, RMW   RMW to  to Blender, Blender, Boric Boric Acid Acid to to Blender, Blender, RHT RHT to to transfer transfer canal canal with with weir weir gate gate removed) removed)
SFP SFP Subtotal Subtotal Time Time to     saturation Jf to saturation      IF core core cooling cooling were were lost:lost:                                          nours hours                         minutes minutes Page Page 66 ofof 18 18                                               Version 36.0 Version   36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 1111310912:03:44                                                                                                   FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I FIGURE IB FIGURE        lB SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN                   SAFETY ASSESSMENTASSESSMENT (Mode  (Mode 4)   4)
Unit:_ _ Prepared Unit          Prepared By: By:________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date:              Date:_ _ _ _Time:___Time:______  App-l, App-I, Fig Fig 22 Evaluated Evaluated   0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN            SAFETY FUNCTION/
FUNCTION! CRITERIA   CRITERIA                                      CONDITION CONDITION (Circle Condition)
(Circle Condition)
(No/FalseO, Yes/True=
(No/False=O,     YeslTrue=1,    1, Use number within range         range when when required) required)
REACTIVITY REACTIVITY                                                        Subtotal Subtotal        Condition Condition    AOP I. No
: 1. No positive positive reactivity reactivity changes changes in    Progress in Progress                                   ---       0-1 0-1           RED RED          41 41
: 2. Number
: 2. Number of     Boration Flow of Boration    Flow Paths Paths (0, (0, 1, 2) (Ref
: 1. 2) (Ref step step 2.13) 2.13)              ---       22              ORANGE ORANGE         41 41
: 3. RCS
: 3. RCS Boron:
Boron: CSO CSD boron boron concentration concentration                                                    3-4 3-4           YELLOW YELLOW       41 41
: 4. Number of Source Range Instrumentation Available                                                   5               GREEN Reactivity Subtotal Reactivity                                                          ---
CORE COOLING                                                         Subtotal         Condition     AOP AOP I.
: 1. 22 SGs SGs Available (2 (2 pts if2 if 2 S/G's S/Gs Available (Ref  (Ref step step 2.7)         ---       0-1             RED           42
: 2.           Subsystems Available (0, RHR Subsystems                     (0, 1I or or 2)                                     ---       2-3             ORANGE       42
: 3. PRZ level within normal operating band                                                         4               YELLOW       42
: 4.                         Margin > 16&deg; F RCS Subcooling Margin>                                                                ---       25             GREEN Core Cooling Subtotal                                               ---
POWER A     AVAILABILITY VAILABILITY                                                Subtotal         Condition     AOP
: 1. 11 "A" A Train OGDG Available                                                                     0-2             RED           43
: 2. 11 "B" B Train OGDG Available
                                                                                              ---       33            ORANGE        43
: 3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT)                                               ---
4-5           YELLOW         43
: 4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT)                                               ---       6             GREEN
: 5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0,           (0. 11 or 2)                     ---
Power Availability Subtotal                                         ---
CONTAINMENT                                                         Subtotal         Condition     AOP
: 1. CTMT Integrity meets tech spec requirements                                         ---
0-1           RED           44
: 2.     RCS borated to cold shutdown boron concentration (2 pts)                           ---
2-4           ORANGE         44
: 3.     CTMT Cooling tech spec are met (3 pts)                                                         5-6           YELLOW         44 Containment Subtotal                                                           6             GREEN INVENTORY                                                         Subtotal         Condition     AOP
: 1. PRZ level within normal operating band
                                                                                              ---         00          RED           45
: 2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath Available                                                                         1I        ORANGE         45
: 3. HHSI Pump/Flowpath Available                                                                     22            YELLOW         45
: 4. Normal make-up capability available                                                                 3-4 3-4           GREEN Inventoiy Inventory Subtotal                                                 ---
RCS INTEGRITY                                                       Subtotal         Condition     AOP I.
: 1. LTOP LTOP TECH TECH SPEC SPEC METMET                                                          ---
0-1 0-1          ORANGE ORANGE        46
: 2. RCS/PRZ RCS/PRZ cooldown cooldown rate << tech spec allowable                                                 22          YELLOW YELLOW         46 46 3.
: 3. Pressurizer operable operable perper tech specs specs                                            ---         33          GREEN RCS RCS Integrity Integrity Subtotal Subtotal SPENT SPENT FUEL  FUEL COOLING COOLING                                              Subtotal Subtotal        Condition Condition I.
: 1. SFP SFP level level 2 23 23 feet (151 (151 6)
                                      '6") above above fuel fuel (4(4 pts) pts)                          ---           0-4 0-4        RED RED           47 47 2.
: 2. AA Tm Trn SFP SFP Cooling Cooling                                                                               55          ORANGE ORANGE        47 47 3.
: 3. BB Tm  SFP Cooling Trn SFP   Cooling                                                                             66          YELLOW YELLOW         47 47 44    22 SFP Makeup 2 SFP   Makeup Sources       (RWST, DW, Sources (RWST,          OW, RMW RMW to       Blender, Boric to Blender,  Boric    ---           77          GREEN GREEN Acid   to Blender, Acid to Blender, RHT RHT to    transfer canal to transfer  canal with with weir     gate removed) weir gate  removed)
SFP SFP Subtotal Subtotal Page Page 77 of of 18 18                                      Version 36.0 Version  36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                                FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I Figure 22 Figure Yellow/Orange Condition Yellow/Orange     Condition Signs Signs Required Required for for Single Single Train Train Availability Availability
: 1. f required by step IF            step 4.6, THEN place caution caution signs signs at applicable location location specified specified in for Unit 11 or Table 2 for         or Table Table 33 for Unit Unit 2.
2.
2.
: 2. Signs should be worded Signs should    worded similar similar to to the following:
following:
TRAIN OUTAGE IN PROGRESS NO WORK IS TO BE DONE ON THE TRAIN CALL EXT.
C&LEXT.
: 3. Complete Table 2 or 3 to document the review of posting requirements.
3.1 3.J   Mark as N/A N/A any components which are not required to be posted for the given yellow or orange condition.
3.2   Post signs at the applicable locations and initial the appropriate block of Table 2 or 3.
3.3     When the yellow/orange condition no longer exists, ensure the signs have been removed and initial the appropriate block of Table 2 or 3.
Page Page 88 of of 18 18                              Version 36.0 Version 36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03 :44                                                       FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency   Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange   or Yellow Yellow condition.
condition.
Reactivity Orange Condition Contingency Actions for Entry Reactivity 1.
: 1. Voluntary entry into a Reactivity Orange condition is not anticipated.
Reactivity Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1.
: 1. Verify Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual requirements are met and will continue to be met for boron concentration, boration flow path, and source range instrumentation.
Page Page 99 of of 18 18                            Version 36.0 Version  36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44                                                             FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency  Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to   Shutdown Safety to aa Shutdown   Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange      Yellow condition.
or Yellow  condition.
Core Cooling Core           Orange Condition Cooling Orange   Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions for for Entry Entry NOTE:                 entry into a core cooling Orange condition is not normally foreseen Voluntary entry                                                              foreseen for evolutions evolutions other than Mid LoopLoop Operations or other reduced inventory down for evolutions (e.g. drain down   for reactor vessel head lift). Under certain plant conditions with time to saturation ~ 30 min.,mm., an orange condition may be encountered.
: 1. IF Orange condition entry is being made as part of Mid Loop Operations, THEN ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 of FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR QE FNP-2-UOP-4.3, FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, OPERATIONS, Compensatory measures in Appendix 3 of have been met, including the Mid-Loop Compensatory FNP-l-UOP-4.l OR FNP-2-UOP-4.1, FNP-I-UOP-4.1          FNP-2-UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING CONTROLLING PROCEDUREPROCEDURE FOR REFUELING.
REFUELING.
: 2. IF orange condition entry is due to certain plant conditions, with time to saturation
      ~ 30 minutes, THEN ensure the contingency actions specified in the memo for compensatory measures for RCS level at the reactor vessel flange as required by compensatory FNP-1-UOP-4.11 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.1, Appendix 33 of FNP-I-UOP-4.          FNP-2-UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING CONTROLLING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFUELING, have been met. These same contingency actions are applicable for FOR REFUELING, non-refueling outages when RCS level is at the reactor vessel flange in these conditions.
Core Cooling Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry
: 1. Ensure both trains of RHR are operable if in Mode 6 prior to lowering refueling cavity level to <23
                < 23 feet (142l)
(142' 1") above the fuel.
Page Page 10  of 18 10 of 18                           Version 36.0 Version 36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                                   FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE TABLE 1I Contingency Actions Contingency  Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry toto aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange    or Yellow Yellow condition.
condition.
Power Availability Orange Power                Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions For For Entry Entry 1.
: 1. Verify RCS level ~ 126' 126 6"6 prior to voluntary Orange condition entry.
: 2. Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.2.
: 3. Based on the unit outage, as a minimum, ensure the Unit I1 or Unit 2 F OR       ORG G 4160V Bus is maintained with:
* An offsite power feed through its associated startup transformer.
* An offsite power feed through its associated startup transformer.
* Its associated DG(s) operable
* Its associated DG(s) operable
* An operable charging pump in the boration flow path
* An operable charging pump in the boration flow path
* An operable BA TP if a BA TP is required as part of the boration flow path
* An operable BA BATP        BATP TP if a BA   TP is required as part of the boration flow path
* An operable RWST TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV if the RWST is part of the boration flow path
* An operable RWST TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV if the RWST is part of the boration flow path
* An operable RHR, CCW, and SW Pump 4. IF the head is on the reactor vessel, THEN at least one PRZR PORV is operable with backup nitrogen available for use in feed and spill cooling in the event that RHR is lost. Notify the Shift Manager, Alabama Control Center (ACC), or outside SO as appropriate to ensure that no work is in progress that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power and to ensure that no such work is started while this Orange condition exists. 5. Ensure that no work is in progress in the low voltage switchyard that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power. 6. Notify EM supervisory personnel of AC power conditions and requirements and direct their personnel (including appropriate Williams and EFS personnel) be briefed on these conditions and requirements.
* An operable RHR, CCW, and SW Pump
: 7. Install Caution Tags or place barricades as appropriate to identify components such as ESF bus feeder breaker, DGs, DG output breakers and bus tie breakers, and startup transformer associated with the ESF bus to be maintained operable.
: 4. IF the head is on the reactor vessel, THEN at least one PRZR PORV is operable with iF backup nitrogen available for use in feed and spill cooling in the event that RHR is lost.
Page 11 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03 :44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
Notify the Shift Manager, Alabama Control Center (ACC), or outside SO as appropriate to ensure that no work is in progress that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power and to ensure that no such work is started while this Orange condition exists.
Power Availability Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. Verify RCS level;:::
: 5. Ensure that no work is in progress in the low voltage switchyard that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power.
126' 6" prior to voluntary Yellow condition entry. 2. Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.2. 3. Based on the unit outage, as a minimum, ensure the Unit 1 or Unit 2 F OR G 4160V Bus is maintained with:
: 6. Notify EMEM supervisory supervisory personnel personnel of AC power conditions and requirements and direct their personnel (including appropriate Williams and EFS personnel) be briefed on these      these conditions and and requirements.
7.
: 7.     Install Caution Install Caution Tags Tags or  place barricades or place               as appropriate barricades as appropriate toto identify identify components components such such as as ESF   bus ESF bus  feeder breaker, breaker, DGs, DGs, DG    output breakers DG output   breakers andand bus bus tie tie breakers, breakers, and and startup startup transformer associated associated with  the ESF with the   ESF bus      be maintained bus to be   maintained operable.
Page Page 11 11 of of 1188                              Version 36.0 Version  36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03 11113/09 12:03:44
:44                                                            FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency   Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange    or Yellow  condition.
Yellow condition.
Power Availability Yellow Power                        Condition Contingency Yellow Condition    Contingency Actions Actions For For Entry I.
: 1.                   level 126' Verify RCS level;::: 126 6" 6 prior to voluntary Yellow condition entry.
: 2. Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.2.
: 3. Based on the unit outage, as a minimum, ensure the Unit 1I or Unit 2 F OR G 4160V 41 60V Bus is maintained with:
* An offsite power feed through its associated startup transformer.
* An offsite power feed through its associated startup transformer.
* Its associated DG(s) operable
* Its associated DG(s) operable
* An operable charging pump in the boration flow path
* An operable charging pump in the boration flow path
* An operable BA TP if a BA TP is required as part of the boration flow path
* An operable BABATP        BATP TP if a BA TP is required as part of the boration flow path
* An operable RWST TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV if the RWST is part of the boration flow path
* An operable RWST TO CHG PUMP SUCT MOV if the RWST is part of the boration flow path
* An operable RHR, CCW, and SW Pump 4. IF the head is on the reactor vessel, THEN at least one PRZR PORV is operable with backup nitrogen available for use in feed and spill cooling in the event that RHR is lost. 5. Ensure that no work is in progress in the low voltage switchyard that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power. 6. Notify EM supervisory personnel of AC power conditions and requirements and direct their personnel (including appropriate Williams and EFS personnel) be briefed on these conditions and requirements.
* An operable RHR, CCW, and SW Pump
Page 12 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
: 4. IF the head is on the reactor vessel, THEN at least one PRZR PORV is operable with backup nitrogen available for use in feed and spill cooling in the event that RHR is lost.
Containment Orange Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. Verify no core alterations in progress or planned. 2. IF Orange condition entry is being made as part of Mid Loop Operations, THEN base on the unit outage ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, have been met. Containment Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. Not applicable.
: 5. Ensure that no work is in progress in the low voltage switchyard that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power.
Page 13 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
: 6. Notify EM supervisory personnel of AC power  power conditions and requirements and direct their personnel (including (including appropriate Williams and EFS personnel) be briefed on these conditions and requirements.
Inventory Orange Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. Voluntary entry into an Inventory Orange condition is not anticipated.
Page Page 12 of 118 12 of  8                            Version 36.0 Version 36.0
Inventory Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry I. Ensure both trains ofRHR are operable before reducing refueling cavity level to < 23 feet above fuel. 2. IF entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage, ensure the requirements of FNP-I-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, have been met. 3. Refer to applicable Technical Specifications before removing RHR or HHSI systems from service. Page 14 of 18 Version 36.0 11/13/09 12:03 :44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
 
RCS Integrity Orange Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. IF entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage ensure the requirements of FNP-I-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, have been met. 2. WHEN SG cold leg manways are to be opened OR cold leg nozzle dams are to be removed, THEN verify that at least one hot leg manway, diaphragm, and nozzle dam has been previously removed. RCS Integrity Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1. IF entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, have been met. 2. WHEN SG cold leg manways are to be opened OR cold leg nozzle dams are to be removed, THEN verify that at least one hot leg manway, diaphragm, and nozzle dam has been previously removed. Page 15 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 TABLE 1 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to a Shutdown Safety Assessment Orange or Yellow condition.
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                           FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency  Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry    to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange  or Yellow Orange or Yellow condition.
Spent Fuel Cooling Orange Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1. Voluntary entry into an Orange condition is not anticipated.
condition.
Spent Fuel Cooling Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1. Verify that at least one train of SFP cooling and at least one makeup source are maintained operable.
Containment Orange Containment  Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions For For Entry Entry
: 2. Ensure that operating train SFP HX outlet temperature is being monitored every four hours on Rad Side SO logs. Page 16 of 18 Version 36.0 11113/0912:03:44 TABLE 2 Protected Train Postings Unit 1 Components Sign Posted Initials Charging Pump lA (B,C) RHR Pump lA (B) CCW Pump 1A (B,C) BATP 1A(B} Diesel Generator 1-2A (1 C, 2C, 1 B, 2B) SFP Cooling lA TRN (B TRN) 4160 V Buses F and K (Buses G and L) Aux Bldg DC Swgr, A TRN (B TRN) Aux Bldg Battery, A TRN (B TRN) SW Pumps 1A (B, C, D, E) SW Valve Boxes Start Up Transformers 1 A, or 1 B Other Page 17 of 18 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Sign Removed Initials Version 36.0 11113/09 12:03:44 TABLE 3 Protected Train Postings Unit 2 Components Sign Posted Initials Charging Pump 2 (B,C) RHR Pump 2 (B) CCW Pump 2 (B,C) BATP 2 (B) Diesel Generator 1-2A (1 C, 2C, or 2B ) SFP Cooling A TRN (B TRN) 4160 V Buses F and K (Buses G and L) Aux Bldg DC Swgr, A TRN (B TRN) Aux Bldg Battery, A TRN (B TRN) SW Pumps 2A (B, C, D, E) SW Valve Boxes Start Up Transformers 2A or 2B Other Page 18 of 18 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1 Sign Removed Initials Version 36.0 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN Page 1 of 7 A.2.1.A Equipment Control ADMIN -OOlA4.11-RO & SRO HL T33-A.2.1.A TITLE: Perfonn A Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 & 2. PROGRAM APPLICABLE:
: 1. Verify no core alterations in progress or planned.
SOT SOCT LOCT __ ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EV ALUA TION LOCATION:
: 2. IF Orange condition entry is being made as part of Mid Loop Operations, THEN base on the unit outage ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 of FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR Q FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, have been met.
SIMULA TOR CONTROL ROOM --.lL CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A AL TERNA TE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __ JPM DIRECTIONS:
Containment Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry I.
I. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation perfonned individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed fonn. 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM. TASK STANDARD:
: 1. Not applicable.
Required for successful completion of this JPM:
Page Page 13 13 of of 18 18                         Version 36.0 Version 36.0
* Detennine if Adequate Shutdown Margin exists while in Mode 1, using STP-29.5.
 
Examinee:
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09   12:03:44                                                         FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 11 TABLE 11 TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency   Actions Required Required for  Voluntary Entry for Voluntary Entry to to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange  or Yellow Yellow condition.
Overall JPM Performance:
condition.
Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Inventory Orange Inventory  Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions For For Entry Entry 1.
EXAMINER:
: 1.      Voluntary entry into an Inventory Orange condition is not anticipated.
_________
Inventory Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1.
_ H. Fitzwater 10/28/09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.2.1.A Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine if Shutdown Margin is adequate using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 2: 547&deg;F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be perfonned are: a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand. c. Seven of the Bank D rods (H2, B8, H 14, F6, FlO, K 10, K6) are at 192 steps by D RPI. d. Rod P8, in the D bank, has been detennined to be stuck. e. Rod P8 is at 162 steps by DRPI. f. All other rods are at 229 steps. g. Core bumup is 9,800 MWD/MTU bumup. h. FNP-I-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TA VG 547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
I.     Ensure both trains ofRHR of RHR are operable before reducing refueling cavity level to <<23 23 feet above fuel.
: 1. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-I-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1. INITIATING CUE: "You may begin." EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
: 2.     If entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage, ensure the IF FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, requirements of FNP-I-UOP-4.3         FNP-2-UOP-4.3, have been met.
STANDARDS:
: 3.                                     Specifications before removing RHR or HHSI systems Refer to applicable Technical Specifications from service.
START TIME RESULTS: (CIRCLE) NOTE: Elements 1 through 13 are evaluated by comparing the completed Calculation page to the values and ran es of each element. The acce table res onses are ALSO listed on the calculation KEY. 1. Step A.I: Document Core Burnup 1) Value entered: 9,800 MWD S I U 2. Step A.2: Document Power Level 2) Value entered: 90 % entered S I U FNP HL T-33 ADMIN EVALUATION CHECKLIST A.2.1.A ELEMENTS:
Page Page 14 14 of of 18 18                          Version Version 36.0 36.0
: 3. Step A.3; Determine penalty steps for Banks below RIL. a) Using COLR figure 1 determines RIL for 90% power level. b) Gathers data from Conditions page c) Determines penalty steps per bank.
 
* 4. Step A.4: Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL
11/13/09 12:03 11/13/09 12:03:44
* 5. 6.
:44                                                              FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 11 TABLE 11 TABLE Contingency   Actions     Required for Voluntary Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry  Entry to     Shutdown Safety to aa Shutdown   Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange   or Yellow    condition.
* 7. a) Determines stuck rod in CBD, Determines CBD RIL. b) Documents given Data for rod P-8 c) Calculates difference Step B.1; Determine Rod Worth for all control and shutdown bands at Zero steps using given power and bumup: a) Uses Curve 77 pg 1 for 90% power and 10000MWD Step B.2: Calculate penalty value of rod banks Step B.3: Calculate penalty value of individual rods Page 3 of 7 STANDARDS:
Yellow condition.
: 3) Value entered; ZERO (0) (RNG: NONE) (a). Determines RIL from COLR
RCS Integrity RCS  integrity Orange Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions ForFor Entry Entry 1.1. IF entry isis due IF entry      due to to Mid Mid Loop Loop Operations, Operations, THEN THEN basedbased on on the the unit unit outage outage ensure ensure the the requirements of  of FNP-I-UOP-4.3 FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OROR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, FNP-2UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS,OPERATIONS, have been met.
* CB Df RIL = 167 (165-170) from COLR. CBC f RIL = FULL OUT (or 229). (b). Documents given Demand positions CB Df Demand 192. All others; Full out (or 229) (c). Calculates difference
met.
* All values: 0 (RNG; NONE) RESULTS: (CIRCLE) S f U 4) Value entered: 5 S f U (RNG; 3-8) (a). Determines RIL from COLR P8 -7 CB Df RIL = 167 (Range; 165-170) from COLR. (b). Documents given data i. Rod # -7 P8 @ 162 ( c). Calculates difference (RIL -DRPI) = 5 (RNG; 3-8) 5) Value entered: 6268 pcm. (range; NONE) 6) Value entered of 0 (zero) pcm 7) Value entered of 50 pcm (range; 30-80) S f U S f U S f U FNP HLT-33 ADMIN EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
2.
A.2.1.A
: 2. WHEN SG cold leg manways are to be opened OR cold leg nozzle        nozzle dams are to be removed, THEN verify that at least one hot leg manway, diaphragm, and nozzle dam has been previously removed.
* 8. Step B.4.a; Determine most reactive Rod worth
integrity Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry RCS Integrity I.
* 9. Step B.4.b; Calculate rod worth of stuckluntrippable rod
: 1. IF entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage ensure the 11 of FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3              FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, OPERATIONS, have been met.
* 10. Step B.5; Calculate penalized rod worth
: 2. WHEN SG cold leg manways are to be opened Q          OR cold leg nozzle dams are to be removed, THEN verify that at least one hot leg manway, diaphragm, and nozzle dam has been previously removed.
* 11. Step B.6; Determine power defect for given conditions Page 4 of 7 STANDARDS:
Page Page 1515 of of 1818                              Version 36.0 Version 36.0
: 8) Value entered of 1406 pcm (range: NONE) (a). From Curve 77 pg 2 for :::: 10000MWD.
 
: 9) Value entered of3515 (RNG: 3515-3516) (a). # of stuck: 1 rod (b). B.4.a: 1406. (+ 1 I -0) value for various rounding technique effects) 10) Value entered of: (-) 2432.7 NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULA TIONlEvaluation (RNG: (-)2403 to (-) 2451 ) Transpose data from other steps: (a). B.l: 6268 (b). B.2: 0 (c). B.3: 50 (d). B.4.b 3515. Calculate using equation.
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                             FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1I APPENDIX TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to   Shutdown Safety to aa Shutdown Safety Assessment Assessment Orange             condition.
: 11) Value entered of: 1634 pcm (RNG: NONE) (a). From Curve 78 for:::: 10000MWD.
Yellow condition.
RESULTS: (CIRCLE) S I U S I U S I U S I U FNP HL T-33 ADMIN EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
or Yellow Orange or Spent Fuel Spent Fuel Cooling Cooling Orange     Condition Contingency Orange Condition      Contingency Actions Actions for for Entry Entry 1.
A.2.1.A
: 1. Voluntary entry into an Orange condition is not anticipated.
* 12. Step B.8; Calculate available Shutdown Reactivity STANDARDS:
Spent Fuel Cooling Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry I.
: 12) Value entered of: (-) 748.7 (RNG: -718 to -767) NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATIONlEvaluation (a). Transpose data: i. B.5: (-) 2432.7 ii. B.6: 1634 iii. Calculate Page 5 of 7 RESULTS: (CIRCLE) S / U
: 1. Verify that at least one train of SFP cooling and at least one makeup source are maintained operable.
* 13. Step B.9; Calculate Excess Shutdown Margin 13) Value entered of: S / U (+) 1021.3 ( RNG: 1003 to 1051) NOTE: POS (+) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULA TIONlEvaluation (a). Transpose data: i. B.8: (-) 748.7 ii. Calculate NOTE: Element 15 is not required to be completed but is likely to be performed if initiated as a group/classroom setting, therefore it may be necessary to provide the following cue during review/evaluation of work sheet: CUE: "Is the SDM adequate?"
: 2. Ensure that operating train SFP HX outlet temperature is being monitored every four hours on Rad Side SO logs.
* 14. Step B.I0: Identifies Need to Emergency Borate OR Notifies SS that SDM is NOT adequate (does not meet acceptance criteria).
Page Page 16 16 of of 18 18                          Version 36.0 Version 36.0
: 15. completes task: a) Signs and dates Calculation Sheet b) Initials step 5.1 c) Asks for verification of calculation
 
: 14) Notifies Shift Supervisor of S / U need to Emergency Borate. OR Reports SDM is NOT adequate.
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44                                                           FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 22 TABLE Protected Train Protected Train Postings Postings Unit Unit 1I Components Components                                       Sign Sign Posted Posted Sign Sign Removed Removed Initials Initials    Initials Initials Charging Pump Charging  Pump lA I A (B,C)
: 15) Completes sign off. S / U (a). Signs and dates form (b ).Initials step 5.1 of procedure.
(B,C)
I TERMINATE After calculation of Excess Shutdown Margin AND element 14 completed.
RHR Pump RHR   Pump lAIA (B)
STOP TIME FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.2.1.A Page 6 of 7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS:
(B)
Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number. GENERAL  
CCW Pump CCW    Pump 1AIA (B,C)
(B,C)
BATP 1A(B}
BATP    1A (B)
Generator 1-2A Diesel Generator   1-2A (1 (IC,  2C, 1IB, C, 2C,   B, 2B)
SFP Cooling lA IA TRN (B TRN) 4160 V Buses F and K (Buses G and L)
Aux Bldg DC Swgr, A TRN (B TRN)
Aux Bldg Battery, A TRN (B TRN)
SW Pumps 1A IA (B, C, D, E)
SW Valve Boxes Start Up Transformers 1I A, or 1I B Other Page   17 of Page 17  of 18 18                        Version 36.0 Version 36.0
 
11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44                                                       FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 33 TABLE Protected Train Protected Train Postings Postings Unit Unit 22 Components Components                                   Sign Posted Sign  Posted Sign Sign Removed Removed Initials Initials    Initials Initials Charging Pump 2 (B,C)
Charging          (B,C)
RFIR Pump 2 (B)
RHR          (B)
CCW Pump 2 (B,C)
BATP 2 (B) 1-2A (1 Diesel Generator 1-2A  (IC,        2B))
C, 2C, or 2B SFP Cooling A TRN (B TRN) 4160 V Buses F and K (Buses G and L)
Aux Bldg DC Swgr, A TRN (B TRN)
Aux Bldg Battery, A TRN (B TRN)
SW Pumps 2A (B, C, D, E)
SW Valve Boxes Start Up Transformers 2A or 2B Other Page Page 18of18 18 of 18                       Version 36.0 Version 36.0
 
FNP HL FNP  HLT-33 T-33 ADMIN                                                                           Page Page 11 of 77 A.2.1.A Equipment Control ADMIN -OOlA4.11-001A4.11- RO & SRO HLT33-A.2.
HL           1 .A T33-A.2.1.A TITLE: Perfonn TITLE:  Perform A Shutdown Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1I &  & 2.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                   SOCT         OLT~
OLT X        LOCT __
LOCT___
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                 ~ X  PERFORM             SIMULATE         DISCUSS EVALUATION EV ALUA TION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR SIMULA TOR         CONTROL ROOM         --.lL X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:           30 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             N/A ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE PATH               TIME CRITICAL           PRA PRA______
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation perfonned I.                                                          performed individually upon completion of form.
the task by reviewing the completed fonn.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
* Determine if Adequate Shutdown Margin exists while in Mode 1, using STP-29.5.
Detennine Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:             Satisfactory     0                   Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Developer                      H. Fitzwater                           I 10/28/09                         I NRC Approval                  I                  SEE NUREG 1021  1021 FORM ES-301-3
 
FNP HL FNP  HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                     A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A                                          Page Page 22 ofof 77 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When    tell you you to  begin, you to begin,   you are are to to Determine Determine if  if Shutdown Shutdown Margin Margin isis adequate adequate using using STP-29.5, STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN         MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN             MODES 11 AND IN MODES        AND 22 (TAVG (TAVG 2: 547&deg;F),
547&deg;F), for for Unit Unit 1.
: 1. The The conditions  under    which conditions under which this  this task task is is to to be be perfonned performed are:
are:
: a. Unit 1I is is stable stable at 90% with with the ramp on hold
: b. Bank D Bank    D indicates indicates 192 192 by Group Demand.
by Group    Demand.
c.
: c. Seven of Seven  of the the Bank Bank D rods (H2, (H2, B8, H   14, F6, FlO, K H14,              10, K6) are K10,    are atat 192 192 steps steps by D RPI.
DRPI.
: d. Rod P8, in  in the D bank, has been detennined determined to be stuck.
: e. Rod P8 is at 162 steps by DRPI.
: f. All other rods are at 229 steps.
: g. Core bumup burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU bumup.     burnup.
: h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1I AND 2 (TA FNP-I-STP-29.5,                                                                                  (TAVGVG ~
547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
i.
: 1. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1.
INITIATING CUE:                 You may begin."
                                "You          begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                     (CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE:       Elements 1I through 13 are evaluated by comparing the completed Calculation page to the values ranges and ran     es of each element. The acceacceptable table res onses are ALSO listed on the calculation KEY.
responses I. Step A.1:
: 1.         A.I: Document Core Burnup                             1)
I) Value entered: 9,800 MWD               S I/ U S    U
: 2. Step A.2: Document Power Level                                 2) Value entered: 90 % entered             S I/ U U
 
FNP HL FNP    HLT-33  ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                 A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A                                          Page Page 33 of of 77 EVALUATI EVALUATION          CHECKLIST ON CHECKLIST RESULTS:
RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                          STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                    (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
: 3. Step A.3;
: 3. Step          Determine penalty A.3: Determine     penalty steps steps for for Banks Banks    3) Value
: 3)  Value entered; entered: ZERO ZERO (0) (0)      SS/Uf U below RIL.
below RIL.                                                   RNG: NONE)
(RNG:      NONE) a)  Using COLR a) Using    COLR figure figure 11 determines determines RIL RIL   (a). Determines (a). Determines RILRIL from from COLR COLR for 90%  power  level.
for 90% power level.                              ** CB    Df RIL = 167 CBD/RIL=1           (165-67(165-170) 170) from from COLR.
COLR.
* CBC    f RIL = FULL CBC/RIL=F        ULLOUT OUT (or (or 229).
229).
b) Gathers b)            data from Gathers data  from Conditions Conditions page page      (b). Documents given (b). Documents     given Demand Demand positions
* CB Df D/ Demand 192.192.
* All    others: Full All others; Full out out (or (or c) c)  Determines penalty stepssteps per bank.              229)
(c). Calculates difference
* All values: 0 (RNG; (RNG: NONE)
** 4. Step A.4: Determine number of penalty steps              4) Value entered: 5                           f U SS/U for RODS below RIL                                          (RNG; (RNG: 3-8) a) Determines stuck rod in CBD, Determines CBD RIL.R1L.                      (a). Determines RIL from COLR
* P8   -7 CB Df RIL=167 P8-CBD/RlL          = 167 (Range; (Range: 165-170) from b) Documents given Data for rod P-8                      COLR.
(b). Documents given data
: i. Rod # -7 P8 @ 162 I. Rod#-P8@16            2 c) Calculates difference                        (c). Calculates difference (c).
(RIL - DRPI) = 5 (RNG:
(RNG; 3-8)
* 5. Step B.1:B.1; Determine Rod Worth for all                5) Value entered: 6268 pcm.
: 5)                                          S f U s/U control and shutdown bandsbands at Zero steps                (range; NONE)
(range:  NONE) using given  power and burnup:
given power        bumup:
Uses Curve a) Uses    Curve 77  pg 11 for 90%
77 pg        90% power power and  1 0000MWD and 10000MWD 6.
: 6. StepStep B.2:
B.2: Calculate  penalty value Calculate penalty    value ofof rod rod banks banks  6) Value
: 6) Value entered entered of of 00 (zero)
(zero) pcm pcm      S f U S/U
* 7.7. Step B.3:
Step  B.3: Calculate Calculate penalty penalty value value ofof individual individual  7) Value
: 7) Value entered entered of of 50 50 pcm pcm          S f UU SI rods rods                                                        (range;  30-80)
(range: 30-80)
 
FNP HLT-33 FNP          ADMIN HLT-33 ADMIN                          A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A                                              Page Page 44 of of 77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION      CHECKLIST RESULTS:
RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                    STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                     (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
** 8. Step
: 8. Step B.4.a; Determine most reactive Rod B.4.a; Determine                          8) Value entered
: 8)           entered of of 1406 1406 pcm pcm            SS I/ U worth                                              (range: NONE)
(range:     NONE)
From Curve 77 pg (a). From                 pg 22 for for ::::
I 0000MWD.
10000MWD.
** 9. Step B.4.b; Calculate rod worth of              9)    Value entered of3515 of 3515                S I U stuck/untrippable rod stuckluntrippable                                        (RNG: 3515- 3516)
(a). # of stuck: 11 rod (b). B.4.a: 1406.
1406.
(+11 I/ -0) value for various
(+
rounding technique effects)
** 10. Step B.5; Calculate penalized rod worth        10)
: 10) Value entered of:                           S I/ U
(-)
(-) 2432.7 NOTE: NEG (-)     (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT IMPOR TANT FOR THIS CALCULA TIONlEvaluation TION/Evaluation (RNG: (-)2403 to (-)    (-) 2451 2451))
Transpose data from other steps:
B.l: 6268 (a). B.I:6268 (b). B.2: 0 (c). B.3: 50 (d). B.4.b 3515.
Calculate using equation.
: 11. Step B.6; Determine power defect for given
: 11.                                               11) Value entered of:                            SS I UU conditions                                                1634 pcm 1634 (RNG: NONE)
(a). From Curve 78 for      for::::
0000MWD.
110000MWD.
 
FNP HL FNP  HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A                                              Page Page 55 ofof 77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION        CHECKLIST RESULTS:
RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                          STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                    (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
**  12. Step
: 12. Step B.8; B.8; Calculate Calculate available available Shutdown Shutdown             12)
: 12)    Value entered Value      entered of:of:              SS // U U Reactivity Reactivity                                                        (-) 748.7
(-)  748.7 (RNG:
(RNG: -718 -718 toto -767)
                                                                                                -767)
NOTE: NEG NOTE:        NEG (-) (-) SIGN SIGN IS  IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS IMPORTANT                      THIS CALCULA TION/Evaluation CALCULATIONlEvaluation (a). Transpose data:
i.1. B.5: (-)
(-) 2432.7 ii. B.6: 1634 iii. Calculate
  ** 13. Step B.9; Calculate Excess Shutdown Margin            13)
: 13)    Value entered of:                      S / U 1021.3
(+) 1021.3
(+)
RNG: 1003 to 1051)
((RNG:
NOTE: POS (+)        (+) SIGN IS IMPORTANT IMPOR TANT FOR THIS CALCULA TIONlEvaluation TION/Evaluation (a). Transpose data:
: i. B.8: (-) (-) 748.7 ii. Calculate NOTE: Element 15 is not required to be completed but is likely to be performed if initiated as a group/classroom setting, therefore it may be necessary to provide the following cue during group/classroom review/evaluation of work sheet:
review/evaluation Is the SDM adequate?"
CUE: "Is            adequate?
* 14. Step B.1O:
B.I0: Identifies Need to Emergency              14) Notifies Shift Supervisor of              SS / U U Borate                                                      need to Emergency Borate.
OR OR                                                                    OR Notifies SS that SDM is NOT adequate (does                  Reports SDM is NOT not meet acceptance criteria),
criteria).                          adequate.
: 15. completes task:                                        15) Completes sign off.                        SS / UU a) Signs and dates Calculation Sheet          (a). Signs and dates form b) Initials step b)          step 5.1 5.1                          (b).lnitials      step 5.1 (b ).Initials step      5.1 of of procedure.
c) Asks for verification verification of of calculation I TERMINATE After calculation of Excess Shutdown LIMINATE                                        Shutdown Margin AND element  element 14  14 completed.
completed.
STOP TIME STOP  TIME
 
FNP    HLT-33 ADMIN FNP HLT-33      ADMIN                                A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A                                        Page Page 66 of of 77 CRITICAL      ELEMENTS      : Critical CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements areElements  are denoted denoted with with an an asterisk (*)
asterisk (*) before before the the element element number.
number.
GENERAL
 
==REFERENCES:==
 
GENERAL    


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-I-STP-29.5, VER4.0 2. KA: 001A4.11 RO 3.5 SRO 4.1 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
 
: 1. FNP-I-STP-29.5, ver 4.0 2. PCB-VOLl-CRV77, Cycle 23 rev 8 3. PCB-VOLl-CRV78, Cycle 23 rev 8 4. Unit 1, COLR for FNP Unitl Cycle 23, Rev 0 Figure 1. 5. Pen/Pencil
I. FNP-I-STP-29.5,
: 1. FNP-I-STP-29.5, VER4.0 VER4.O
: 2. KA:
: 2.      001A4.11 KA: 001A4.11            RO 3.5 RO   3.5           SRO SRO     4.1 4.1 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL      TOOLS ANDAND EQUIPMENT:
EQUIPMENT:
1.
: 1. FNP-I-STP-29.5, ver FNP-I-STP-29.5,    ver4.O 4.0
: 2. PCB-VOLI-CRV77, Cycle 23 rev 88 PCB-VOLl-CRV77,
: 3. PCB-VOLI-CRV78, Cycle 23 PCB-VOLl-CRV78,                  rev 8 23 rev 4.
: 4. Unit 1, COLR for 1, COLR    for FNP Unitl Unit I Cycle Cycle 23, 23, Rev 00 Figure 1.
1.
5.
: 5. Pen/Pencil
: 6. calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 6. calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP 4-13 15 Evaluation CRITICAL -Calculation completion; each step is critical in accurately determining available SDM and Excess SDM. CRITICAL -Task Objective; Identification that Acceptance Criteria NOT met and/or Emergency boration IS required to ensure corrective action is initiated and compliance with T.S. is restored.
STEP                                               Evaluation 4-13     CRITICAL - Calculation completion; each step is critical in accurately determining available SDM and Excess SDM.
15    CRITICAL - Task Objective; Identification that Acceptance Criteria NOT met and/or Emergency boration IS required to ensure corrective action is initiated and compliance with T.S. is restored.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
A. PRESENT CONDITIONS A.I Core Bumup .... 19_80_0_ .... IMWD/MTU A.2 Power Level. 1 90 I % A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL. (Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps) A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANKRIL BANK STEPS BELOW BANKS HEIGHT DEMAND RIL ,....-CBA FULL OUT Full Out (229) 0 CBB RT IT T nT TT Full Out (229) 0 CBC Full Out(229) I--Full Out (229) 0 CBD 167 (166-170)
 
I--192 0 SDA FULL UUT Full Out (229) 0 SDB FULL OUT Full Out (229) 0 ----------
KEY A.
TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL : I 0 I : I... ___ _ ---..I RANGE for CBD RIL: LO: Readability of COLR RIL curve may allow allow as low as 165 steps; although this is < than the curve limit of 166.9, if calculated.
A. PRESENT CONDITIONS PRESENT        CONDITIONS A.1 A.I Core              19800 Burnup 19_80_0_
The assumptions within the curve development provides for this readability error. HI: conservatism allowed byP&L4.1 maybe instituted and a value of up to 170 steps may be selected since the specific value between the Y-axis increments may not be calculated.
Core Bumup       ....             ....IMWD/MTU IMWD/MTU A.2 A.2          Level.
Page I of3 Revision 4 A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER RIL POSITION DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE P8 167 (+3,-2) 162 5 (3-8) TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL I 5 I (RANGE 3-8) L.._ ... B. SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test. The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP. B.l Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.l) and Power Level (A.2). : (Curve 77 Page 1) I B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit: o steps x 75 pcm/step = (A.3.a) L __________
Power Level.
_ B.3 Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) 5 (RANGE 3-8) s x 10 pcm/step = (A.4.a) r------------
Power              119090          II % &deg;&deg; A.3 A.3  Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.
I (+) 50 em: I _ _ (RNG 30-80) ___ J Page 2 of3 Revision 4 B.4 Stuck I Untrippable Rod penalty: B.5 (B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods) B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) (-)J 1406 Ipcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuckluntrippable rods [ EJ x 1.75] + [(_)1 1406 x 0 75] = (_) 3S1S . range: 3S1S to 3S16 (# Stucki (B.4.a) (B.4.a) untripp
(Use COLR or convert the RIL            RIL computer reading from % to steps)
..*.. . ....... [ -1054.5to
A.3.a Record data in      in table ROD                     BANK RIL BANKRIL                   BANK               STEPS BELOW BANKS                     HEIGHT                   DEMAND             RIL ,....-
-1055] =:
CBA                       FULL OUT                 Full Out (229)                 0 CBB                       11l1 RT IT T I nT flTTT TT       Full Out (229)                 0 CBC                       Full Out(229) jFull      Out(229)rI - - Full Out (229)                 0 CBD                         167 (166-170) I - -                                 0 j                                192 SDA                     FULL FULL UUT   OUT          Full Out (229)                 0 SDB                     FULL OUT                 Full Out (229)                 0 TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL                                     :LII I... _ _ _ _
Penalized misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
0      II :
x 0.9 ...-------,-
                                                                                                  ---..I RANGE for CBD RIL:
., 1 (-) 2432.7 range:
LO: Readability of COLR RIL curve may allow allow as low as 165 steps; although this is <than
*. ,) *. l.. (B.4. b) &#xa3;-(j26.8+8.0+35)7J H268+3(}+3515]"'(}19.;,;,*
                              < than the curve limit of 166.9, 166.9, if calculated. The assumptions within the curve development provides for this readability error.
*.
HI:
L.[_-6_26_8_+_30_+_.35.;..1_7_l*_O
HI: conservatism conservatism allowed by            P&L 4.1 may byP&L4.1       be instituted and maybe             and a value   of up to value of 170       may be selected since the specific value between the Y-axis 170 steps may increments may not be calculated.
...  
Page Page 1I of of33                                        Revision 44 Revision
..... *4 ...... 8 .... 9_*" ................
 
................  
KEY A.4           uetermine riuniber 01 penaity steps ror 1ULTh oeiow iciL wnicn were not countea in A.i (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)
... ******* .... *** .. ** .... *.**.***.;..****
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
...... ) ........... --Jl nd Burnup (A. 1 ) (Curve 78). B.7 Void Collapse Defect. B.8 Available Shutdown Reactivity:
A.4.a    Record data A.4.a Record        data inin table table ROD NUMBER ROD      NUMBER          I RIL  POSITION I DRPI RIL POSITION              POSITION I DIFFERENCE DRPI POSITION              DIFFERENCE
()1-2432.7 L -(_)---1.1_
                  ~            P8 P8                      167 167 (+3,-2)
163_4_..1-+ 50 (B.5) (B.6) (B.7) B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 -Required SDM from the COLR): 1-748.7 pcm -(-) 1770 pcm (B.8) Required SDM from the CO LR 1 ( ) -2403 to -2451 n: L _ "'__ ____ (-) 1 1634 lpcm (+) 50 pcm (-) 748.7 --1 Range: 1 -719 to -767.0 pcml r -----------I 1 (+) 1021.3 1 1 ( Range: 1003 1 to IOS1 1..._ ...... ___ _ B.1O IfB.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-I-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown ISrequired . . Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
(+3,-2)                 162 162                  55 (3-8)
May.also state that a Rx tripmay be warranted (P&L43). DA TE--Element IS-if assumes/states emergency boration completed Signed--element I S-if assumes/states Performed by: _ Emerg Boration completed Verified by: _______________
(3-8)   ~
_ Page 3 of3 Revision 4 Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-l-VOU-CRV77 UNIT 1 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 I APPROVED:
TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL I155 (RANGE 3-8)
& Iv,.-pry"..,
IL_1ANGE3-8)
ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER DATE ARI-l Rod Worth (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations BumupRange Power Level (%) (MWDIMTU) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 =:;150 4587 4710 4831 5071 5311 5483 5655 5792 5927 6162 6397 > 150 =:;1000 4667 4801 4935 5180 5425 5594 5762 5905 6048 6285 6523 > 1000 =:;2000 4717 4867 5017 5267 5517 5680 5844 5995 6145 6384 6623 > 2000 =:;3000 4755 4909 5063 5320 5578 5740 5902 6052 6201 6442 6683 >3000 =:;4000 4818 4975 5131 5396 5660 5814 5969 6113 6257 6483 6708 >4000 =:;5000 4767 4920 5072 5346 5619 5778 5938 6073 6208 6439 6670 > 5000 =:;6000 4717 4865 5013 5296 5579 5743 5906 6033 6159 6395 6631 > 6000 =:;7000 4689 4827 4965 5254 5542 5714 5885 6001 6118 6355 6593 > 7000 =:;8000 4660 4788 4916 5211 5506 5685 5864 51 Element #6 6316 6555 .> 800.0 =:;c;)OQO
L.._
.. .464.6. 4:7'6.5 5182 5480 5669 5857 54 6292 6531 >9000 =:;10000 4632 4742 4852 5154 5455 5652 5850 5939 6028 6507 >10000 =:;11000 4622 4725 4828 5129 5431 5641' 5850 5933 6016 h 1----6490
I.
>11000 =:;12000 4612 4707 4803 5105 5408 5629 5850 5927 6004 6239 6473 >12000 =:;13000 4617 4706 4795 5096 5398 5631 5865 5937 6010 6242 6475 .-.--. >13000 =:;14000 4621 4704 4787 5087 5387 5633 5879 5947 6015 6245 6476 >14000 =:;15000 4631 4709 4787 5086 5385 5642 5900 5964 6028 6256 6485 >15000 =:;16000 4641 4714 4787 5085 5382 5652 5921 5981 6041 6267 6493 >16000 =:;17000 4662 4731 4800 5096 5391 5669 5947 6004 6062 6286 6510 >17000 =:;18000 4682 4748 4813 5107 5400 5687 5973 6028 6083 6304 6526 >18000 =:;19000 4709 4771 4833 5125 5418 5710 6002 6056 6109 6328 6547 >19000 =:;20000 4735 4794 4852 5144 5435 5734 6032 6083 6135 6351 6568 >20000 =:;20885 4760 4818 4876 5165 5454 5759 6063 6112 6161 6377 6592 Notes: 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit. If a bank is below the RIL, reduce the table value by 75 pcm for each step below the RIL. 2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity.
B.       SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 &                & 78 directly into the surveillance test.
However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP. 3. ARI-l is defined as All Rods In --less the most reactive rod. The SDM calculation requires that one rod be assumed stuck. Therefore, use the data directly from the table above when there are not any known stuck rods. Page 1 of 2 Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-I-VOLl-CRV77 Notes: UNIT 1 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations APPROVED:
The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.
0/ A': f-bf lor ptrtfYl f1'-;,jW ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER Worth of Most Reactive Rod (pern) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Burnup Range Power Level (MWDIMTU) 0% to 100% ::;;150 658 > 150 ::;;1000 676 >1000 ::;;2000 732 >2000 ::;;3000 781 >3000 ::;;4000 889 >4000 ::;;5000 1024 > 5000 ::;;6000 1160 > 6000 ::;;7000 1232 > 7000 <8000 1304 I element #9 I > 8000 ::;;9000 1355 > 9000 ::;;10000 1406 >10000 ::;;11000 1450 >11000 ::;;12000 1494 >12000 ::;;13000 1528 >13000 ::;;14000 1561 >14000 ::;;15000 1592 >15000 ::;;16000 1623 >16000 ::;;17000 1653 >17000 ::;;18000 1684 >18000 ::;;19000 1713 >19000 ::;;20000 1741 >20000 ::;;20885 1767 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit. 2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity.
B. I B.l      Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.  (A.l)         Power Level
However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP. 3. ARI-1 is defined as All Rods In --less the most reactive rod. 4. For multiple stuck rods, the ARl-l value on Page 1 of this curve should be reduced by the following calculation:
: 1) and Power    Level (A.2).
[KUR x WSR x 1.75] + [WSR x 0.75] where KUR == Number of known untrippable rods (does not include rod assumed stuck in ARl-l table) and WSR = Worst stuck rod (i.e. most reactive rod) Page 2of2 Burnup Range (MWDIMTU)
(A.2).              :I ~_~"'1-6-2-6-8-""lp:~-:
S 150 >150 s1000 >1000 s2000 >2000 s3000 >3000 s4000 >4000 s 5000 > 5000 s6000 > 6000 s7000 >7000 s8000 ... > 8(100.. s 90(10 ..... >9000 s10000 >10000 s11000 >11000 s12000 >12000 s13000 >13000 s14000 >14000 s15000 >15000 s16000 >16000 s17000 >17000 s18000 >18000 s19000 >19000 s20000 >20000 s20885 Notes: Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 UNIT 1 CYCLE 23 CURVE 78 APPROVED: (fL<I j,r !51'Ytiq, 4.->""" ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER PCB-l-VOLI-CRV78 Power Defect (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Power Level (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 361 537 717 898 958 1019 1119 1219 1326 1432 0 351 522 701 879 943 1006 1106 1206 1307 1409 0 330 495 667 839 903 967 1068 1169 1265 1361 0 317 476 647 818 879 941 1041 1142 1237 1332 0 326 489 664 839 901 964 1062 1161 1261 1360 0 344 514 697 879 942 1004 1103 1202 1306 1410 0 362 539 729 919 982 1045 1144 1242 1351 1459 0 388 576 774 972 1037 1103 1202 1301 1416 1531 0 414 613 818 1024 1092 1160 1260 1360 1481 1603
() 16268        I pcm i      (Curve L __________ _
.0 .........
77  Page  1) 1 I L
......... 651 1074 1147 1220 11 Element #12 I 1558 1684
B.2 B.2      Penalty value of rod banks  banks below insertion limit:
.................
o
.. ....* . ..*... . 0 466 690 907 1124 1202 1280 1391 1503 1634 1765 0 492 728 950 1173 1258 1344 1461 1579 1717 1854 0 518 766 994 1222 1315 1408 1531 1655 1800 1944 0 543 804 1035 1267 1369 1471 1603 1734 1884 2034 0 567 841 1077 1313 1424 1535 1674 1813 1968 2123 0 589 875 1115 1356 1477 1597 1744 1890 2054 2217 0 611 908 1153 1399 1529 1660 1813 1967 2139 2310 0 633 940 1189 1438 1578 1718 1882 2046 2223 2400 0 654 971 1225 1478 1627 1777 1951 2125 2307 2489 0 673 1001 1259 1516 1677 1837 2020 2203 2392 2582 0 692 1031 1293 1554 1726 1897 2089 2280 2477 2674 0 709 1057 1323 1590 1771 1953 2152 2351 2554 2757 1. STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.
[o (A.3.a)
COLR for FNP Unit 1 Cycle 23 Revision 0 Figure 1 Rod Bank Insertion Limits versus Rated Thermal Power Fully Withdrawn
(A.3.a) steps x 75 steps      75 pcm/step pcm/step    =
-225 to 231 steps, inclusive I Elements 4 & 5 I 225 I I I I I I I .... (.552,225)
                                                    =
J;!' I' 200 J;!' 175 I;' I' Banke '2 == 150 ,/ I I I I I " II II-f. "t:I .J::. -&sect;: .1' = (_1Jl.7 -0.000 )(0.900 -0.(70)+ 0.000 1.00 -0.070 i;" Y = 166.9 (rounded using 4 signticJnt digits) " :t 125 I' => 167sfeps .l!! !a-s::: 0 :;::: if not calculated and only read from graph (0, 114) then> 165 And < 170; Therefore Half the accuracy of the scale II' => 167.5 I' 0Cij 100 0 a. olo: I .... I.;' BankO s::: C\I IX! "t:I 75 0 I .... IJ a:: II' 50 '-' . II I I ,/ 25 " (.070,0) o I I I I r 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Fraction of RATED THERMAL POWER Page 10 of 13 m o-(1,187) _ ,/ ,/ I' i;" 0.9 1.0 Fully Withdrawn shall be the condition where control rods are at a position within the interval 225 and 231 steps withdrawn.
B.3 B.3      Penalty Penalty value value ofof individual individual rods rods below below RIL RIL which which were were not  not counted counted inin A.3 A.3 r--~;w.&#xa3;...QIi:,~ RIL (1?rdc  li1-vij1  RIL onon DRPI DRPI when when the the BANK BANK demand demand isis above above RIL)
Note: The Rod Bank Insertion Limits are based on the control bank withdrawal sequence A, B, C, 0 and a control bank tip-to-tip distance of 128 steps.
RIL) 55              I                                                  r r------------
06/18/01 10:31 :04 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29.5 April 2] , 2000 Revision 4 SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES] AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F) PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Infonnation Use Approved:
(RANGE (RANGE 3-8) s 1
C. D. COLLINS Operations Manager S A F E T Y R E L A T E D Date Issued
3-8)__  s xx 10  pcm/step ==
_____ _
10 pcm/step                                  I_ _
06/18/01 10:31:04 FNP-l-STP-29.5 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO. TECHNICAL SPECIFICA nON REFERENCE FNP-1-STP-29.5 TR 13.1.1; LCO 3.1.4; LCO 3.1.5; LCO 3.1.6 TITLE MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST: SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 1 *,2* (TAVG 547&deg;F) *See special test exceptions of above specifications TEST RESULTS (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEST PERFORMER)
(+)j I (+) 50  50            em:
PERFORMED BY DATE/TIME COMPONENT OR TRAIN TESTED (if applicable) [ ] ENTIRE STP PERFORMED [ ] FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT [] PARTIAL STP PERFORMED: [ ] NOT FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT REASON FOR PARTIAL: TEST COMPLETED: [ ] Satisfactory [ ] Unsatisfactory [ ] The following deficiencies occurred: [ ] Corrective action taken or initiated:
cm (A.4.a)
SHIFT FOREMAN REVIEW REVIEWED BY DATE [ ] Procedure properly completed and satisfactory [ ] Comments:
(A.4.a) 138) ___ J (RNG 30-80) i Page 22 of Page    of33                                        Revision 44 Revision
TECHNICAL GROUP-REACTOR ENG REVIEW REVIEWED BY DATE [ ] Satisfactory and Approved [ ] Comments:
 
Revision 4 06118/01 10:31 :04 FNP-1-STP-29.5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages Body .........................................................
B.4 B.4            Stuck I/ Untrippable Stuck              Untrippable Rod is (B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b (B.4.a                  N/A              and Rod penalty:
2 Shutdown Margin .....................................
B.4.b is penalty:
3 STRS ........................................................
is zero    zero if KEY if there there are are nono stuck/untrippable stuck/untrippable rods)
1 Page 1 of 1 Revision 4 06118/01 10:31:04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F) 1.0 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to verify that the SHUTDOWN MARGIN is greater than the limits of the Technical Requirements Manual TR 13.1.1 as directed by Technical Specifications in Modes 1 or 2: 1.1.1 One or more rode s) untrippable (LCO 3.1.4), 1.1.2 One or more rode s) not aligned within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position (LCO 3.1.4), 1.1.3 One or more shutdown banks not within insertion limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.5), 1.1.4 Control bank insertion, sequence, or overlap not within limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.6). (This condition does not affect shutdown margin unless control banks are below insertion limits) 2.0 Acceptance Criteria 2.1 The Shutdown Margin shall be greater than or equal to the value specified in the COLR. 3.0 Initial Conditions HBF 3.1 HBF 3.2 HBF 3.3 HBF 3.4 HBF 3.5 The revision of this procedure has been verified to be the current revision and correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
I rods)
T AVG +/- 1 &deg; F of programmed value. (Needed for Power Defect to be accurate)
B.4.a Worth of B.4.a from Curve of most reactive rod worth at                                                            at present burnup (A.1)     (A.l) (-)J (_)j14061406          ipcm Ipcm from              Curve 77 pg.                       pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate B.4.b              Calculate worth                    worth of            of Stuckluntrippable Stuckluntrippable rods                        rods
The plant is in Mode 1 or 2 with Keff 1. Technical Specifications required action entered to verify SDM to be within the limits provided in the COLR OR Shift Supervisor desires to perform. Revision 4 06118/0110:31:04 FNP-1-STP-29.5 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Read all curves as accurately as possible OR most conservatively.
(( EJStuck!
4.2 Observe proper algebraic sign notation throughout the calculation.
1 xx()    (-)~                1406 I k 1.75]
4.3 IF necessary to emergency borate due to inadequate shutdown margin, THEN consideration should be given to tripping the reactor and entering FNP-1-EEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION concurrent with the emergency boration.
1.75]  +
5.0 Instructions NOTE:
                                                                                                                                                                      + [(_)1
[()
1406 1406 0 75] == (_) 3S1S xxO.75]
3515 range:
ran e 3S1S 3515 to 3S16 3516
( Stucki
(#                                                                (B.4.a)                                                (B.4.a)
(B.4.a) 246 o
4 untripPj ii untripp          osto    r,:,24QO~5)tq~~~1] ..*.. . .......                                                       +        -1054.5 to -1055]
(( -1054.5to      -1055] =:
I                          :.;X[~5~,~9It35161
[35150R3516J B.5            Penalized rcfrT'~"""~~mm~.,.;MIMT!"""""""'~~I"IT'I"i~---I rdu WUI LII UH.IU11H LUIJUHL1LppauI IUU, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
50                                    I                              ...-------,- .,
r--"'~~-.......Lrl,;;;(--;;J,._).!:16=2:::::68:::::::::::::!.I..:.+~lo:;:::!.1 I El ~+..L,~~~0~-~80.;...)~(_) ~~~~O) xx 0.9 3515
[(_)                                            +
                                                                                                                          + (30-80)                                    (+1, ..Oj                        1I
( )
(-) 2432.7 range:
(-)
1 ( ) -2403 to        -2451 to-2451 In:
LL_ _ "'___ _ _ _        H268+$(}+3~15)"'O.97'~10~;~:I;)\<}.>>)ri>r~(;;).(;
l6268+80+3515]*0.9                      = 2405.7                                                                                             *.,) *. l..        (B.4.
(B.4.b) b)
                                      *09 = 2403.9 (Round down to 2403)*LO
[-6268+80+3517] .~().~.*724~3.~*tJt~W!~qo~p~~40~1*:LO
      &#xa3;-(j26.8+8.0+35)7J
[_6268+30+3515]*0.9 = *. 2450~!@()uti(f:UP)tO~~451)*(hi)
H268+3(}+3515]"'(}19.;,;,*                  2450.7 (Round up to 2451) (hi) l-6268+30+35 171 *0.9=            ...,9.;..b_*.~
                                                      *4......8....9_*". . . . . . . . ................H.;..i~i...
2448.9 L.[_-6_26_8_+_30_+_.35.;..1_7_l*_O              .....                                                    *******....
                                                                                                                      *** ..**....              )...........--Jl Burnup (A.
nd Burnup        (A. 11))                          1634 (Curve 78).                                                                                                                                                            (-)
()     1                lpcm pcm B.7              Void Collapse Defect.                                                                                                                                                  (+)
(+)            50        pcm B .8 B.8              Available Shutdown Reactivity:
(-) 748.7
(-)                          -  - 1
                                              )[24327
(()1-2432.7                          L-
[_            (_)---1.1_
(_)                11634163_4 _ . . 1 - +
I  +                50                    Range:
                                                                                                                                                                                                          -719 to -7670-767.0 pcmlI pcnl 1
(B.5)                                                            (B.6)                                                        (B.7)
B.9          Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8        - Required SDM from the COLR):
r - - - - - - - - - - -I 1-748.7 1-748.7 i(+/-)102131:
1      (+) 1021.3                1 a~,==~L...... pcm ()                                          - (-)                                                1770 1770          pcm                                  1 ( Range: 1003    1003 ~m  m 1 (B.8)                                                               Required SDM                                                                                    to _
tolOSi 1..._ ...... IOS1
_ __              I L...________
from the                        the COLR    CO LR B.
B.1O 10          If IfB.9  B.9 is positive, THEN                            THEN emergency                emergency borate per FNP-l-AOP-27.0,                  FNP-I-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY
...--~~-~-
EmergencyB~ration Emergency        Boration            BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown IS required .
ISrequired                        . Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.                                                                              condition.
May    also state                        DATE--
DA TE-- EIenent        Element 15-if              IS-if                                                                                Signed-- element Signed--      element 15-I S- if if assumes/states May.also      state that that aa                                                                                                              Per          forme d by.
assumes/states assumes/states                                                                                      Performed              by: ____Emerg
_ Emerg Boration  Boration completed completed Rx trip Rx  tripmaymay he  be rrnt, warranted      (P&L43).                  emergency emergency boration            boration completed completed                                                                                            Verified by:
Verified              by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Page 33 of Page    of3  3                                                Revision 44 Revision
 
Westinghouse Proprietary Westinghouse                    Class 22 Proprietary Class PCB-l-VOU-CRV77 PCB-1-VOL1-CRV77 UNIT 11 CYCLE UNIT      CYCLE 23    23 CURVE CURVE 77    77 Ij                        REV.~
REV.
KEY I
                                                                                                        ~~
APPROVED:
APPROVED:              <?(~...e &            Iv,.-
                                                                          )          pry".., C'7r'n~'"
ENGINEERING SUPPORT ENGINEERING            SUPPORT MANAGER  MANAGER                        DATE DATE ARI-l Rod ARI-1    Rod Worth Worth (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations BumupRange Burnup    Range                                                                Power Level Power    Level (%)
(%)
(MWDIMTU)
(MWD/MTU)                  00          10 10          20 20        30 30          40          50 50        60 60          70      80 80            90        100 100
              =:;150 150          4587      4710        4831      5071 5071        5311        5483        5655 5655      5792 5792      5927          6162      6397
    >  150 150    =:;1000 1000            4667      4801        4935      5180        5425        5594 5594        5762 5762      5905      6048          6285      6523
    >  1000 1000    =:;2000 2000        4717      4867        5017      5267        5517        5680        5844 5844      5995      6145          6384      6623
    > 2000
    >2000      =:;3000 3000            4755      4909        5063      5320        5578        5740        5902      6052      6201          6442      6683
    >3000     =:;4000 4000         4818      4975        5131      5396        5660        5814        5969      6113      6257          6483      6708
    >4000
    >  4000    5=:;5000 5000        4767      4920        5072      5346        5619        5778        5938      6073      6208          6439      6670
    > 5000
    >          =:;6000 6000         4717      4865        5013      5296        5579        5743        5906      6033      6159          6395      6631
    > 6000
    >           =:;7000 7000        4689      4827        4965      5254        5542        5714        5885      6001      6118          6355      6593
    > 7000      =:;8000 5 8000          4660      4788        4916      5211        5506        5685        5864      51 Element #6 finent                  6316      6555
.>   800.0
    >8000      =:;c;)OQO 59000 .        4646
                              .464.6. 4:7'6.5 4765        .4~84 4884      5182        5480        5669        5857      54 5j                      6292  -
6531
                =:;10000                                4852 4632      4742                    5154                    5652        5850      5939
                                                                                                                                  +~~}~
    >9000
    > 9000    10000                                                          5455                                        6028          6268      6507 6028
    >10000      =:;11000 511000          4622      4725        4828      5129        5431 5431      5641' 5641      5850      5933      6016          6253 1----6490 h  6490
    >11000      =:;12000 512000          4612      4707        4803      5105        5408        5629        5850      5927      6004          6239      6473
    >12000      =:;13000 513000          4617      4706        4795      5096        5398        5631        5865      5937      6010          6242      6475
    >13000      =:;14000 514000          4621      4704        4787      5087        5387        5633        5879      5947      6015          6245      6476
    >14000      =:;15000 515000          4631      4709        4787      5086        5385        5642        5900      5964      6028          6256      6485
    >15000      =:;16000 16000          4641      4714        4787      5085        5382      5652        5921      5981      6041          6267      6493
    >16000      =:;17000 517000          4662      4731        4800      5096        5391        5669        5947      6004      6062          6286      6510
    >17000      =:;18000 518000          4682      4748        4813      5107        5400        5687        5973      6028      6083          6304      6526
    >18000      =:;19000 519000          4709      4771        4833      5125        5418        5710        6002      6056      6109          6328        6547
    >19000      =:;20000 20000          4735        4794        4852      5144        5435      5734        6032      6083      6135          6351      6568
    >20000      =:;20885 520885          4760      4818        4876      5165        5454      5759        6063      6112      6161          6377      6592 Notes:
1.
: 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting  starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit. If          If a bank is below the RIL, reduce the table table value value by by 75 75 pcm pcm for for each each step step below below the the RIL.
RIL.
: 2. The The rod rod worth datadata represents represents negative reactivity. However, STP-29.1,    STP-29.1, STP-29.2      and STP-29.5 STP-29.2 and              have been STP-29.5 have              written to been written      to handle handle the correct correct sign sign convention convention when the    the above above data data is is entered entered asas aa positive number. Enter the number. Enter        above numbers the above directly directly into into the the STP.
STP.
3.
: 3. ARI-lARI4 isis defined defined as as All All Rods Rods InIn --less
                                                  -- less the the most most reactive reactive rod. The SDM rod. The            calculation requires SDM calculation                that one requires that one rod rod be    assumed be assumed stuck.
stuck. Therefore, Therefore, use use the the data data directly directly from from the the table table above above whenwhen there there are  not any are not  any known    stuck rods.
known stuck    rods.
Page Page 11 of of 22
 
Proprietary Class 2 Westinghouse Proprietary PCB-I-VOLl-CRV77 PCB-1-VOL1-CRv77 UNIT 11 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations KEY REV.
APPROVED:        -
0/~      4 A': 1 f-bf        lor cr  ptrtfYl f1'-;,jW
                                                                                          ~                LI_/c c ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER                                      DATE Worth of Most Reactive Rod (pern)      (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Burnup Range                Power Level (MWDIMTU)
(MWD/MTU)                    0% to 100%
::;;150 150                    658
                                                  > 150    ::;;1000 1000                    676
                                                  > 1000
                                                  >1000      ::;;2000 2000                732
                                                  > 2000
                                                  >2000          3000
::;;3000                781
                                                  >3000      4000
::;;4000                889
                                                  > 4000
                                                  >4000          5000
::;;5000                1024
                                                  > 5000    ::;;6000 6000              1160
                                                  > 6000        7000
::;;7000              1232
                                                  > 7000          8000
                                                              <8000                  1304 Ielement #9    :iI- > 8000          9000
::;;9000              1355
                                                  > 9000      10000
::;;10000              1406
                                                  >10000      ::;;11000 11000                  1450
                                                  >11000      12000
::;;12000              1494
                                                  >12000      13000
::;;13000              1528
                                                  >13000      ::;;14000 14000                  1561
                                                  >14000      15000
::;;15000              1592
                                                  >15000      ::;;16000 16000                  1623
                                                  >16000      17000
::;;17000              1653
                                                  >17000      18000
::;;18000              1684
                                                  >18000      19000
::;;19000              1713
                                                  >19000      ::;;20000 20000                  1741
                                                  >20000 ::;;20885 20885                  1767 Notes:
1.
: 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit.
: 2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity. However, STP-29.1,  STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered entered as aa positive positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.
3.
: 3. ARI-1 is defined as All Rods In -- less the most reactive rod.
: 4. For multiple stuck rods, the ARI-1 ARl-l value on Page 1  1 of this curve should be reduced by  by the following calculation:
1.75] ++ [WSR xx 0.75]
[KUR x WSR x 1.75]
where KUR == Number of known untrippable rods (does not include rod assumed stuck          stuck in ARI-1 ARl-l table) and WSR == Worst stuck rod (i.e. most reactive rod)
Page 22of2 Page   of 2
 
Westinghouse Westinghouse Proprietary      Class 22 Proprietary Class PCB-1-VOL1-CRV78 PCB-l-VOLI-CRV78 UNIT UNIT 11 CYCLE CYCLE 23      CURVE 78 23 CURVE            78 REV.
APPROVED:
APPROVED:                      ~<t" (fL<I              j,r  !51'Ytiq, 4.->"""     ~
ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER              MANAGER                            DATE Power Defect    Defect (pcm) for Shutdown  Shutdown Margin Margin Calculations Burnup Range Burnup                                                                                  Power Power Level Level (%)(%)
(MWDIMTU)
(MWDiMTU)                00                      10 10         20 20            30 30      40            50 50          60        70 70      80 80      90 90    100 100 S 150 150            00                    361      537            717      898          958          1019        1119    1219 1326      1432
      >150 150    s1000 1000            00                    351      522            701      879          943          1006 1006        1106    1206 1206    1307  1409 1409
      >1000
      > 1000    s2000 2000            00                    330      495            667      839          903          967        1068    1169 1265      1361
      >2000
      > 2000    s3000 3000            00                    317      476            647      818          879          941        1041    1142 1237      1332
      >3000
      > 3000    s4000 4000            00                    326      489            664      839          901          964        1062    1161    1261  1360
      >4000
      > 4000    s 5000            0                    344        514            697      879          942          1004        1103    1202 1306      1410
      > 5000
      >5000    s6000 6000              0                    362        539            729      919          982          1045 1045        1144    1242 1242    1351  1459
      > 6000
      >6000    s7000 7000              0                    388        576            774      972        1037          1103 1202 1301 1416                1531
      >7000
      > 7000    s8000 8000            0                    414        613            818    1024        1092          1160        1260 1360 1481          1603 8000
  ... > 8(100..
      >9000 9000 .....
s 90(10 s10000 10000              0
                                                        ~Q
                                .00 ......... . . . . . 440 466 651
                                                              ................. 1~~I:
690 863 907 1074 1124 1147 1202 1220...*...
1280 1391 1503 1634 11 Element #12 I 1558 entii]                 1684 1765
    >10000    s11000 11000              0                    492        728            950    1173        1258          1344 1461 1579 1717                1854
    >11000    s12000 12000              0                    518        766            994    1222        1315          1408 1531            1655 1800      1944
    >12000    s13000 13000              0                    543        804          1035    1267        1369          1471        1603 1734 1884          2034
    >13000    s14000 14000              0                    567        841          1077    1313        1424          1535        1674    1813    1968  2123
    >14000    s15000 15000              0                    589        875          1115    1356        1477          1597 1744 1890 2054                2217
    >15000    s16000 16000              0                    611        908          1153    1399        1529          1660 1813 1967 2139                2310
    >16000    s17000 17000              0                    633        940          1189    1438        1578          1718 1882            2046    2223  2400
    >17000    s18000 18000              0                    654        971          1225    1478        1627          1777 1951            2125    2307  2489
    >18000    s19000 19000              0                    673      1001            1259    1516        1677          1837 2020            2203    2392  2582
    >19000    s20000 20000              0                    692      1031            1293    1554        1726          1897 2089            2280    2477  2674
    >20000    s20885 20885              0                    709      1057 1323                1590        1771          1953 2152            2351    2554  2757 Notes:
: 1. STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is 1.
entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.                               Si]?.
 
COLR for FNP Unit 11 Cycle 23 Revision 0                                                                                                                                      Page Pacie 10 of 13 Figure 1            1 Rod Bank Insertion Limits versus Rated Thermal Power Fully Withdrawn - 225 to 231 steps, inclusive IElements 4 Elements 4 & 5              5        I 225 J;!'
I....
I I I I I I
(.552,225)                            m I'
200 o-J;!'                                                                      (1,187) _
175                                                                                                                                          ,/
I;'                                                                                          ,/
I'                                                                                          I' Banke
  '2C                                                                                                                                      i;"
                                    ,/                    I I I I I
    ==
    ~
150 II                          II-f.
  "t:I                                        7
  -c
  .J::.                           .1' = (_1Jl. - 0.000 )(0.900 - 0.(70)+ 0.000 1.00 - 0.070
  &sect;:                    i;"            =166.9 (rounded using 4 signticJnt digits)
Y
:t Q. 125          I'            => 167sfeps
  .l!!
U)
  !a-                              if not calculated and only read from graph                                              I~
s:::
C            (0, 114)          then> 165 And < 170; Therefore Half the accuracy of the scale                      II' 00
:;:::                            => 167.5                                                                        I' 0Cij
  *;i  100 00                                                                                                      I....
: a.                                                                                                 I.;'
olo:                                                                                                          BankO s:::
C C\I IX!
  "t:I  75                                                                      I....
00                                                                          IJ a::                                                                      II' 50                                                  '-'                                                                    .
II                                                                        I I
                                            ,/
25
(.070,0) o0                "  I I I I r 0.0        0.1       0.2                0.3             0.4 04                  0.5                   0.6        0.7    0.8      0.9        1.0 Fraction of RATED THERMAL POWER Fully Withdrawn shall be the condition where control rods are at a position within the interval ~ 225 and ~ 231 steps withdrawn.
Note: The Rod Bank Insertion Limits are based on the control bank withdrawal sequence A, B, C, 0           D and a control bank tip-to-tip distance of 128 steps.
 
06/18/01 10:31 06/18/01  10 31 :04 04                                                    FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29 5 April April 2] , 2000 21,2000 Revision Revision 44 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANTPLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE    TEST PROCEDURE PROCEDURE FNP- I -STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29.5 S
A F
E E
T Y
MODES I AND 2 (TAVG SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES]                                    ~  547&deg;F)
R R
E L
A T
E D
PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6                          SECTIONS Continuous Use                                                                ALL Reference Use Information Use Infonnation Approved:
C. D. COLLINS Operations Manager Date Issued _4..:....-=27'---"'-00~
4-27-00 _ _ _ _ __
 
06/18/01 06/18/01 10:31:0410 31 04                                                                                                    FNP-l-STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29 5 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY    NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE        TEST REVIEW REVIEW SHEET SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE            TEST NO.
NO.                              TECHNICAL SPECIFICA TECHNICAL  SPECIFICATION  nON REFERENCE REFERENCE FNP- I -STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29.5 TR 13.1.1; TR 13.1.1; LCOLCO 3.1.4; 3.1.4; LCO LCO 3.1.5; 3.1.5; LCO LCO 3.1.6 3.1.6 TITLE TITLE                                                                              MODE(S)
MODE(S) REQUIRING REQUIRING TEST: TEST:
SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN        MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN      IN MODES MODES 1I AND AND 22                                      *,2*
11 *,2*
(TAVG ~ 547&deg;F)
(TAVG      547&deg;F)                                  *See special
                                                                                      *See    special test exceptions of test exceptions  of above above specifications specifications TEST RESULTS TEST        RESULTS (TO  (TO BE BE COMPLETED COMPLETED BY          TEST PERFORMER)
BY TEST      PERFORMER)
PERFORMED BY PERFORMED                                                                      DATE/TIME_________________________
DATE/TIME COMPONENT OR COMPONENT              OR TRAIN TRAIN TESTED TESTED (if(if applicable) applicable)
ENTIRE STP
((j] ENTIRE        STP PERFORMED                                                        FOR SURVEILLANCE
(()) FOR    SURVEILLANCE CREDIT  CREDIT
[]{] PARTIAL STP PERFORMED:                                                        ((1] NOT FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT REASON FOR PARTIAL:
TEST COMPLETED:                                  (()) Satisfactory                  [ ]j Unsatisfactory
(()) The following deficiencies occurred:
(()) Corrective action taken or initiated:
SHIFT FOREMAN REVIEW REVIEWED BY                                                                              DATE
[ ] Procedure properly completed and satisfactory
[j
[ ] Comments:
[]    Comments:
TECHNICAL GROUP    GROUP-REACTOR ENG REVIEW      REVIEW          REVIEWED BY    BY                                                DATE
(( J] Satisfactory  and Approved Satisfactory and
(( j] Comments:
Comments:
Revision Revision    44
 
06/18/01 10:31 06118/01 10:31:04
:04                                                                  FNP-1-STP-29.5 FNP-1STP-29.5 TABLE OF TABLE          OF CONTENTS CONTENTS Procedure Contains Procedure    Contains                Number of Number        of Pages Pages Body ......................................................... 22 Body Shutdown Margin Shutdown    Margin ..................................... 33 STRS ........................................................ 1I STRS Page Page 11 of  of I1                              Revision 44 Revision
 
06/18/01 10:31:04 06118/01  10 31 04                                                                    FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29 5 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY      NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT UNIT 1I UNIT SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE            TEST PROCEDURE PROCEDURE STP-29.5 STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN          MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN      IN MODES MODES 11 AND        (TAVG ~ 547&deg;F)
AND 22 (TAVG      547&deg;F) 1.0 1.0    Purpose Purpose 1.1    The purpose of this procedure is to verify that the SHUTDOWN MARGIN is greater than the limits of of the Technical Requirements Manual Manual TR 13.1.1 13.1.1 as as directed by Technical Specifications Specifications in Modes 1I or 2:
                  .1 .1 1.1.1  One or more roderod(s) s) untrippable (LCO 3.1.4),
1.1.2 1.1.2  One or more roderod(s) s) not aligned within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position (LCO 3.1.4),
1.1.3  One or more shutdown banks not within insertion limits specified in the COLR(LCO COLR    (LCO 3.1.5),
1.1.4  Control bank insertion, sequence, or overlap not within limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.6). (This condition does not affect shutdown margin unless control banks are below insertion limits) 2.0    Acceptance Criteria 2.1      The Shutdown Margin shall be greater than or equal to the value specified in the COLR.
3.0    Initial Conditions HBF    3.1      The revision of this procedure has been verified to be the current revision and correct unit for the task. (OR I1-98-498) 498)
HBF    3.2              547&deg; F.
TAVG HBF HBF    33 3.3      TAVG +/-+/-
TAVG    I1OF
                            &deg; F of programmed value. (Needed for Power Defect to be accurate)
HBF HBF    3.4      The plant is in Mode 1  I or 22 with Keff  ~ 1.
1.
HBF 3.5 3.5      Technical Technical Specifications required action action entered to verify verify SDM to bebe within within the limits provided in in the COLR Qj  OR Shift Shift Supervisor desires to perform.
                                                      -I-Revision 44
 
06/18/01 10:31:04 06118/0110:31:04                                                                  FNP-1-STP-29.5 4.0    Precautions and Limitations 4.1    Read all curves as accurately as possible OR most conservatively.
4.2     Observe proper algebraic sign notation throughout the calculation.
4.3     If IF necessary to emergency borate due to inadequate shutdown margin, margin. THEN consideration should be given to tripping the reactor and entering FNP-1-EEP-0, FNP- I -EEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION concurrent with the emergency boration.
5.0     Instructions NOTE:
* For calculating shutdown margin at power, the amount of reactivity by which the reactor would be subcritical from its present condition must be determined.
* For calculating shutdown margin at power, the amount of reactivity by which the reactor would be subcritical from its present condition must be determined.
If the reactor were to shutdown instantaneously, the changes in reactivity would be from control rod position and power defect. In the instant that the reactor shut down, reactivity changes from xenon, samarium and boron concentration would be zero. 5.1 Enter the information required on the attached calculation sheets and calculate the shutdown margin. NOTE:
If the reactor were to shutdown instantaneously, the changes in reactivity would be from control rod position and power defect. In the instant that the reactor shut down, reactivity changes from xenon, samarium and boron concentration would be zero.
* Verification of shutdown margin calculation by a licensed individual other than the test performer, should take place as soon as practical, and any differences resolved immediately .
5.1     Enter the information required on the attached calculation sheets and calculate the shutdown margin.
* A Shift Foreman that serves as verifier of the calculation may also serve as reviewer on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet. 5.2 Verify shutdown margin calculated in step 5.1. 6.0 References 6.1 Technical Specifications:
NOTE:
LCOs 3.1.4, 3.1.5, & 3.1.6. 6.2 Technical Requirement Manual TR 13.1.1 6.3 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR). Revision 4 06118101 10:31 :04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 A. PRESENT CONDITIONS A.I Core Bumup ___ MWDIMTU A.2 Power Level. % A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL. (Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps) A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANKRIL BANK STEPS BELOW BANKS HEIGHT DEMAND RIL CBA FULL OUT CBB FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA FULL OUT SOB FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL "-________ ..1 Page 1 of 3 Revision 4 06118101 10:31 :04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 AA Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) (Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps) AA.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER RIL POSITION DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL .... _-------... B. SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test. The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP. B.l Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at r -----------I 1 (_) pcm 1 1 1 (Curve 77 Page 1) 1 Present Bumup (A. 1 ) and Power Level (A.2) . L __________
* Verification of shutdown margin calculation by a licensed individual other than the test performer, should take place as soon as practical, and any differences immediately..
_ B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit: B.3 ___ steps x 75 pcm/step (A.3.a) -----------, 1 1 (+) ____ pcm 1 1 L __________
resolved immediately
_ Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) ___ steps x 10 pcm/step (AA.a) Page 2 of3 r------------
* A Shift Foreman that serves as verifier of the calculation may also serve as reviewer on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
1 (+) pcm: !... ___________
5.2     Verify shutdown margin calculated in step 5.1.
J Revision 4 06118/01 10:31 :04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 B.4 Stuck 1 Untrippable Rod penalty: (B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippabJe rods) B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burn up (A. I ) (-) ____ pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuckluntrippable rods [ x (-) x 1.75] + [(-) x 0.75] = (-) ___ pcm B.5 B.6 B.7 (# Stucki (B.4.a) (B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive (Most reactive rod worth) rod worth) Penalized rod worth considering stuckluntrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
6.0     References 6.1       Technical Specifications: LCOs 3.1.4, 3.1.5, & 3.1.6.
[(-.L-) ___ + + -(-) ] x 0.9 (B.I) (B.2) (B.3) (B.4.b) Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A. I) (Curve 78). Void Collapse Defect. B.8 A vailable Shutdown Reactivity: (
6.2       Technical Requirement Manual TR 13.1.1 6.3       Core Operating Limits Report (COLR).
+ 50 (B.5) (B.6) (B.7) B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 -Required SDM from the COLR): 0 ____ pcm -(-) 1770 pcm (B.8) Required SDM from the CO LR -----------., 1 1 1 ( ) pcm 1 L __________
Revision 44
_ (-) ____ pcm (+) _---'5o....=O'---_pcm 1-----------, I 1 !... ________ r ---------
 
--I : () pcm 1 (SDMExcess)
06/18/01 10:31 06118101 10:31:04
I 1... __________
:04                                                            FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN    MARGIN IN  IN MODES MODES 11 AND AND 22 A.
_ B.IO If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-I-AOP-27  
A.     PRESENT CONDITIONS PRESENT      CONDITIONS A.1 A.I     Core Bumup Core  Bumup _ _ _ MWDIMTUMWD/MTU A.2             Level.
.0, EMERGENCY BORA TION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
Power Level.             %
Date: Performed by: _______________
A.3     Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.
_ Date: Verified by: _______________
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
_ Page 3 of3 Revision 4 Burnup Range (MWDIMTU)
A.3.a Record data in table ROD             BANK RIL BANKRIL           BANK         STEPS BELOW BANKS           HEIGHT             DEMAND       RIL CBA             FULL OUT CBB             FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA             FULL OUT SDB SOB             FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL               i"- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..1 Page Page 11 of of 33                              Revision 44 Revision
::;150 >150 ::;1000 > 1000 ::;2000 >2000 ::;3000 > 3000 ::;4000 >4000 ::;5000 > 5000 ::;6000 > 6000 ::;7000 > 7000 ::;8000 > 8000 ::;9000 > 9000 ::;10000 >10000 ::;11000 >11000 ::;12000 >12000 ::;13000 >13000 ::;14000 >14000 ::;15000 >15000 ::;16000 >16000 ::;17000 >17000 ::;18000 >18000 :5:19000 >19000 :5:20000 >20000 :5:20885 Notes: REv.l Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 UNIT 1 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations APPROVED:
 
(<4; Iv,-P'Pl-n c'?r'no-.,# ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER PCB-l-VOLl-CRV77 DATE ARI-l Rod Worth (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Power Level (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 4587 4710 4831 5071 5311 5483 5655 5792 5927 6162 6397 4667 4801 4935 5180 5425 5594 5762 5905 6048 6285 6523 4717 4867 5017 5267 5517 5680 5844 5995 6145 6384 6623 4755 4909 5063 5320 5578 5740 5902 6052 6201 6442 6683 4818 4975 5131 5396 5660 5814 5969 6113 6257 6483 6708 4767 4920 5072 5346 5619 5778 5938 6073 6208 6439 6670 4717 4865 5013 5296 5579 5743 5906 6033 6159 6395 6631 4689 4827 4965 5254 5542 5714 5885 6001 6118 6355 6593 4660 4788 4916 5211 5506 5685 5864 5970 6076 6316 6555 4646 4765 4884 5182 5480 5669 5857 5955 6052 6292 6531 4632 4742 4852 5154 5455 5652 5850 5939 6028 6268 6507 4622 4725 4828 5129 5431 5641 5850 5933 6016 6253 6490 4612 4707 4803 5105 5408 5629 5850 5927 6004 6239 6473 4617 4706 4795 5096 5398 5631 5865 5937 6010 6242 6475 4621 4704 4787 5087 5387 5633 5879 5947 6015 6245 6476 4631 4709 4787 5086 5385 5642 5900 5964 6028 6256 6485 4641 4714 4787 5085 5382 5652 5921 5981 6041 6267 6493 4662 4731 4800 5096 5391 5669 5947 6004 6062 6286 6510 4682 4748 4813 5107 5400 5687 5973 6028 6083 6304 6526 4709 4771 4833 5125 5418 5710 6002 6056 6109 6328 6547 4735 4794 4852 5144 5435 5734 6032 6083 6135 6351 6568 4760 4818 4876 5165 5454 5759 6063 6112 6161 6377 6592
06/18/01 10:31 06118101 10 31 :04 04                                                                            FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29 5 A.4 AA       Determine number Determine   number of   penalty steps of penalty  steps for for RODS RODS below below RIL RIL which which were were not not counted counted in in A.3 A.3 (Rods below RIL (Rods below  RIL onon DRPI DRPI when when the the BANK BANK demand demand isis above above RIL)RIL)
: 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit. If a bank is below the RIL, reduce the table value by 75 pcm for each step below the RIL. 2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity.
(Use COLR or (Use COLR  or convert convert the the RIL RIL computer computer reading reading from from %   % toto steps) steps)
However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP. 3. ARI-l is defined as All Rods In --less the most reactive rod. The SDM calculation requires that one rod be assumed stuck. Therefore, use the data directly from the table above when there are not any known stuck rods. Page 1 of 2 Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-I-VOLl-CRV77 Notes:
AA.a   Record data A.4.a Record  data in  table in table ROD NUMBER ROD                    RIL POSITION RIL POSITION          DRPI DRPI POSITION POSITION              DIFFERENCE DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL
UNIT 1 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations  
                                                                                  .... _------- ...     .1 B.     SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 &        & 78 directly into the surveillance test.
;/# APPROVED:
The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.
y k. f-o/ lor (1'I-:,ltr ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER Worth of Most Reactive Rod (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Bumup Range Power Level (MWDIMTU) 0% to 100% ::;150 658 > 150 ::;1000 676 >1000 ::;2000 732 >2000 ::;3000 781 >3000 ::;4000 889 >4000 ::;5000 1024 > 5000 ::;6000 1160 > 6000 ::;7000 1232 > 7000 ::;8000 1304 > 8000 ::;9000 1355 > 9000 ::;10000 1406 >10000 ::;11000 1450 >11000 ::;12000 1494 >12000 $;13000 1528 >13000 ::;14000 1561 >14000 ::;15000 1592 >15000 $;16000 1623 >16000 ::;17000 1653 >17000 ::;18000 1684 >18000 ::;19000 1713 >19000 ::;20000 1741 >20000 ::;20885 1767 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit. 2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity.
B.
However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP. 3. ARI-1 is defined as All Rods In --less the most reactive rod. 4. For multiple stuck rods, the ARl-l value on Page 1 of this curve should be reduced by the following calculation:
B.lI    Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at r - - - - - - - - - - -I Burnup (A.
[KUR x WSR x 1.75} + [WSR x 0.75] where KUR = Number of known untrippable rods (does not include rod assumed stuck in ARl-l table) and WSR = Worst stuck rod (i.e. most reactive rod) Page 2 of2 Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-l-VOLI-CRV78 UNIT 1 CYCLE 23 CURVE 78 Total Power Defect for SDM Calculations APPROVED:
Present Bumup  (A.l)                       (A.2)..
(<L<f j"r fjrya", 41',-",,, ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER Power Defect (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Burnup Range Power Level (%) (MWD/MTU) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 361 537 717 898 958 1019 1119 1219 1326 1432 >150 0 351 522 701 879 943 1006 1106 1206 1307 1409 >1000 0 330 495 667 839 903 967 1068 1169 1265 1361 >2000 0 317 476 647 818 879 941 1041 1142 1237 1332 >3000 0 326 489 664 839 901 964 1062 1161 1261 1360 >4000 5000 0 344 514 697 879 942 1004 1103 1202 1306 1410 > 5000 0 362 539 729 919 982 1045 1144 1242 1351 1459 > 6000 0 388 576 774 972 1037 1103 1202 1301 1416 1531 >7000 0 414 613 818 1024 1092 1160 1260 1360 1481 1603 > 8000 0 440 651 863 1074 1147 1220 1326 1431 1558 1684 >9000 0 466 690 907 1124 1202 1280 1391 1503 1634 1765  
: 1) and Power Level (A.2)                   1 (_)
>10000 0 492 728 950 1173 1258 1344 1461 1579 1717 1854 >11000 0 518 766 994 1222 1315 1408 1531 1655 1800 1944  
()              pcm    1 1                            1 i      (Curve    77 Page 1) 1 L __________ _
>12000 0 543 804 1035 1267 1369 1471 1603 1734 1884 2034 >13000 0 567 841 1077 1313 1424 1535 1674 1813 1968 2123 >14000 0 589 875 1115 1356 1477 1597 1744 1890 2054 2217 >15000 0 611 908 1153 1399 1529 1660 1813 1967 2139 2310 >16000 0 633 940 1189 1438 1578 1718 1882 2046 2223 2400 >17000 0 654 971 1225 1478 1627 1777 1951 2125 2307 2489 >18000 0 673 1001 1259 1516 1677 1837 2020 2203 2392 2582 >19000 0 692 1031 1293 1554 1726 1897 2089 2280 2477 2674 >20000 0 709 1057 1323 1590 1771 1953 2152 2351 2554 2757 Notes: 1. STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.
L B.2    Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:
COLR for FNP Unit 1 Cycle 23 Revision 0 Figure 1 Rod Bank Insertion Limits versus Rated Thermal Power Fully Withdrawn  
_ _ _ steps x 75 pcm/step (A.3.a)
-225 to 231 steps, inclusive 225 II n. I I..-(.552,225)
                                          =                              :
IJ 200 IJ 175 , Banke "2 150 IV ... "C .s:::: -&sect; li 125 .s c:: 0 (0, 114) :;:; *iii 100 0 c... 1..-Bank D c:: IV /Xl "C 75 0 0::: 50 25 (.070,0) , o I I I I I 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Fraction of RATED THERMAL POWER Page 10 of 13 I .-(1,187)_ "'" 0.9 1.0 Fully Withdrawn shall be the condition where control rods are at a position within the interval 225 and S 231 steps withdrawn.
1 1  (+)_ _ _ _pcm 1 L __________ _1 L
B.3    Penalty value of individual rods below RIL whichwhich were not counted counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK    BANK demand is above RIL) r------------
I1    (+)                 pcm:
pcm
_ _ _ steps x 10 10 pcm/step pcm/step    =                          !... (+)
___________               J (A.4.a)
(AA.a)
Page Page 22 of of33                                          Revision 44 Revision
 
06/18/01 10:31 06118/01 10:31:04 :04                                                                          FNP-1-STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29.5 B.4   Stuck 1/ Untrippable Rod penalty:
(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippabJe stuckluntrippable rods)
B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burn       burnup up (A. I ) (-)
(A.1)      ()_ _ _ _pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 Stuck/untrippable rods B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuckluntrippable
((            ()
x (-)         x 1.75] + + [(-)
[()            x 0.75] == ()
(-) _ _ _ pcm Stuck!
(# Stucki           (B.4.a)               (B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive             (Most reactive rod worth)             rod worth)
B.5                                            stuck!untrippable rods, Penalized rod worth considering stuckluntrippable misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
1                              1
[(-) _ _ _ ++
[(-.L-)                       +
                                        +        -- (-)
(-)        ]1 x 0.9           to 1 ( )
L L __________ _
pcm  1 (B.1)
(B.I)         (B.2)       (B.3)         (B.4.b)
B.6    Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.           (A.1)
I)
(Curve 78).                                                                     (-)
() _ _ _ _pcm B.7    Void Collapse Defect.                                                                     50          pcm
(+) _---'5o....=O'---_pcm B.8     Available A  vailable Shutdown Reactivity:
1- - - - - - - - - - - ,.7
( ),----(-),---- +
()______ ()________                                    50 I
                                                                                    !... ______ __ ~c~~        pcmi1 (B.5)                (B.6)                      (B.7)
B.9  Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 - Required SDM from the COLR):
r - - - - - - - - - - -I 0 ____ pcm - (-)
()___________              ()      1770      pcm                        : () 0)                pcm    1 (B.8)                  Required SDM                                  t        (SDMExcess)            I 1... __________               _
L..
fromtheCOLR from the CO LR B.10 B.IO   If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-l-AOP-27.0, FNP-I-AOP-27 .0, EMERGENCY BORA TION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown BORATION, Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
Date:
Date:___________________                  Performed by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Date:
Date:____________________                Verified by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Page 33 of of33                                          Revision 4
 
Westinghous Westinghouse  e Proprietary  Class 22 Proprietary Class PCB-1-VOL      1-CRV77 PCB-l-VOLl-CRV77 UNIT 11 CYCLE UNIT        CYCLE 23      CURVE 77 23 CURVE        77 Control    Rod Control Rod Worth    Worth    for for  SDM SDM    Calculations Calculations REv.l REV.
APPROVED::           t')(~..e      fd,
(<4;       Iv,- P'Pl-n c'?r'no-APPROVED ENGINEERING ENGINEERI                SUPPORT MANAGER NG SUPPORT          MANAGER                          DATE DATE ARI-l Rod ARI-1    Rod Worth Worth (pcm)(pcm) for for Shutdown Shutdown MarginMargin Calculations Calculations Burnup Range Bumup      Range                                                                Power Level Power  Level (%)(%)
(MWDIMTU))
(MWDIMTU                    00          10 10          20 20            30 30        40 40        50 50          60 60        70 70        80 80        90 90      100 100
::;150 150            4587 4587        4710 4710        4831 4831          5071 5071      5311 5311      5483 5483        5655 5655        5792 5792      5927 5927      6162 6162      6397 6397
    >150
    >   150    ::;1000 1000        4667 4667        4801 4801        4935 4935          5180 5180      5425 5425      5594 5594        5762 5762        5905 5905      6048      6285 6285      6523 6523
  > 1000
  > 1000      ::;2000 2000        4717 4717        4867        5017 5017          5267 5267      5517 5517      5680 5680        5844 5844        5995 5995      6145      6384      6623 6623
  >2000
  >2000      ::;3000 3000            4755        4909        5063 5063          5320 5320      5578 5578      5740 5740        5902        6052      6201 6201      6442 6442      6683 6683
  > 3000
  >  3000    ::;4000 4000        4818        4975        5131 5131          5396 5396      5660 5660      5814 5814        5969 5969        6113      6257      6483      6708
  >4000
  > 4000      ::;5000 5000        4767        4920      5072          5346      5619      5778        5938        6073      6208      6439      6670
  > 5000
  >  5000    ::;6000 6000        4717        4865      5013          5296      5579      5743        5906        6033      6159      6395      6631
  > 6000
  >          ::;7000 7000        4689        4827      4965          5254      5542 5542      5714        5885        6001      6118      6355      6593
  > 7000
  >  7000    ::;8000 8000        4660        4788      4916          5211      5506      5685        5864        5970      6076      6316      6555
  > 8000      ::;9000 9000        4646        4765      4884          5182      5480      5669        5857        5955      6052      6292      6531
  >> 9000 9000    ::;10000 10000          4632        4742      4852          5154      5455      5652        5850        5939      6028      6268      6507
  >10000
  >10000      ::;11000 11000          4622        4725      4828          5129      5431      5641        5850        5933      6016      6253     6490
  >11000
  >11000      ::;12000 12000          4612        4707      4803          5105      5408     5629         5850       5927       6004       6239     6473
  >12000
  >12000      ::;13000 13000          4617       4706       4795         5096       5398     5631         5865       5937       6010       6242     6475
  >13000
  >13000      ::;14000 14000          4621       4704       4787         5087       5387     5633         5879       5947       6015       6245     6476
  >14000
  >14000      ::;15000 15000          4631        4709      4787         5086       5385     5642         5900       5964       6028       6256     6485
  >15000      ::;16000 16000          4641       4714       4787         5085       5382     5652         5921       5981       6041       6267     6493 6493
  >16000
  >16000      ::;17000 17000          4662       4731       4800         5096       5391     5669 5669        5947       6004       6062 6062      6286     6510
  >17000      ::;18000 18000          4682        4748      4813         5107       5400     5687         5973       6028       6083       6304     6526 6526
  >18000      :5:19000 19000          4709       4771       4833         5125       5418     5710         6002       6056       6109       6328     6547
  >19000      :5:20000 20000          4735       4794       4852         5144 5144       5435     5734         6032 6032       6083       6135       6351     6568 6568
  >20000
  >20000      :5:20885 20885          4760        4818 4818      4876          5165 5165      5454 5454      5759 5759        6063 6063       6112 6112       6161 6161      6377 6377      6592 6592 Notes:
Notes:
1.
: 1. Rod Rod worth worth data data assumes assumes the the starting starting point point isis rods rods at at the                           If aa bank Limit. If Insertion Limit.
Rod Insertion the Rod                                      below the is below bank is             RIL, reduce the RIL,         the reduce the table value table value byby  75 75 pcm pcm   for for each each  step step  below below    the the  RIL.
RIL.
2.
: 2. The The rod rod worth worth data data represents represents negative negative reactivity.
reactivity. However, However, STP-29.1,       STP-29.2 and STP-29.1, STP-29.2      and STP-29.5 STP-29.5 have           written to been written have been            to handle handle thethe correct correct sign sign convention convention when when the the above above data data is entered as is entered  as aa positive               Enter the number. Enter positive number.                          numbers above numbers the above directly directly into into the the STP.
STP.
3.
: 3. ARI-l ARI-1 is defined as is defined   as All All Rods Rods InIn --less
                                                -- less the the most     reactive rod.
most reactive    rod. The                           requires that calculation requires SDM calculation The SDM                                          rod be one rod that one         assumed be assumed stuck. Therefore, stuck. Therefore, use use the the  data data directly directly  from from  the the table table above above  when when    there there    are are  not not  any any  known known    stuck stuck  rods.
rods.
of 22 Page 11 of Page
 
Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-I-VOLl-CRV77 PCB-1-VOL1-CRV77 UNIT 11 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations REV.~
REv.g
                                                                                        ;/#
APPROVED:
APPROVED:          y ~ k.       f-o/
                                                        /i          lor bygrrtf~ (1'I-:,ltr (rr ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER                                     DATE Worth of Most Reactive Rod (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Bumup Burnup Range               Power Level (MWDIMTU)
(MWD/MTU)                  0% to 100%
::;150 150                  658
                                                  > 150     ::;1000 1000                  676
                                                  >1000
                                                  > 1000    ::;2000 2000              732
                                                  >2000
                                                  > 2000     ::;3000 3000              781
                                                  >3000
                                                  > 3000    ::;4000 4000              889
                                                  >4000
                                                  > 4000    ::;5000 5000            1024
                                                  > 5000     ::;6000 6000            1160
                                                  > 6000     ::;7000 7000            1232
                                                  > 7000
                                                  >          ::;8000 8000            1304
                                                  > 8000
                                                  >          ::;9000 9000            1355
                                                  > 9000
                                                  >          ::;10000 10000              1406
                                                >10000     ::;11000 11000              1450
                                                >11000     ::;12000 12000              1494
                                                >12000     $;13000 13000              1528
                                                >13000     ::;14000 14000              1561
                                                >14000     ::;15000 15000              1592
                                                >15000     $;16000 16000              1623
                                                >16000       ::;17000 17000              1653
                                                >17000     ::;18000 18000              1684
                                                >18000     ::;19000 19000              1713
                                                >19000     ::;20000 20000              1741
                                                >20000     ::;20885 20885              1767 Notes:
: 1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit.
: 2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity. However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and   arid STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.
: 3.                                       less the most reactive rod.
ARI-1 is defined as All Rods In --less
: 4.                               ARt-i value on Page 11 of this curve should be reduced by the following calculation:
For multiple stuck rods, the ARl-l 1.751 +
[KUR x WSR x 1.75}   + [WSR x 0.75]
0.751 where KUR = Number of known untrippable rods (does not include rod assumed stuck in ARl-l   ARI-1 table) and WSR = = Worst stuck rod (i.e. most reactive rod)
Page 2 of2 of 2
 
Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-l-VOLI-CRV78 PCB-1-VOL1-CRV78 UNIT 11 CYCLE 23 CURVE 78 Total Power Defect for SDM 5DM Calculations REV.~
REV.
APPROVED:      ~'1;1 (<L<f     j"r fjrya", 41',-",,, ~
ENGINEERiNG SUPPORT MANAGER ENGINEERING                                            DATE Power Defect (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Burnup Range                                                 Power Level (%)
(MWD/MTU)             0     10       20       30       40         50     60     70     80       90       100 150
            ~150          0     361     537     717       898       958   1019     1119   1219     1326   1432
    > 150
    >150      1000
            ~1000          0     351     522     701       879       943   1006     1106   1206     1307   1409
  >1000   2000
            ~2000          0     330     495     667       839       903   967     1068   1169     1265   1361
  >2000
  > 2000    3000
            ~3000          0     317     476     647       818       879   941     1041   1142     1237   1332
  > 3000
  >3000      4000
            ~4000          0    326     489     664       839       901   964     1062   1161     1261   1360
  > 4000
  >4000    ~ 5000         0     344     514     697       879       942   1004     1103   1202     1306   1410
  > 5000     6000
            ~6000          0     362     539       729     919       982   1045     1144   1242     1351   1459
  > 6000     7000
            ~7000          0     388     576       774     972     1037   1103     1202   1301     1416   1531
  >7000   8000
            ~8000          0     414     613     818     1024     1092   1160     1260   1360     1481   1603
  > 8000     9000
            ~9000          0     440     651     863     1074       1147   1220     1326   1431     1558     1684
  >9000   10000
            ~10000        0     466     690       907     1124       1202   1280     1391   1503     1634     1765
  >10000   11000
            ~11000        0     492       728     950     1173       1258   1344     1461   1579     1717     1854
  >11000   12000
            ~12000        0     518       766     994     1222       1315   1408     1531   1655     1800     1944
  >12000   13000
            ~13000        0     543     804     1035     1267       1369   1471     1603   1734     1884     2034
  >13000   14000
            ~14000        0     567     841     1077     1313       1424   1535     1674   1813     1968     2123
  >14000   15000
            ~15000        0     589     875     1115     1356       1477   1597     1744   1890     2054     2217
  >15000   16000
            ~16000        0     611       908     1153     1399       1529   1660     1813   1967     2139     2310
  >16000   17000
            ~17000        0     633       940     1189     1438       1578   1718     1882   2046     2223     2400
  >17000   ~18000 18000          0     654       971     1225     1478       1627   1777     1951   2125     2307     2489
  >18000   19000
            ~19000        0     673     1001     1259     1516       1677   1837     2020   2203     2392     2582
  >19000   20000
            ~20000        0     692     1031     1293     1554       1726   1897     2089   2280     2477     2674
  >20000   ~20885 20885          0     709     1057     1323     1590       1771   1953     2152   2351     2554     2757 Notes:
: 1. STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.
 
COLR for FNP Unit 1I Cycle 23 Revision 0                                                                                         Page 10 of 13 Figure 11 Rod Bank Insertion Limits versus Rated Thermal Power Fully Withdrawn - 225 to 231 steps, inclusive 225 II   n. I                          I I..-     (.552,225)
IJ 200 IJ (1,187)_
175                                                                                             ~ "'"
                                        ,                                                             ~
Banke "2 C
    ~    150                     ~                                                              ~
IV "C
  .s::::
  &sect; li
: 0. 125          ~
                                                                                          ~
                                                                                            ~
  .sU)
  ~                                                                              ~
c::
C            (0, 114)                                                     ~
00
  *iii 0 100 00                                                              1..-
c...
0
  ~                                                                      Bank D c::
C IV
  /Xl "C      75 00                                                  ~
0:::
50
                                      ~
25
                          , ~
(.070,0)
I I I I I o0 0.0      0.1      0.2      0.3      0.4      0.5          0.6      0.7    0.8  0.9          1.0 Fraction of RATED THERMAL POWER Fully Withdrawn shall be the condition where control rods are at a position within the interval ~ 225 and S 231 steps withdrawn.
Note: The Rod Bank Insertion Limits are based on the control bank withdrawal sequence A, B, C, D and a control bank tip-to-tip distance of 128 steps.
Note: The Rod Bank Insertion Limits are based on the control bank withdrawal sequence A, B, C, D and a control bank tip-to-tip distance of 128 steps.
FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.2.1.A HANDOUT Pg I of I CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine if Shutdown Margin is adequate using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 2:: 547&deg;F), for Unit I. The conditions under which this task is to be perfonned are: a. Unit I is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold b. Bank 0 indicates 192 by Group Demand. c. Seven of the Bank 0 rods (H2, B8, H14, F6, FlO, KlO, K6) are at 192 steps by DRPI. d. Rod P8, in the 0 bank, has been detennined to be Stuck. e. Rod P8 is at 162 steps by DRP!. f. All other rods are at 229 steps. g. Core bumup is 9,800 MWD/MTU bumup. h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES I AND 2 (TAVG 2:: 547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
 
: 1. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1.
FNPHLT-33 FNP   HLT-33ADMIN ADMIN                                     A.2.IA A.2.1.A                               HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg I1 of of II CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When    tell you you toto begin, begin, you you are are to to Determine Determine if if Shutdown Shutdown Margin Margin isis adequate adequate using using STP-29.5, STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN          MARGIN SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION      CALCULATION IN          IN MODES MODES 11 AND AND 22 (TAVG (TAVG 2:: 547&deg;F),
FNP HL T-33 ADMIN Page 1 of5 A.3.1.A Radiation Control ADMIN G2.3.9 -RO & SRO CRO-A.3.1.A TITLE: Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. PROGRAM APPLICABLE:
547&deg;F), for for Unit Unit I.1. The The conditions under conditions   under which which this this task task is is to to be be perfonned performed are:
SOT SOCT LOCT __ ACCEPTABLE EV ALUA TION METHOD: PERFORM SIMULA TE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:
are:
SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ----.lL CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: NIA ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __ JPM DIRECTIONS:
a.
: a. Unit II is Unit          stable at is stable      90% with at 90%  with the the ramp ramp on  hold on hold
: b. Bank 0D indicates 192  192 by Group Demand.
: c. Seven of the Bank 0D rods (H2, B8, H14, F6, FlO, KlO,      Kb, K6) are at 192 192 steps by DRPI.
: d. Rod P8, in  in the 0D bank, has been detennined determined to be Stuck.
e.
: e. Rod P8 is Rod              162 steps is at 162   steps by DRP!.
DRPI.
: f. All other rods rods are atat 229 steps.
: g.         burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU bumup.
Core bumup
: h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION FNP-1-STP-29.5,                                        CALCULATION IN MODES I AND 2 (TAVG 2::
547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
: i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5
: 1.                                                              FNP- I -STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1.
 
HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN                                                                             Page 11 of5 of 5 A.3.1.A Radiation Control ADMIN G2.3.9 - RO & SRO SRO CRO-A.3.1.A TITLE: Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                  SOCT____ OLT~
SOCT           OLT X LOCT         __
LOCT____
ACCEPTABLE EV   EVALUATION ALUA TION METHOD:       ~  X  PERFORM             SIMULA SIMULATE TE       DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR             CONTROL ROOM         ----.lL X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:               NIA N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL               PRA __
PRA____
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting, evaluation performed individually upon completion.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting, evaluation performed individually upon completion.
: 2. The references for this task will be provided as listed or the student may be provided a computer with a generic exam login and access to the EXAM reference disk. 3. Elements 1 through 7 may be evaluated by reviewing the responses on the Handout. TASK STANDARD:
: 2. The references for this task will be provided as listed or the student may be provided a computer with a generic exam login and access to the EXAM reference disk.
Required for successful completion of this jPM:
: 3. Elements 1I through 7 may be evaluated by reviewing the responses on the Handout.
* Calculate dose expected for Tasks 1 through 3
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this jPM:    JPM:
* Determine if a Repair team would exceed equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0, Personnel Movement, Relocation, Re-Entry and Site Evacuation.
* Calculate dose expected for Tasks 11 through 3
* Calculate the maximum allowable stay time for a task; or determine what tasks can be performed, if any, without exceeding limits. Examinee:
* Determine if a Repair team would exceed equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP- EIP 14.0, Personnel Movement, Relocation, Re-Entry and Site Evacuation.
Overall JPM Performance:
* Calculate the maximum allowable stay time for a task; or determine what tasks can be performed, if any, without exceeding limits.
Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Examinee:
EXAMINER:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory     0                 Unsatisfactory   0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
_________
EXAMINER: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___
__ Howard Fitzwater 11/06/09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.3.1.A CONDITIONS Page 2 of5 When I tell you to begin, you are to determine if exposure is within emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0, Personnel Movement, Relocation, Re-Entry and Site Evacuation.
Developer                    Howard Fitzwater                           1 1/06/09 11/06/09 NRC Approval                                      SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM ES-301-3
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1. b. lA RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting. c. The TSC has requested that 1 B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring lA RHR and suggests using the same Repair team. The time required to perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range between 1 to 20 minutes. d. Ted and Joel have been selected to perform the task, their exposure information is stated below. e. The Tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have been provided.
 
: f. Each task must be completed by both operators, and must be performed in the order listed. g. Both operators are expected to receive equal dose for each job. h. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:
FNP HL FNP      HLT-33    ADMIN T-33 ADMIN                                       A.3.1 .A A.3.1.A                                                   Page Page 22 of5 of 5 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When        tell you you toto begin, begin, you  are to you are   to determine determine if  if exposure exposure isis within within emergency emergency dosedose limits limits of  of EIP-EIP 14.0,    Personnel Movement, 14.0, Personnel       Movement, Relocation, Relocation, Re-Entry Re-Entry and  and Site Site Evacuation.
o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document in the table. o Determine the tasks, if any, for which the members of the team could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0.
Evacuation. The  The conditions conditions under under which which this task this  task is is to to be   performed are:
be performed    are:
: a. A General Emergency has      has been declared on  on Unit 1.1.
: b. lA
: b. IA RHR pump  pump is air bound and and must be be vented vented per AOP-12, AOP-12, Attachment Attachment 1,  1, RHR RHR Pump Venting.
: c. The
: c. The TSC TSC has requested that that 1lB B RHR pump motor bearing bearing oil oil levels levels be checked checked and and filled filled as required after restoring lA   IA RHR and suggests using the same Repair team. The time required to perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range between 11 to 20 minutes.
: d. Ted and Joel have been selected to perform the task, their exposure information is stated below.
: e. The Tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have been provided.
: f. Each task must be completed by both operators, and must be performed in the order listed.
: g. Both operators are expected to receive equal dose for each job.
: h. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:
o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1I through 3 and document in the table.
o Determine the tasks, if any, for which the members of the team could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0.          EIP- 14.0.
* If any member of the team will NOT exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* If any member of the team will NOT exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* IF any member of the team WILL exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that the team can complete without either member exceeding dose limits. Task Time allowed/ Dose Location/Task description req'd Rate Dose # (minutes) (R/hr) 1 83' 1 A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and 30 5.31 venting 2 100' piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 15 19.75 venting 3 121' piping penetration room! Vent rig installation and 20 5.65 venting 4 Inspect IB RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as 7 required Year-to-date DOSE Records (REM TEDE) TED 1.26 JOEL 0.4 Can this team perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES I NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4. IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. INITIATING CUE: "You may begin."
* IF any member of the team WILL exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that the team can complete without either member exceeding dose limits.
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.3.1.A Page 3 of5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS: ELEMENTS:
Time allowed/
STANDARDS: (CIRCLE) START TIME 1. Determine the dose received for tasks 1 through 3. 1) Calculates (in REM)
allowed!        Dose Task Location/Task description                                       req'd reqd            Rate         Dose
* a. Task #1 a. 2.66 {Range 2.6 to 2.7} S I U (30min)X5.31Rlhrx( lhr. )=2.66REM 60mm
  #ft                                                                                      (minutes)         (R/hr)
* b. Task#2 b. 4.938 {4.9 to 5.0} S I U (15min)XI9.75Rlhrx( lhr. )=4.938REM 60mm
(RIhr) 83' 11A 83    A RHR Pump and HX rooms!    rooms/ Vent rig installation and 1
* c. Task #3 (20min)X5.65Rlhrx( Ihr. )=1.88REM
venting                                                                              30             55.31 31 100 piping penetration room!
: c. 1.88 {1.8 to 1.9} S I U 60mm NOTE:
100'                          room/ Vent rig installation and 2                                                                                            15           19.75 19 75 venting 121 piping penetration room! Vent rig installation and 121' 3                                                                                            20             55.65 65 venting Inspect 1IB B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as 4
* A Cue may be required to obtain responses for each element if the candidate does not clearl document results. Provide the Cue as stated on the Handout.
required                                                                                                 77 Year-to-date DOSE Records (REM TEDE)
* 2. Evaluates Team exposure within emergency limits ofEIP-14.0 for completion of tasks 1 through 3. a. Emergency Dose limit for equipment protection is lOR and DOES NOT include current exposure.
TED TED                              1.26 1.26 JOEL                               0.4 Can this team perform all of the tasks? (Circle one)                 YES     !I       NO IF yes, IF  yes, then   state the maximum then state        maximum permitted stay stay time time for task #4.
: b. Summation of Task 1 through 3 1 OREM -(2.66 + 4.94 + 1.88)REM 0
IF no, then IF      then state   the highest sequential state the          sequential task task ## that can can be be performed, performed, if  if any.
: c. Determines BOTH team members can complete all tasks.
any.
* 3. Calculates stay time for task #4. (0.52Rem{
INITIATING INITIATING CUE:      CUE: You      may begin.
hr )(60min) = 4.493 min \7 REM hr {RANGE: 3 min_to _ 6min} STOP TIME 2) Circles YES on handout states that team can perform tasks 1 through 3. a. lOR is limit b. 0.52 R remains available
                              "You may     begin."
: c. Circles the YES choice 3) Documents or States: STAY time is 4.5 mins {Range: 3 min to 6 min) Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
 
S I U S I U CRITICAL ELEMENTS:
FNP HLT-33 FNP  HLT-33 ADMINADMIN                                  A.3.1.A A.3.1.A                                         Page Page 33 of5 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION            CHECKLIST RESULTS:
Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
RESULTS:
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN GENERAL  
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                                      STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                               (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
START TIME START       TIME
: 1. Determine
: 1. Determine the dose dose received for for tasks 11 through 3.
: 3. 1)
: 1) Calculates Calculates (in (in REM)
REM)
* Task#1
: a. Task   #1                                                   a. 2.66 {Range
{Range 2.6 to 2.7}     S I/ U (30min)x 5.31R/hr (30min)X5.31Rlhrx(     (    lhr
                                            = 2.66REM lhr. )=2.66REM 60 mm }
60mm Task #2
: b. Task#2
* 1h
: b. 4.938 {4.9{4.9 to 5.0}           S II U  U (I5min)x19.75RIhrx (15min)XI9.75Rlhrx(                   =4.938REM lhr. )=4.938REM 60mmn}
60mm
* c. Task #3 lhr                              c. 1.88 {1.8      to 1.9}
{l.8to                  SS/UI U (20min)x 5.65R / hr x (20min)X5.65Rlhrx(     1 Ihr. )=1.88REM
                                            =1 .88REM 60min,)
60mm NOTE:
* A Cue may be required to obtain responses for each element if the candidate does not clearly document results. Provide the Cue as stated on the Handout.
clearl
* 2. Evaluates Team exposure within emergency                     2) Circles YES on handout -OR-  OR      S I/ UU of EIP-14.0 for completion of tasks 1I limits ofEIP-14.0                                            states that team can perform through 3.                                                    tasks 1I through 3.
: a.     Emergency Dose limit for equipment                       a. lOR 10 R is limit protection is lOR 10 R and DOES NOT include current exposure.
: b. Summation of Task 11 through 33 (2.66 +
11 OREM -(2.66             1 .88)REM ~ 0
                          + 4.94 + 1.88)REM                           b. 0.52 R remains available 0.52REM0 0.52REM~0
: c. Determines BOTH team members can                           c. Circles the YES choice complete all tasks.
: 3. Calculates stay time for task #4.                           3) Documents or States: STAY              SS /I UU 4 hr V6OminN                                      time is 4.5 mins (0.52Rem{ hr )(60min)
(0.52Rem                I            = 4.493 min 1=4.493mm
                \7 7REM,A REM       hr ,)
                                              .          .                  min to 66 mm)
{Range: 33 mm        min)
{RANGE
{RANGE:: 3mmnto6mmn}
3 min_to _ 6min}
STOP TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of  of the task have been been completed.
CRITICAL       ELEMENTS:
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical     Critical Elements Elements areare denoted denoted with with an  asterisk (*)
an asterisk       before the
(*) before the element element number.
number.
 
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN                                 A.3. 1 .A A.3.I.A                                        Page 4 of5 of 5 GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-O-EIP-I4.0, ver 22 2. FNP-O-M-l.O, ver 18.0 3. KA: 02.3.4 RO 3.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
 
I. FNP-O-EIP-I4.0,
: 1. FNP-0-EIP-14.0, ver ver22 22 FNP-0-M-1.0, ver 18.0
: 2. FNP-O-M-l.O,         18.0 G2.3.4
: 3. KA: 02.3.4             RO 3.2         SRO      3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND       AN]) EQUIPMENT:
Provide/Acquire:
Provide/Acquire:
A.3.I.A Page 4 of5 SRO 3.7 1. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk, or EIP 14.0, ver 22.0 and M-I.O, version 18.0. 2. Calculator
: 1. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk, or EIP 14.0, ver 22.0 and M-I.O, M- 1 .0, version 18.0.
1 8.0.
: 2. Calculator
: 3. pens/pencils
: 3. pens/pencils
: 4. Scrap paper Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 4. Scrap paper Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP Evaluation I.a CRITICAL -Task Objective I.b CRITICAL -Task Objective I.c CRITICAL -Task Objective 2 CRITICAL -Task Objective 3 CRITICAL -Task Objective COMMENTS:
STEP                                           Evaluation l.a I.a   CRITICAL - Task Objective I .b I.b    CRITICAL - Task Objective I .c I.c    CRITICAL - Task Objective 2     CRITICAL - Task Objective 3     CRITICAL - Task Objective COMMENTS:
IF Ted's year to date dose is used, the emergency dose limit will be exceeded and the expected response for element 2 is "NO" and highest task that can be completed is Task #3. IF Joel's year to date dose is used and the Emergency dose is reduced by this value then the stay time will range from &deg; mins to 1.1 mins. IF emergency dose limit of 25 Rem Then Stay time will be excessive.
Teds year to date dose is used, the emergency dose limit will be exceeded and the expected response IF Ted's NO and highest task that can be completed is Task #3.
IF ADMIN dose limit of2 REM used then NONE of the tasks can be performed, or Legal limit of 5 REM then Task #2 will be the highest.
for element 2 is "NO" IF Joel's Joels year to date dose is used and the Emergency dose is reduced by this value then the stay time
FNP HL T -33 ADMIN A.3.1.A HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to determine if exposure is within emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0, Personnel Movement, Relocation, Re-Entry and Site Evacuation.
                &deg; will range from 0 mins to 1.1 mins.
The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1. b. 1 A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting. c. The TSC has requested that 1 B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1 A RHR and suggests using the same Repair team. The time required to perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range between 1 to 20 minutes. d. Ted and Joel have been selected to perform the task, their exposure information is stated below. e. The Tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have been provided.
IF emergency dose limit of 25 Rem Then Stay time will be excessive.
: f. Each task must be completed by both operators, and must be performed in the order listed. g. Both operators are expected to receive equal dose for each job. h. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:
IF ADMIN dose limit of  of22 REM used then NONE of the tasks can be performed, or Legal limit of 55 REM then Task #2 will be the highest.
o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document in the table. o Determine the tasks, if any, for which the members of the team could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0.
 
FNP HL FNP        HLT-33      ADMIN T -33 ADMIN                                           A.3.1.A A.3.1.A                                                      HANDOUT HANDOUT Page 11 of Page    of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When          tell you you to to begin, begin, youyou are are to determine if to determine      if exposure exposure isis within within emergency emergency dose  dose limits limits of  of EIP-EIP 14.0,    Personnel 14.0, Personnel Movement, Movement, Relocation, Relocation, Re-Entry Re-Entry and  and Site Site Evacuation.
Evacuation. The  The conditions conditions underunder which which this task this    task is is to to be performed are:
be performed        are:
a.a. A     General Emergency A General      Emergency has    has been been declared declared on on Unit Unit 1.1.
: b. 1IA
: b.           RHR pump A RHR       pump is    air bound is air bound and and must must bebe vented vented perper AOP-12, AOP-12, Attachment Attachment 1,    I, RHR RHR Pump Pump Venting.
Venting.
: c. The
: c. The TSCTSC hashas requested requested that that 1I B RHR pump B RHR   pump motor motor bearing bearing oiloil levels levels bebe checked checked and and filled filled as as required after required    after restoring restoring 1IA    RHR and A RHR     and suggests suggests using the the same same Repair Repair team.
team. The The time required required toto perform    this  task  is  unknown, perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range but is estimated        range between 1I to 20 minutes. minutes.
: d. Ted
: d. Ted andand Joel Joel have have been been selected selected toto perform perform thethe task, task, their their exposure exposure information information is  is stated stated below.
below.
: e. The The Tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have                        have been provided.
provided.
Each task must f.f. Each             must be completed completed by  by both operators, and must  must be performed in      in the the order listed.
listed.
operators
: g. Both operators are      are expected expected to receive equalequal dose dose for for each each job.
: h. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:
provided:
o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 11 through 3 and document in the table.
o Determine the tasks, if any, for which the members of the team could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0.                  El P-I 4.0.
* If any member of the team will NOT exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* If any member of the team will NOT exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* IF any member of the team WILL exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that the team can complete without either member exceeding dose limits. Task Time allowed/ Dose Location/Task description req'd Rate Dose # (minutes) (Rlhr) 1 83' 1 A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and 30 5.31 venting 2 100' piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 15 19.75 venting 3 121 ' piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 20 5.65 venting 4 Inspect 1 B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as 7 required Year-to-date DOSE Records (REM TEDE) TED 1.26 JOEL 0.4 Can this team perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES / NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4. IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.
* IF any member of the team WILL exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that the team can complete without either member exceeding dose limits.
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.4.1.A Emergency Plan G2.4.14 -RO & SRO CRO-A.4.1.A TITLE: Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees. PROGRAM APPLICABLE:
Time allowed/
SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT __ ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: PERFORM EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR SIMULATE PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-216 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __ JPM DIRECTIONS:
allowed!        Dose Task                                Location/Task description Location/Task                                                        req'd reqd              Rate         Dose
  #                                                                                                   (minutes)           (Rlhr)
(R!hr) 83' 1IA 83    A RHR Pump and HX rooms!        rooms/ Vent rig installation and 11      venting 30               55.31 31 100 piping penetration room!
100'                              room/ Vent rig installation and 22                                                                                                      15             19.75 19 75 venting 121 121 ' piping penetration room!    room/ Vent rig installation and 3        venting 20               55.65 65 Inspect Inspect I1B  B RHR pump motor bearing oil          oil levels levels and and fill as 4        required                                                                                                           77 required Year-to-date Year-to-date DOSE    DOSE Records (REM    (REM TEDE)
TEDE)
TED TED                                     1.26 1.26 JOEL JOEL                                    0.4 0.4 Can Can this      team perform this team   perform all all of of the the tasks?
tasks? (Circle (Circle one) one)      YES YES        !/       NO NO IF IF yes, yes, then then state    the maximum state the   maximum permitted permitted stay stay time time for for task task #4.
                                                                                      #4.
IF IF no, no, then      state the then state   the highest highest sequential       task ## that sequential task      that can can be be performed, performed, if  if any.
any.
 
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN                                                                               Page 11 of6 of 6 G2.4. 14 - RO & SRO A.4.1.A Emergency Plan G2.4.14 CRO-A.4. 1 .A CRO-A.4.1.A TITLE: Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                   SOCT         OLT     X   LOCT LOCT______
ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                 ~ X    PERFORM             SIMULATE          DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:           ~  X  SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:               IC-216 ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL               PRA __
PRA____
JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. This task will be conducted on the Simulator.
: 1. This task will be conducted on the Simulator.
Page 1 of6 DISCUSS 2. The simulator will remain frozen for the duration to the task, if the candidate attempts to operate any component, no plant response will occur. 3. The plant computer screens will be turned off. 4. ALL will perform elements 1 through 7. 5. ONLY SRO will perform elements 8-10. TASK STANDARD:
: 2. The simulator will remain frozen for the duration to the task, if the candidate attempts to operate any component, no plant response will occur.
Required for successful completion of this JPM:
: 3. The plant computer screens will be turned off.
* Identify all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged.
: 4. ALL will perform elements 11 through 7.
: 5. ONLY SRO will perform elements 8-10.
TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:
* Identify Identi1v all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged.
* Identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry, if any.
* Identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry, if any.
* SRO ONLY: Perform a proper assessment and procedure transition for the given conditions.
* SRO ONLY: Perform a proper assessment and procedure transition for the given conditions.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:
Overall JPM Performance:             Satisfactory     01                Unsatisfactory   0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0 Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___
EXAMINER:
Developer                    Howard Fitzwater                           1 1/09/09 11109/09 LNRC Approval                                      SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
_________
 
__ Howard Fitzwater 11109/09 SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 FNP HLT-33 ADMIN AA.l.A Page 2 of6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees (CSFST). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. A Large Break LOCA and loss of Off-site power has occurred on Unit 1 from 100% 10 minutes ago. b. The team has transitioned to EEP-1.0, Primary or Secondary Loss of Coolant. c. The Integrated Plant Computer has failed. d. The STA is en route to the Control Room. e. You have been directed to manually monitor Critical Safety Functions using CSp -0.0, Critical Safety Function Status Trees and: 1. Identify all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged, if any. 2. If applicable, identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry for that condition.
FNP HLT-33 FNP   HLT-33 ADMIN ADMIN                                    A.4.1.A AA.l.A                                         Page Page 22 of6 of 6 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When    tell you   to begin, you to  begin, you  are to you are to monitor monitor thethe Critical Critical Safety Safety Function Function Status Status Trees Trees (CSFST).
INITIATING CUE: "You may begin." EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
(CSFST).
START TIME 1. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-O.l Subcriticality.
The conditions under which The conditions              which this this task task is is to to be be performed are:
: a. Power Rng < 5% b. Both Int RNG SUR zero or neg c. Both SR detectors ARE energized
are:
: d. IR Range < -0.2 DPM 2. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-O.2 Core Cooling. a. CET <1200 of b. Subcooling>
: a. A Large Break
16&deg;F {45&deg;} c. CET <700 of 3. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.3 Heat Sink. a. NR levels> 31 {48% } b. Total AFW flow >395 gpm. c. Press in all SG <1129 psig d. NR lvl <82% e. Press <1075 psig f. NRlvl>31%{48%}
: a.              Break LOCA and loss of Off-site Off-site power has has occurred on on Unit 1I from from 100%
STANDARDS:
100% 10 10 minutes ago.
RESULTS: (CIRCLE) 1) Determines Subcriticality SAT / S / U GREEN. a. YES (N42 is failed high) b. YES c. NO d. YES 2) Determines Core Cooling OFF-S / U NORMAL / YELLOW (C.3). a. YES b. NO c. YES 3) Determines Heat Sink is OFF-S / U NORMAL / YELLOW (H.5). a. NO b. YES c. YES d. YES e. YES f. NO FNP HLT-33 ADMIN AA.l.A EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
: b. The
STANDARDS:
: b. The team      has transitioned team has   transitioned toto EEP-1.0,   Primary or EEP-l .0, Primary    or Secondary Secondary Loss Loss of of Coolant.
Page 3 of6 RESULTS: (CIRCLE) NOTE: Candidate may inform the SS of the FRP-P.lI ORANGE path condition upon discovery but should continue to evaluate the remaining CSFSTs. IF CUE required, then provide: "SS Acknowledges."
Coolant.
* 4. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-OA INTEGRITY.
: c. The Integrated
: a. Temp decr <100 OF last 60 min b. All Press and CL temps to right of LIMIT A c. Al I CL temps> 250&deg;F 4) Determines Integrity is SEVEREL Y Challanged
: c. The     Integrated Plant Computer Computer has failed.
/ ORANGE. (P.I) a. NO b. YES (LOSP will result in instrument spike < indication only-should be determined as not valid). c. NO S / U NOTE:
failed.
* The candidate may inform the SS of the FRP-Z.1I0RANGE path condition upon discovery but should continue to evaluate the remaining CSFSTs. IF CUE required, then provide: "SS Acknowledges."
: d. The STA is en route to the Control Room.
* 5. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.5 Containment.
: e. You have been directed to manually monitor Critical Safety Functions using CSp                 -0.0, Critical CSF-0.0, Safety Function Status Trees and:
: a. CTMT press <54 psig b. CTMT press <27 psig c. AT least ONE CTMT Spray pump running with flow> 1000 gpm. 6. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.6 INVENTORY.
identify all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged, if any.
: a. PRZR level < 92% b. PRZR level> 15% 5) Determines containment is in SEVEREL Y Challenged/
: 1. Identify 1.
ORANGE (Z.l) a. YES b. NO (35 psig) c. NO; recognizes 1 B CS pump has no flow path aligned (MOV -8820B closed) and lA CS pump is not running. 6) Determines containment is in OFF-NORMAL  
: 2. If applicable, identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry for that condition.
/ YELLOW (1.2). a. YES b. NO S / U S / U FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.4.1.A EVALUATION CHECKLIST ELEMENTS:
INITIATING CUE: "You        You may begin."
STANDARDS:
begin.
Page 4 of6 RESULTS: (CIRCLE)
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
* 7. Reports to the Shift Supervisor identified conditions and FRP-P.I is highest priority:
ELEMENTS:                                                           STANDARDS:                              (CIRCLE)
: 7) SS informed of FRP Z.I and P.I S / U ORANGE paths exist and FRP-a. FRP-P.l, ORANGE due to Cooldown > 100&deg;F in 60 minutes and < 250&deg;F. b. FRP-Z.l ORANGE due to failed IA CTMT Spray pump and 1 B CTMT Spray pump discharge valve. P.I entry required.
START TIME I.
: 1. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-O.l CSF-0.i Subcriticality.            1) Determines Subcriticality SAT /      S / U GREEN.
: a. Power Rng < 5%                                               a. YES (N42 is failed high)
: b.           mt RNG SUR zero or neg Both Int                                                      b. YES
: c. Both SR detectors ARE energized                               c. NO
: d. IR Range <-0.2
                          < -0.2 DPM                                       d. YES
: 2. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.2 CSF-O.2 Core Cooling.               2) Determines Core Cooling OFF-        S S / U NORMAL / YELLOW (C.3).
: a. CET<1200&deg;F CET <1200 of                                                 a. YES
: b. Subcooling> 16&deg;F    16&deg;F {45&deg;}                                 b. NO
: c. CET <700 &deg;F      of                                             c. YES 3.
: 3. Evaluates CSFSTCSFST at CSF-0.3 CSF-0.3 Heat Sink.Sink.            3) Determines Heat Sink is OFF-
: 3)                                      SS / UU NORMAL / YELLOW YELLOW (H.5).
: a. NR levels> 31 {48%} {48% }                                    a. NO b.
: b. Total AFW flow >395 gpm.
Total                        gpm.                            b.
: b. YES YES c.
: c. Press in Press          SG <1129 in all SG <1129 psig psig                              c.
: c. YES YES d.
: d. NR lvl NR    lvl <82%
                        <82%                                               d.
: d. YES YES e.
: e. Press <1075
                    <1075 psigpsig                                        e.
: e. YES YES
: f. NR    lvl >31 % {48%}
NRlvl>31%{48%}                                               f. NO
 
FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 ADMIN ADMIN                                  A.4.1 .A AA.l.A                                             Page Page 33 of6of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION       CHECKLIST RESULTS:
RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:
ELEMENTS:                                                  STANDARDS:
STANDARDS:                                 (CIRCLE)
(CIRCLE)
NOTE:
NOTE:   Candidate may Candidate   may inform inform the the SS SS of ofthe the FRP-P.lI FRP-P.1/ ORANGE ORANGE path path condition condition upon upon discovery discovery butbut should continue should continue to to evaluate evaluate the  remaining CSFSTs.
the remaining   CSFSTs. IFIF CUE CUE required, required, then then provide:
provide: "SS SS Acknowledges.
Acknowledges."
* 4.
: 4. Evaluates CSFST Evaluates CSFST atat CSF-OA CSF-0.4 INTEGRITY.
INTEGRITY.            4) Determines Determines Integrity is  is            SS // UU SEVEREL SEVERELY    Y Challanged Challanged //
ORANGE.
ORANGE. (P.I) (P.1)
Temp decr <100 OF
: a. Temp              &deg;F last 60 min mm                        a.
: a. NO
: b. All Press and CL temps to right of LIMIT A               b. YES (LOSP will result in instrument spike <   < 250F-25 OF-indication only-should onlyshould be determined as not valid).
: c. Al I1 CL temps> 250&deg;F                                    c. NO NOTE: ** The candidate may inform the SS of the FRP- Z.1I0RANGE Z. 1/ORANGE path condition upon discovery but should continue to evaluate the remaining CSFSTs. IF CUE required, then provide: "SS         SS Acknowledges.
Acknowledges."
: 5. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.5 Containment Containment..         5) Determines containment is in             S / U U SEVERELY SEVEREL     Y Challenged/
Challenged!
ORANGE (Z.1) (Z.l)
: a. CTMT press <54 psig                                      a. YES
: b. CTMT press <27 psig                                      b. NO (35 psig)
: c. AT least ONE CTMT Spray pump running                    c. NO; recognizes 1     B CS IB with flow flow>>1000 1000 gpm.                                        pump has no flow path (MOV -8820B aligned (MOV-8820B closed) and IA lA CS pump pump is not running.
6.
: 6. Evaluates Evaluates CSFST CSFST atat CSF-0.6 CSF-0.6 INVENTOR INVENTORY. Y.      6) Determines
: 6) Determines containment containment isis in in       SS // UU OFF-NORMAL OFF-NORM            /  YELLOW AL / YELLOW (1.2).
(1.2).
: a. PRZR
: a. PRZR level level <92%
                      < 92%                                      a. YES
: a. YES
: b. PRZR
: b. PRZR level>
level> 15%
15%                                      b. NO b.NO
 
HLT-33 ADMIN FNP HLT-33                                       A.4.1 .A A.4.1.A                                               of 6 Page 4 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                               (CIRCLE)
* 7. Reports to the Shift Supervisor identified         7) SS informed of FRP Z.I         P.1 Z.1 and P.I   S / U FRP-P.1 is highest priority:
conditions and FRP-P.I                                ORANGE paths exist and FRP- FRP P.1 entry required.
P.I FRP-P. 1, ORANGE due to Cooldown
: a. FRP-P.l,
              >100&deg;F
              > 100&deg;F in 60 minutes and <
                                        < 250&deg;F.
FRP-Z.1 ORANGE due to failed IA CTMT
: b. FRP-Z.l Spray pump and 1I B CTMT Spray pump discharge valve.
RO ONLY: Terminate when Elements 1-7 have been completed.
RO ONLY: Terminate when Elements 1-7 have been completed.
IF element 7 correctly assessed then: SRO CUE: "SS acknowledges and directs you to perform FRP-P.l." 8. (FRP-P.l Step 1) Checks RCS pressure Greater than 435 psig: 9. (FRP-P.l step 1 RNO) Checks LHSI flow greater than 1500 gpm.
IF element 7 correctly assessed then:
* 10. Transitions to procedure step in effect. STOP TIME 8) RCS pressure checked on PI-402B and 403B (50 psig) and determined less than. 9) Checks flow on FI-605A and FI-605B. (3250 gpm) 10) Properly assesses Procedure step in effect is FRP-Z.l. Transitions to FRP-Z.l or states the FRP-Z.l is required to be entered. I SRO ONLY: Terminate when all Critical Elements have been completed. S / U S / U S / U CRITICAL ELEMENTS:
SRO CUE: "SS SS acknowledges and directs you to perform FRP-P.l."
Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.
FRP-P. I .
FNP HL T-33 ADMIN A.4.1.A GENERAL  
: 8. (FRP-P.l Step 1)I) Checks RCS pressure Greater     8) RCS pressure checked on               S / U than 435 psig:                                        P1-402B and 403B (50 PI-402B psig) and determined less than.
: 9.  (FRP-P.l step 1I RNO) Checks LHSI flow            9) Checks flow on FI-605A and           S / UU greater than 1500 gpm.                                F1-605B. (3250 gpm)
FI-605B.
  ** 10. Transitions to procedure step in effect.          10) Properly assesses Procedure         S S / UU FRP-Z.I.
step in effect is FRP-Z.l.
Transitions to FRP-Z.l or states the FRP-Z.1 FRP-Z.l is required to be entered.
STOP TIME II SRO ONLY:     Terminate when all Critical Elements have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*)      (*) before the element number.
 
FNP HL HLT-33 T-33 ADMIN                                 A.4.l.A A.4.1.A                                       of 6 Page 5 of6 GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. CSF -0.0, ver 17.0 2. FNP-1-FRP-P.1, ver 19 3. KA: G2.4.14 RO 3.8 SRO 4.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. CSF
: 1. CSF-0.0,      17.0
            -0.0, ver 17.0
: 2. FNP-1-FRP-P.1, ver 19
: 3. KA: G2.4.14           RO 3.8             SRO     4.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:
NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Evaluation NOT critical-procedure protocol, condition not challenged (GREEN) NOT critical-procedure protocol, conditions Off-Normal (Yellow) NOT critical-procedure protocol, condition Off-Normal
STEP                                               Evaluation I
(&#xa5;ellow) CRITICAL -Task Objective, condition CHALLENGED (ORANGE) CRITICAL -Task Objective, condition CHALLENGED (ORANGE) NOT critical-procedure protocol, condition Off-Normal (Yellow) CRITICAL -Task Objective, reports both challenged conditions to SS and identifies highest priority procedure. (END RO ONLY) NOT critical-procedure protocol NOT critical-procedure protocol CRITICAL -Task Objective; properly assess next procedure transition for conditions. (END SRO ONLY) COMMENTS:
1         criticalprocedure protocol, NOT critical-procedure     protocol , condition not challenged (GREEN) 2          criticalprocedure protocol, conditions Off-Normal (Yellow)
Page 5 of6 If the candidate attempts to operate the CTMT Spray pump or discharge valve, and notes that the simulator is frozen, a Cue may be required: "The response is as you see it."
NOT critical-procedure 3          criticalprocedure protocol, condition Off-Normal (&#xa5;ellow)
FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.4.I.A CONDITIONS HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 When I tell you to begin, you are to monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees (CSFST). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are: a. A Large Break LOCA and loss of Off-site power has occurred on Unit 1 from 100% 10 minutes ago. b. The team has transitioned to EEP-I.O, Primary or Secondary Loss of Coolant. c. The Integrated Plant Computer has failed. d. The ST A is en route to the Control Room. e. You have been directed to manually monitor Critical Safety Functions using CSF -0.0, Critical Safety Function Status Trees and: I. Identify all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged, if any. 2. If applicable, identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry for that condition.}}
NOT critical-procedure                                      (Yellow) 4    CRITICAL - Task Objective, condition CHALLENGED (ORANGE) 5    CRITICAL - Task Objective, condition CHALLENGED (ORANGE) 6          criticalprocedure protocol, condition Off-Normal (Yellow)
NOT critical-procedure 7    CRITICAL - Task Objective, reports both challenged conditions to SS and identifies highest priority procedure. (END RO ONLY) 8          criticalprocedure protocol NOT critical-procedure 9          criticalprocedure protocol NOT critical-procedure 10                Task Objective; properly assess next procedure transition for CRITICAL -Task conditions. (END SRO ONLY)
COMMENTS:
If the candidate attempts to operate the CTMT Spray pump or discharge valve, and notes that the The response is as you see it."
simulator is frozen, a Cue may be required: "The                           it.
 
FNP HLT-33 FNP    l-ILT-33 ADMIN ADMIN                                       A.4.1.A A.4.I.A                                           HANDOUT HANDOUT Page 11 of Page    of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When       tell you you toto begin,    you are begin, you   are to   monitor the to monitor          Critical Safety the Critical  Safety Function Function Status     Trees (CSFST).
Status Trees    (CSFST).
The conditions The    conditions under        which this under which     this task task isis to to be be performed performed are:
are:
a.a. A A Large       Break LOCA Large Break      LOCA and  and loss loss of of Off-site Off-site power power has  occurred on has occurred on Unit Unit 11 from from 100%
100% 1010 minutes minutes ago.
ago.
: b. The
: b. The teamteam has    transitioned to has transitioned         EEP-I.0, Primary to EEP-I.O,   Primary oror Secondary Secondary Loss Loss of of Coolant.
Coolant.
: c. The
: c. The Integrated Integrated Plant    Computer has Plant Computer       has failed.
failed.
: d. The
: d. The ST STAA isis en en route route to to the   Control Room.
the Control    Room.
: e. You      have  been  directed  to
: e. You have been directed to manually monitormanually    monitor Critical Critical Safety Safety Functions Functions using using CSF    -0.0, Critical CSF-0.0,   Critical Safety     Function Status Safety Function        Status Trees Trees and:
and:
I.I. Identify Identify allall applicable applicable Critical Critical Safety functions which Safety functions  which are  challenged, if are challenged,   if any.
any.
: 2. If applicable, identify the    the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry for that   that condition.
condition.}}

Latest revision as of 16:49, 21 March 2020

Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Administrative JPMs (Section 6)
ML101650280
Person / Time
Site: Farley  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 06/07/2010
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Southern Nuclear Operating Co
References
50-348/10-301, 50-364/10-301
Download: ML101650280 (97)


Text

ES-301 ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Administrative Topics Outline Form Form ES-301-1 ES-SO 1-1 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farle~

Facility: Plant Nuclear Plant Farley Nuclear Date of Date of Examination:

Examination: March 8, 2010 March 8,2010 Examination Level:

Examination SRO ++ RO Level: SRO RO Operating Test Operating Number: FA2010301 Test Number: FA2010301 Administrative Topic Type

  • TYJ!e Describe activity Describe activity to be be performed performed Code Co e*

(see Note)

Verification of Initial Initial Conditions Prior to Core Conditions Prior Core Alterations.

  • plant conditions with fuel movement Given a set of plant movement in in A1.1.A progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial progress, initial Conduct of Operations N R N/R conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1.

pOrtlOfl RO portion G2.l.40 (2.8/3.9)

G2.1.40 G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)

G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)

Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.

Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial Al. I .A A1.1.A conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1, and then list all Conduct of Operations N/R N/R SRO portion Tech Spec conditions, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met.

G2.l.40 (2.8/3.9)

G2.1.40 G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)

G2.2.1.35 (2.2/3.9) G2.1.32 (3.8/4.0)

G2.2.1.3S{2.2/3.9)

Al .2.S A1.2.S D/R D/R Conduct A Safety Shutdown Assessment and Determine Conduct of Operations Time to Saturation.

SRO ONLY G2.1.25 (3.9/4.2)

G2.1.2S A2.1.A Perform a Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 1 &2 Equipment Control DIR D/R for a stuck rod (STP-29.S)

(STP-29.5)

SRO +RO+ RO (3.5/4.1) APEOOS 001A4.11 (3.S/4.1) APEOO5 AK1.0S AKI.05 (3.3/4.1)

A3. 1 .A A3.1.A M/R M/R Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Radiation Control Emergency Dose Limits.

SRO + RO SRO+RO G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)

A4. I .A A4.1.A MIS M/S Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees Emergency Plan - manually (CSF-0.0)

(CSF-O.O)

SRO SRO+RO + RO G2.4.14 (3.8/4.5)

(3.8/4.S) G2.4.21 (SRO 4.0/4.6)

  • Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank (. <:5. 3 for ROs; ~ 4 for SROs & RO retakes) [112] [1/2]

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank (> 1) e 1) [313]

[3/3]

(P)revious 2 exams exams ( (~ I; 1; randomly selected) [010]

[0/0]

Farley Farley OCT OCT 2010 2010 NRC NRC ADMINADMIN exam exam outline outline Page Page 11 of of 11

ES-301 ES-301 Administrative Topics Administrative Topics Outline Outline Form Form ES-301-1 ES-301-1 OPERATING OUTLINE OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL SUBMITTAL Facility: Farley Facility: Nuclear Plant Farley Nuclear Plant Date of Date of Examination:

Examination:

Examination Level:

Examination Level: SRO SRO ++ RO RO Operating Test Operating Test Number:

Number: FA2010301 FA2010301 Administrative Topic Administrative Topic Type JY$e Describe activity Describe activity to to be be performed performed 0 e*

Code Note)

(see Note)

(see Verification of Verification Initial Conditions of Initial Conditions Prior Prior to to Core Core Alterations.

Alterations.

Given aa set Given set of plant conditions of plant conditions with with fuel fuel movement movement in in progress, determine progress, determine ifif refueling refueling operations operations can can continue, continue, and ifif not, and not, the the reason(s) reason(s) that prohibit refueling that prohibit refueling fromfrom continuing. UOP-4.1 continuing. UOP-4.1 P&Ls P&Ls andand TSTS and and TRM TRM requirements.

requirements.

A1.1.A A1.1.A G2.140 (2.8/3.9)

G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9) G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)

G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)

Conduct of Operations N/R N/R G2.1 .32 (3.8/4.0)

G2.1.32 POI RO portion Perform UOP-4.1 Perform UOP-4.1 appendix appendix 66 and and determine determine ifif all all core core alteration initial alteration initial conditions conditions areare satisfied.

satisfied. This This will will be done in be done in the classroom and we will use pictures of the Nt's the classroom Nis and radiation monitors that will show that one NI is not working and the audio count rate selector switch is selected to that NI. Also with fuel movement in the SFP SEP there will be one radiation monitor that is inoperable due to it being in test.

Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.

Given a set of plant conditions with fuel movement in progress, determine if all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied using UOP-4.1, UOP-4. 1, and then list all Al .1 .A A1.1.A Tech Spec conditions, REQUIRED ACTIONS and Conduct of Operations NIR N/R COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met.

COMPLETION SRO portion G2.1.40 (2.8/3.9) G2.1.36 (3.0/4.1)

(3.014.1)

G2.2.1.35 G2.2.l.35 (2.2/3.9) G2.l.32 (3.8/4.0)

G2.1.32 This is the same JPM as above with the requirement to evaluate Tech Specs and TRM requirements that cover the conditions given and the REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION_TIMES_of COMPLETION TIMES of TS_3.9.2_and_TRM_13.3.4.

TS 3.9.2 and TRM 13.3.4.

Al .2.S A1.2.S D/R D /R Conduct A A Safety Shutdown Assessment and Determine Conduct of Operations Time to Saturation.

SRO ONLY G2.l.25 G2.1.25 (3.9/4.2)

This This JPM JPM will havehave thethe candidate candidate evaluate plant conditions, conditions, use aa table use table toto determine determine time to boiling and and then then fill out out UOP UOP-4.0, 4.0, figure la1a Core Core Cooling Cooling section section only.

only. This This isis only only performed performed by the SRO by the SRO job job function at Farley Farley Nuclear Nuclear Plant.

Plant.

A2.l A2.1.A.A Perform Perform aa Shutdown Shutdown MarginMargin Calculation Calculation in in modes modes 11 & & 22 Equipment Equipment Control Control for aa stuck stuck rod rod (STP-29.5)

(STP-29.5)

SRO ++RO RO D /R 001A4.111 (3.5/4.1) APEOO5 001A4.l APE005 AKi AK1.05.05 (3.3/4.1)

D/R One One Bank Bank DD rod rod isis 30 30 steps steps below below the the other other seven seven Bank Bank DD rods.

rods.

Determine Determine the the SDM SDM and and that that an an emergency emergency boration boration is_required.

is required.

Farley Farley OCT OCT 2010 2010 NRC NRC ADMIN ADMIN exam exam outline outline Page Page 11 of2 of2

ES-301 ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 ES-301 -1 OPERATING OUTLINE SUBMITTAL A3.1 .A A3.1.A MIR MIR Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Radiation Control Emergency Dose limits.Limits.

SRO +RO+ RO This JPM hashas the candidate assess a job where two workers be assigned a task during an emergency event to save a will be piece of equipment. There will be three stages to the valuable piece task in which the dose rate is given and time required to complete the task is given. The year to date dose rates will be given and the task will be to determine if either of the workers will exceed their dose limits of EIP-14. Information required to be known is that EDLs do not take into account current dose, admin limits and NRC limits do not apply and the EIP-14 limits must be applied properly.

G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)

(3.2/3.7)

A4.1 .A A4.1.A MIS MIS Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees Emergency Plan - (CSF-0.0) manually (CSF-O.O)

+ RO SRO +RO G2.4.14 (3.8/4.5) G2.4.21 (SRO 4.0/4.6)

The simulator will be used requiring the candidate to determine the appropriate CSF that applies. We have a snap setup that has N-42 failed high which will cause evaluation of FRP-S, to show a yellow path on FRP-C and H, an Orange path on FRP- FRP P and Z. A manual determination of CSF-O will be required as to which FRP is applicable based on the setup.

The RO will identify all the CSFs that are challenged and the SRO will have to use the procedures to determine which procedure is required due to the plant conditions.

    • Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank ~ ( 3 for ROs; ~< 4 for SROs & RO retakes) [1/2] [112]

(N)ew or (M)odified e (M)odifled from bank ( 1) [313]

[3I3]

(P)revious 2 exams << ( 1; randomly selected) [010] [OlO]

Changes since the draft submittal:

A1.1.A We could not find procedural guidance for the RHR flow requirement so a radiation monitor for the procedure being used was substituted for the RHR flow. Changed the appropriate Tech Spec to TRM 13.3.4 to adjust for the radiation monitor Inoperable.

A3.1.A added the KA value to ES-301-1 G2.3.4 (3.2/3.7)

A4.1.A We could not get the submitted simulator results fo having FRP-P.1 a red path, but we developed one with an Orange path. We also put in a failed NI into the scenario that will have FRP-S evaluated since one NI is >5% power, but failed, so it is not relevant.

Farley OCT 2010 NRC ADMIN exam outline Page 2 of 2 of2

HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN Page 11 of 10 A.1.1.A Conduct of Operations ADMIN G2.1.40 - RO & & SRO A.1.1.A TITLE: Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT OL T -.-lL X LOCT LOCT______

ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ~ X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH CRITICAL TIME CRITI CAL PRA __

PRA____

JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. This task is to be administered in a group, classroom setting with access to a variety of procedures (UOPs, (UOP5, STPs, SOPs, et al) available via the Exam Reference disk.
2. This task is designed to be performed with evaluation of pictures of the equipment from which operational information will be evaluated.
3. Due to the utilization of pictures, upon request, the status of the lights and switches may be clarified (See standards for the applicable light/switch).
4. Upon completion of elements 1-10, all candidates will be evaluated at the RO level.
5. FOR SRO candidates ONLY: after evaluation of elements 1-10, they will be provided a second Cue sheet (handout #2) and returned to the classroom to evaluate TS.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

  • UOP-4. 1, Appendix 6, Verification OfInitial Evaluates all steps of UOP-4.1, Of Initial Conditions Prior To Core Alterations.
  • Identifies all inoperable equipment or unsatisfied conditions that prevent completing the attachment, if any.
  • (For SRO ONLY):

o Based on the conditions identified List all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs not met.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory U nsatisfactorv 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER: _________________

Developer H. Fitzwater 10/26/09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A Page 2 of 10 Page2oflO CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to perform or evaluate all steps steps FNP-I-UOP-4.1, FNP- I UOP-4. 1, Appendix 6, Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Core Offload was suspended 18 hours2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> ago.
b. RCS temp is 100°F.
c. Time to boil is >2 hours.
d. A Fuel shuffle in the Spent Fuel Pool is ongoing.
e. Communications between the MCR and a System Operator acting as the Cavity Watch have been verified available 10 minutes ago.
f. RCS boron concentration is 2450 ppm following an over boration performed last shift.
g. chemistrys request.

Rx Makeup water is being used to dilute the Reactor Cavity by chemistry's

h. FNP-1-STP-18.4, Containment Midloop and/or Refueling Integrity Verification and FNP-I-STP-18.4, Containment Closure, was completed yesterday at 1400.

i.

I. CTMT Main Purge system is in operation.

j.

J. The equipment hatch and all containment air locks are currently closed.

k. Applicable equipment can be assessed using the provided photographs.

1.I. FNP- I -UOP-4. 1, Appendix 6.

You have been directed to perform or evaluate all steps of FNP-I-UOP-4.1,

m. Determine whether or not all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied.

INITIATING CUE: "You You may begin."

begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. (STEP 2.1 & & 2.2) Checks correct version and 1) Determines step 2.1 & & 2.2 has S / UU conducted on appropriate unit. been completed. Utilizes WebTop and verifies unit from initial conditions
2. (STEP 3.1) Communications between MCR and 2) Determines step 3.1 has been SS / U U

the Reactor Cavity verified within one hour. completed. Utilizes initial conditions to verify task complete.

NOTE:

NOTE:** Elements 33 through 5, 5, 77 and 88 are performed performed by use of pictures. The pictures are sufficient to demonstrate light status and switch position, however IF light status or position is questioned, then the cues may be provided (see the standards standards column for the applicable light or switch).

switch).

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A A.1.1.A Page Page 33 of of 10 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

Verify N-31, 3.2.1) VerifY

3. (STEP 3.2.1) N-3 1, Source Source Range NI, 3)
3) Determines step step 3.2.1 3.2.1 has been SS/U

/ U detector operable. Utilizes picture ofN-satisfied; Utilizes of N-determines that the 31 and determines the instrument isis operable.

instrument operable.

(reference SOP-39.0 (reference SOP-39.O section section 4.1)

N-3 I Instrument power on AND control

a. Check N-31 a. lights are illuminated power on lights illuminated.
b. Check switches aligned: b. Switches are in position:
i. Level Trip i. Normal I.

ii.Operation Selector ii. Normal iii.High Flux at shutdown iii. Normal

c. Perform a channel check per STP-1.0 STP-l .0 (SR c. Acceptable per STP-1.0 STP-I .0 3.9.2.1). allowances
    • 3.2.2) Verify N-32, Source Range NI,
4. (STEP 3.2.2)VerifY 4) Determines step 3.2.2 can not S / U S/U detector operable. be satisfied; Utilizes picture of N-32 and determines that the instrument is NOT operable.

(reference SOP-39.0 section 4.1)

a. Check N-32 Instrument power on AND control a. Lights are checked power on lights illuminated.
  • Control power light is NOT illuminated.
    • Instrument power is illuminated.
b. Check switches aligned: b. Switches are determined;
i. Level Trip i.I. Normal ii.Operation Selector II. Normal ii.

iii.High Flux at shutdown Ill. Normal iii.

c. Performs a channel check per STP-l .0 (SR STP-1.0 c. Acceptable per STP- STP-1.0 1 .0 3.9.2.1).

3.9.2.1). allowances.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1 .1 .A A.1.1.A Page 4 of Page of 10 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE) 3.2.3) Verify N-48, Gamma-metrics

5. (STEP 3.2.3)Verify Gamma.metrics 5) Determines step 3.2.3 has been S / U Source Range NI, detector operable. satisfied. (May identify that the SOP-39.O section 4.3)

(reference SOP-39.0 Refueling Coordinator must first be consulted.)

a. Checks N-48 in service.

service, a. Aligned and in service as indicated by picture and bulleted items listed on picture.

STP-1 .0 (SR

b. Performs a channel check per STP-I.O STP-1 .0
b. Acceptable per STP-I.O 3.9.2.1). Table 1I allowances.
6. (STEP 3.3) Reactor Coolant system 2000 ppm. 6) Determines step 3.3 has been S / U satisfied; Utilizes initial conditions to verify boron concentration.

NOTE: Element 7 would require either R-5 being in service OR required action being taken. The candidate might question whether or not surveys are being performed. Additionally, due to rules of usage may stop the task and attempt to notify the SS.

IF required CUE: "The The SS acknowledges the issue you have identified and directs you to continue. No compensatory actions have yet been completed."

completed.

    • 7. (STEP 3.4.1) Verifies R-5 operable/operating. 7) Identifies R-5 is NOT S / U operable/operating; Determines step 3.4.1 has NOT been satisfied. (May annotate failure

(

Reference:

SOP-45.0 section 4.1.3; TRM 13.3.4) 13.3.4) or need to initiate survey).

a. Verify Operation Selector switch position. a. Level Cal.
b. Verify Range Selector switch position. b. WIDE
c. Verify Drawer indication lights: c. Lights are:

i.I. Power i.l. ON ii.

11. Channel Test light ii. ON iii. High Alarm iii.

Ill. OFF iv.

IV. Low Alarm iv.

IV. OFF

FNP HL HLT-33 T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A Page 5 of 10 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

8. (STEP 3.4.2 through 3.4.4) Verifies R-24AorB, 8) Identifies radiation monitors are S / U R-25AorB, and R-35AorB operable using SOP- operable; Initials step 3.4.2 45.0 section 4.1.5. through 3.4.4.

(uses pictures of LOCAL radiation monitor The following indications are for indications to determine the following conditions) all steps 3.4.2 through 3.4.4:

a. Verify local switch for vacuum pump. a. AUTO
b. Verify LOCAL switch position. b. ON (and Fans are running)

(uses pictures of radiation monitor drawers to determine the following conditions)

c. Verify MCR switch: c. MCR switches are:
i. Operation selector I. i. Oper I.

ii. Pump Power Il. ii. ON 11.

iii. Pump Start iii. StartlN Ill. Start/Neutral eutral

d. Verify MCR lights: d. MCR lights are:
i. Power light I. i. ON I.

ii.

Il. Pump ON light ii. ON Il.

iii. Flow fault light iii. OFF Ill.

iv. Alert light IV. iv. OFF IV.

v. High light v. OFF vi. Fail/Reset light VI. vi. ON VI.

vii. Power on light vii. ON

9. (STEP 3.5 through 3.6) Evaluates Refueling 9) Utilizes initial conditions and SS / U U

integrity has been verified within 100 hrs, and evaluates that step 3.5 is that step 3.6 is not applicable, applicable. satisfied and 3.6 in N/A.

NOTE: REVIEW of completed Appendix 66 to evaluate the above elements.

CUE: Are core alterations initial conditions satisfied?

    • 10.Reports/annotates
10. Reports/annotates that step 3.2.2 and 3.4.1 are not 10) Identifies N32 inoperable, R- S U S / U completed or satisfied and that core Alts should 55 inoperable and that Core not be started. alterations should not be permitted since the initial conditions have not been satisfied.

FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A A.1.1.A Page 6 of 10 Page6oflo EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

(CIRCLE)

RO ONLY:

RO ONLY: Terminate when Terminate when elements 1-10 of elements 1-10 of the the task task have have been been completed.

completed.

SRO ONLY SRO ONLY Cue: Cue: PROVIDE PROVIDE Handout Handout #2,#2, read read and and escort escort back back to to classroom classroom to to allow allow TS TS review.

review.

Based on Based on the the conditions conditions you you identified identified perform perform the the following:

following:

1) List
1) List all TS TS CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS, REQUIRED REQUIRED ACTIONS and COMPLETION TIMES for LCOs LCOs not met, if any.
11. II) Identifies the need to
11) S I/ U U

Audio Counts. IMMEDIATELY verify un- un borated water sources are isolated.

    • 12. Evaluates TRM 13.3.4 condition B.
12. 12) Identifies the need to
12) S I U IMMEDIATELY notify HP to perform survey the SFP area within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

NOTE: ** TS 3.9.2 Condition A is not required to be entered due to Gamma Metrics (as allowed by BASIS) and N-31 are OPERABLE. CONDITION A may be implemented and does not challenge personnel safety, equipment or license requirements.

However, IF CONDITION A is implemented, THEN element 13 is critical.

SEE 13. IF TS 3.9.2 implemented, THEN evaluates 13) Identifies the need to S I/ U S U NOTE TS 3.9.2 CONDITION A: One source range IMMEDIATELY Suspend neutron flux monitor inoperable. CORE ALTERATIONS AND positive reactivity additions (secure Reactor Cavity Makeup).

I SRO ONLY: Terminate when elements 1-13 of the task are complete.

STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. UOP-4.I, VER
1. UOP-4.1, VER 51 51 2.KA:#G2.1.40
2. KA: # G2.1.40 2.8 2.8 3.9 3.9 G2.1.36 G2.1.36 3.0 3.0 4.1 4.1 G2.1.32 G2.I.32 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.0

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A A.1.1.A Page Page 77 of of 10 10 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

AND EQUIPMENT:

I.I. References References to to be be accessed accessed via via classroom classroom computer computer (using(using exam exam IDID logon) logon) and and Exam Exam Reference Reference disk/files only.

disk/files only.

2. Provide UOP-4.1,
2. UOP-4. 1, Appendix 66
3. Pen/pencil 3.
4. Pictures of
4. Pictures of the the following following components:

components: (11 (II pages pages total)

a. R-24A
a. R-24A Local Local indications indications g. R24A &
g. R24A & R25A R25A MCRMCR indications indications
b. R-24B Local indications h. R-24B & & R25B MCR indications indications
c. R-25A Local indications i.i. R-35A & & R35B MCR indications
d. R-25B Local indications j. N31 J. N3 drawer indications
e. R-35A Local indications k. N32 drawer indications
f. R-35B Local indications l.I. N3I, N3 1, N32 && N48 Board indications
m. Audio Count Rate Channel Drawer Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation NOTE: (a.b.c...)

The listed sub-steps to each element (a.b.c ... ) describe the anticipated actions taken by the substeps candidate. Completion of all sub steps is not required to make the determination of operability of the components, nor is it intended that these actions be observed. These sub-steps are provided for the examiner as an evaluation tool.

1. critical--this step is for satisfying site procedural protocol and expectations.

NOT critical-this

2. NOT critical-critical this step is for satisfying site level expectations or requirements.
3. NOT critical-Although criticalAlthough Task objective-component is operable.
4. Critical Element -Task Task objective-evaluate operability of required equipment.
5. NOT criticalAlthough critical-Although Task objective-component is operable.
6. NOT critical - this step does not require any evaluation from the candidate.
7. Critical Element Task-Task objective-evaluate operability of required equipment.
8. NOT critical-Although criticalAlthough Task objective-components are operable.
9. Critical ElementFINAL Element-FINAL Task objective-identifies that initial conditions are not satisfied for Core Alts.

10.

10. NOT critical critical- this step does not require any evaluation from the candidate.

SRO Critical ElementIDENTIFIES Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License 11 II requirement.

SRO Critical Critical ElementIDENTIFIES Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for License 12 12 requirement.

SRO Conditional Critical Critical ElementIDENTIFIES Element-IDENTIFIES and IMPLEMENTS the Actions for 13 13 License requirement.

IF the candidate implements this TS condition, then the actions must also be initiated initiated toto comply comply with with License requirements.

requirements.

FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.1 .1 .A A.1.1.A Page Page 22 of of 10 10 COMMENTS:

COMMENTS:

References expected References expected to to be be utilized:

utilized:

STP-1 .0 Table STP-1.0 Table 11 and and Appendix Appendix 3, 3, Ver.

Ver. 97.0; 97.0; channel channel check check information information M-50 Master M-50 Master list list of Surveillance Tests, of Surveillance Tests, Ver.

Ver. 25.0; determine channel 25.0; determine channel check check procedure procedure SOP-3 9.0, Nuclear SOP-39.0, Nuclear Instrumentation Instrumentation System, System, Ver.

Ver. 9.0; evaluate switch 9.0; evaluate switch alignment/operability alignment/operability SOP-45.0, Radiation SOP-45.0, Radiation Monitoring Monitoring System, System, Ver.

Ver. 35.0; evaluate switch 35.0; evaluate switch alignment/operability alignment/operability TRM 13.3.4 TRM 13.3.4 and and Basis, Basis, Ver.

Ver. 3.0 3.0 TS 3.9.2 and Basis, Amendment 146 146 (U-l),

(U-I), Amendment 137 137 (U-2)

UOP-4. 1, CONTROLLING PROCEDURE FOR REFUELING, Ver. 51.0 UOP-4.1, TO DISCUSS

'1"0 [)ISCUSS with the examiner:

Due to procedure rules Due rules of usage, a candidate may stop performing performing the steps steps upon encountering the first malfunction; therefore the candidate may not have evaluated all components/steps expected.

Possible options:

Brief all students verbally prior to providing the task or provide the following as part of the initial conditions:

For the purposes of this task, complete the Appendix in its entirety. Any actions, permissions or notifications required by any identified discrepancies, or procedure step, will be conducted upon completion of all other steps of the Appendix. Annotate any condition identified or the action, the permission, or the notification required for discussion upon completion of the appendix for any, if any, step that can not be completed.

  • Facilitate with Cues at the evaluation phase to resolve the expected actions while monitoring the completion of the remaining elements.
  • Facilitate with Cues at the evaluation phase then return the candidate to complete the remaining elements.

FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33ADM ADMIN IN A.1.1.SRO A.1.1.SRO HANDOUT HANDOUT #2 #2 Pg Pg 11 of of 11 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS Based on Based on the conditions you the conditions you identified identified evaluate evaluate TS TS and and TRM requirements and TRM requirements and perform perform the the following:

following:

a.a. List all List all TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED TS CONDITIONS, REQUIRED ACTIONS ACTIONS and and COMPLETION COMPLETION TIMESTIMES forfor LCOs LCOs notnot met, ifany.

met, if any.

FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.1.A HANDOUT Page 11 of 11 Page CONDITIONS FNP-l-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6, When I tell you to begin, you are to perform or evaluate all steps FNP-I-UOP-4.1, Verification of Initial Conditions Prior to Core Alterations. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Core Offload was suspended 18 18 hours2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> ago.
b. RCStempis RCS 100°F.

temp is 100°F.

c. Time to boil is >2 hours.
d. A Fuel shuffle in the Spent Fuel Pool is ongoing.
e. Communications between the MCR and a System Operator acting as the Cavity Watch have been verified available 10 minutes ago.
f. RCS boron concentration is 2450 ppm following an over boration performed last shift.
g. Rx Makeup water is being used to dilute the Reactor Cavity by chemistry's chemistrys request.
h. FNP-1-STP-18.4, Containment Midloop and/or Refueling Integrity Verification and FNP-I-STP-18.4, Containment Closure, was completed yesterday at 1400.

i.

I. CTMT Main Purge system is in operation.

j.

J. The equipment hatch and all containment air locks are currently closed.

k. Applicable equipment can be assessed using the provided photographs.

1.I. of FNP-1-UOP-4.1, Appendix 6.

You have been directed to perform or evaluate all steps ofFNP-I-UOP-4.1,

m. Determine whether or not all Core Alterations initial conditions are satisfied.

07/02/09 06:39:16 07/02/0906:39: 16 FNP-I-UOP-4.1 FNP-1-UOP-4.1 APPENDIX 6 VERIFICATION VERIFICA CONDITION S TION OF INITIAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CORE ALTERATIONS Performed by: ________________________

Perfurmedby: Date Reviewed by:

by: Date This This appendix appendix consists consists of of 22 pages pages Version 51.0 Version 51.0

07/02/0906 07/02109 06:39: 16 39 16 FNP-1-UOP-4.1 FNP-1-UOP-4 I APPENDIX APPENDIX 66 APPENDIX 66 APPENDIX VERIFICATION VERIFICA nON OF OF INITIAL INITIAL CONDITIONS CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PRIOR TO CORE CORE ALTERA ALTERATIONS nONS 1.0

1.0 Purpose

Purpose:

Provide separate guidance for specific initial initial conditions which will be needed to once due to core alterations be verified more than once alterations occurring at various time during an outage during outage period.

2.0 Initial Conditions:

2.1 The version of this appendix is the current version. (OR 1-98-498) 1-98-498) 2.2 This appendix is correct for the unit for which the task applies. (OR 1-98-498) 1-98-498)

3.0 Instructions

NOTE: This appendix should be completed each time core alterations are commenced, including suspensions of core alterations exceeding 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

3.1 The direct communications system between the control room and the reactor

_1- / cavity is verified available for use within one hour prior to core alterations.

CAUTION: Gamma-Metrics source range channel may only be used as a The Gamma~Metrics back~up back-up to N~31 N-31 or N~32 N-32 during certain core configurations. The Refueling Coordinator should be consulted ifN-31 N~32 becomes if N-31 or N-32 inoperable when the core is not fully loaded.

3.2 Verify at least two of the required source range neutron flux monitors are operable with continuous visual indication in the Control Room and a channel check performed within 12 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> prior to any core alterations. Trip functions and associated TSLBs are not required required for Mode 66 or core alterations.

3.2.1 3.2.1 Source Source Range Nuclear Nuclear Instrument, Channel N-31 3.2.2 3.2.2 Source Range Range Nuclear Instrument, Channel N-32 3.2.3 3.2.3 Gamma-Metrics Gamma-Metrics Neutron Flux Flux Monitor, Monitor, Channel Channel N-48 of2 Page 11 of Page 2 Version 51.0 Version 51 .0

07/02/09 06 39 16 07/02/0906:39:16 FNP-I-UOP-4.1 FNP-1-UOP-4 1 APPENDIX 66 APPENDIX 3.3 3.3 The reactor The reactor coolant coolant system system boron boron concentration is> 2000 concentration is:::: 2000 ppm.

ppm.

3.4 3.4 The following The following radiation radiation monitors monitors are in operation are in operation per per FNP-l-S0P-45.0, FNP-1-SOP-45.0, RADIATION RADIA MONITORING SYSTEM, nON MONITORING SYSTEM, or or required required action action isis being being taken taken per per Tech. Specs Tech. Specs 3.3.6, 3.3.7, and 3.3.6, 3.3.7, and 3.3.8, 3.3.8, and and TRTR 13.3.4.

13.3.4.

3.4.1 3.4.1 R-5 fuel storage Spent fuel R-5 Spent storage or or portable monitoring instrumentation instrumentation usedused to monitor SFP area at least once per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (for fuel (for fuel movement in SFP).

3.4.2. R-25A or 3.4.2. or B B Spent fuel storage storage - Gaseous (for fuel fuel movement in SFP).

3.4.3 R-24A or B B - Containment purge system

- system with main main or mini purge in operation.

3.4.4 R-35A or B - Control Room HVAC 3.5 FNP-1-STP-1 8.4, CONTAINMENT Refueling integrity has been verified per FNP-l-STP-18.4,

_/-/ MIDLOOP AND/OR REFUELING INTEGRITY VERIFICA VERIFICATION nON AND CONTAINMENT CLOSURE within 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> prior to the start of core alterations.

alterati ons.

3.6 jf IF the containment equipment hatch, personnel air lock, or auxiliary air lock is open during core alterations and/or during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, THEN ensure the following items are complete (TS 3.9.3):

_/-/ 3.6.1 A designated, trained Maintenance Closure Response Team (MCRT)

MM is available to shut the containment equipment hatch, a door in the personnel air lock, and a door in the auxiliary air lock within two hours after notification and direction from the control room.

/ 3.6.2 For the equipment hatch, the surveillance is current for SR 3.9.3.3, i.e.,

FNP-0-STP-610.0 FNP-0-STP-61 0.0 has been completed by Maintenance within the last seven days Page Page 22 of of2 2 Version 51.0 Version 51.0

oCD o NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION PROTECTION CHANNEL II SOURCE RANGE V d

-.I (104

/

7J N1C55N10031 CHANNtL Off TEST TRIP I I Pung Coro1 Pc LOSS OF O!TgCTOfl VOLT. Fuses wrtout prior Deacivaon w4 Scn Ct EvacuaDon Maim 118V, 11 V 5A, "J' }'\(

III .; III sm POll/ER POI/,TI\ I 11~V. 3A.AC 118V ~;A, AC CO'lmOL COf4UOL POWER POWER I

oC o o0 INSTRUMENTATION NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTAT ION PROTECTION CHANNEL II PROTECTION II SOURCE RANGE L -

Ni C55NIO32 INSTRUMCWr CHANNEL ON POWER ON TEST CONTROL LGSS or POWER ON OCIECTOR VOLT. Ft.se pror Dea-iaor w!

LEVEL TRIP OPERATION SELECTOR HIGH FLUX SOUndCT AT SHUTDOWN Evacuaon Jarm AOJ fJC:rA I F r:rr-!L 6LOC$

\ ,

F I

IISV, 11 ~l V 5A,AC 5fl." l'.. C PfALi S / 118V 5A,AC 118V, 51\ Ae INSTR III ~ r I ~ CCHIll

    2 SGs Avail with loops filled (Ref.
    2. LINE 1:22 2) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U step 2.7).- evaluate SG availability: 1.
    item 1.
    • SG tubes filled and vented; considered filled oo Midloop f:. filled and vented remained 1 00 psig and vented if RCS has remained::::l and <
    < 100 psig since last fill and vent.
      • 3. LINE 2:Cavity level::::
    level> 152' 152 9" 9 3) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U item 2.
      • 4. LINE 3:RHR subsystems Available (0,1, or 2) 4) Two (2) written on the line for S / U item 3.
      • level> 126'
    5. LINE 4:RCS level:::: 126 6" 6 5) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U item 4.
      • 6. LINE 5:Time to saturation >30 minutes OR RCS 6) Zero (0) written on the line for S / U press >325 psig with at least one RCP available item 5.
    for operation and at least one SG available
    7. Core Cooling Subtotal 7) Two (2) written on line for Core S / U Cooling Subtotal.
    NOTE: Since determination of the Core Cooling function is the critical element, and depending on the format of administering this JPM, the examinee may stop performing the Appendix upon discovering the ORANGE condition and may not complete element 8. IF no condition circled for element 8 THEN provide the following CUE: What condition is Core Coolin "What Cooling in?" in?
      • 8. Evaluates Core Cooling condition 8) Circle around ORANGE S S / UU condition for the Core Cooling Function OR., if cued per NOTE State the condition is ORANGE Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
    Terminate STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) before the element number. FNP HLT-33 ADMIN FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1 .2.S A.1.2.S Page 44 of Page of 55 GENERAL

    REFERENCES:

    GENERAL

    REFERENCES:

    1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0,
    1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0, VER VER 36.0 36.0
    2. KA: G2.1.25
    2. KA: G2.l.25 RO RO 3.9 3.9 SRO SRO 4.2 4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

    I. References

    1. References to to be accessed via classroom be accessed classroom computer computer (using (using exam exam 10 ID logon) logon) and and Exam Exam Reference Reference disk/files only.

    of FNP-0-UOP-4.0 Table A, Table B, Appendix 11

    2. Provide copy ofFNP-0-UOP-4.0
    3. Pen/Pencil
    4. Calculator (optional-not required to complete this task)

    Critical ELEMENT justification:

    STEP Evaluation I.

    1. Critical - this is first of the two major objectives of the task. Utilization of the plant parameters and selection of the appropriate table are required to properly assess Shutdown Core Cooling function.

    2.

    Critical - Each line item is critical to evaluate proper assessment of each parameter.

    3.

    The aggregate effect of errors made within each line could result in obtaining the 4.

    correct end point; therefore each sub-step must be evaluated to ensure examinee is 5.

    correctly assessing the parameters.

    6 6.

    7. This is NOT a critical element since documentation of this summation is not procedurally driven nor will failure to complete this element necessarily impact the outcome.
    8. Critical - This is the final objective of the task; proper assessment of this function is required to identify the need of mitigating actions necessary to ensure the health and safety of the public is not jeopardized.

    COMMENTS:

    References expected to be utilized:

    1. FNP-0-UOP-4.0, ver 36.0 36.0

    Header information is not required for this Task; but if requested use current date and time.

    Prepared By:-=====~__ ULv * .J....._--'-Time:_IH_H_M_MI App-l, Fig 2 Evaluated 0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTIONI FUNCTION! CRITERIA CRITERIA CONDITION CONDITION (No/False=0, Yes/True=l, (NolFalse=O, Yes/True=l, Use Use number number within within range range when when required) required) (Circle (Circle Condition)

    Condition)

    REACTIVITY REACTIVITY Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP J.I. No Core No Alterations in Core Alterations Progress in Progress 0-1 0-I RED RED 41 41 2.

    2. Number of Number of Boration Boration Flow Flow Paths Paths (0, 1, 2) (Ref (0, 1,2) (Ref step 2.13) step 2.13) 22 ORANGE ORANGE 41 41 3.
    3. RCS Boron:

    RCS Boron: CSDfRefueling CSD/Refueling Concentration Concentration 3-4 3-4 YELLOW YELLOW 41 41

    4. Source Range Source Instrumentation Available Range Instrumentation Available 55 GREEN GREEN 4.

    (GREEN ifDefueled)

    (GREEN if Defueled)

    Reactivity Subtotal Reactivity Subtotal CORE CORE COOLINGCOOLING Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP I.1. SGs A

    2: 2 SGs Avail vail with loopsloops filled filled (Ref step 2.7) 0 0-IL_
    • _
    • _~IiP.
    • Q,- RED _
    • _
    • _
    • _4f 42 _
    • _ * "':'

    2.

    2. Cavity level 2152'9" 1529 0 2-3 ORANGE 42
    • _22 _ F- '4" ....... )-"ttI':<M" .... 4'2" ......

    3.

    3. RHR Subsystems Available (0, RHR Subsystems (0, lor 1 or 2) 2)

    _00 _ 25 GREEN GREEN 4.

    4. RCS level:2:

    RCS level 126' 126 6" 6 (GREEN ifDefueled)

    (GREEN if Defueled) Min Mm required is to

    5. Time to saturation>

    saturation > 30 minutes OR RCS press> press > 325 psig with at at least least 0 one RCP available for operation and at least one SG SO available "CIRCLE" CIRCLE the Core Cooling Subtotal 2 condition "ORANGE" ORANGE POWER A AVAILABILITY VAILABILITY Subtotal Condition I.

    J. II "A" A Train DG Available 0-2 RED including the

    2. B Train DG Available I1 "B" 3 ORANGE subtotal or the AOP
    3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT) SOT) 4-5 YELLOW 6 GREEN is not required.
    4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT)
    5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, I1 or 2)

    Power Availability Subtotal Power Availabilitv Subtotal CONTAINMENT Subtotal Condition AOP I.

    I. Refueling Integrity Set 0-1 0l RED 44

    2. CTMT Closure Set 2-4 ORANGE 44
    3. No Core Alterations in Progress (2 pts) 5-6 YELLOW 44
    4. Equipment Hatch & Air Locks Closed or Capable of Being Closed on 77 GREEN Short Notice (GREEN ifDefueled) if Defueled)
    5. level 126' RCS level:2: 126 6"6 (3 pts)

    Containment Subtotal INVENTORY Subtotal Condition AOP 1.

    J. Refueling Cavity :2: 23 Feet Feet (142 ) Above Fuel (142' 11") 00 RED 45

    2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath PumpfFlowpath Available I1 ORANGE 45
    3. I-IHSI HHSI PumpfFlowpath PumpfFlowpath Available 22 YELLOW 45
    4. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 3-4 GREEN (GREEN if ifDefueled)

    Defueled)

    Inventory Subtotal RCS INTEGRITY RCS INTEGRITY Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP I.

    I. SfG Manways or Nozzle Dams All S/G Dams Installed 0-I 0-1 ORANGE ORANGE 46 2.

    2. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 22 YELLOW 46 3.
    3. Pressurizer level < < 100%

    100% 33 GREEN RCS Integrity (GREEN if if Defueled)

    Intee:ritv Subtotal SPENT SPENT FUEL FUEL COOLING COOLING Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP I.

    I. SFP level SFP level :2: 23 feet (151 23 feet '6") above (lSI 6) above fuel fuel (4 (4 pts) pts) 0-4 0-4 RED RED 47 47 2.

    2. AA TmTrn SFP Cooling available SFP Cooling available 55 ORANGE ORANGE 47 47 3.
    3. BB TmTrn SFP SFP Cooling Cooling available 66 YELLOW YELLOW 47 47 77 GREEN GREEN 4.
    4. :2: 22 SFP SFP Makeup Makeup Sources Sources (RWST, (RWST, DW, DW, RMW RMW to to Blender, Blender, Boric Boric Acid Acid to to Blender.

    Blender, RHT RHT to to transfer transfer canal canal with weir gate removed) weir gate removed)

    SFP Subtotal SFP Subtotal Time Time to to saturation saturation If IE core core cooling cooling werewere lost:

    lost: 00 hours flours 9.2 9.2 minutes minutes Current Version Current Version Page 66 of Page of 18 18

    FNPHLT-33ADMIN FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.1.2S A.1.2S HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg 11 of of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, you are are toto determine determine the the time time to to saturation saturation andand prepare prepare the the CORE CORE COOLING SECTION ONLY COOLING SECTION ONLY of a shutdown of a shutdown safety safety assessment assessment on Unit 11 per on Unit per FNP-O-UOP-4.0, FNP-O-UOP-4.O, Appendix 1, Appendix 1, step step 4.3 4.3 and and step step 4.4.

    4.4. The The conditions conditions under under which which this this task task is is to to be be performed performed are:

    are:

    a. Unit
    a. Unit 1us in aa Refueling is in Refueling Outage, Outage, and and has has been shutdown shutdown for for 120 120 hours0.00139 days <br />0.0333 hours <br />1.984127e-4 weeks <br />4.566e-5 months <br />.

    hours.

    b. 1A 1A SGSG wide range level wide range level is is 74%;

    74%; IB113 SG SG wide range level level is is 75%;

    75%; 1ICC SG SG wide range level level is is 10%.

    10%.

    c. RCS temperature is is 120°F.

    120°F.

    d. The RCS is at mid-loop with aa FULL FULL core.

    core.

    e.

    e. Both trains of RHR are in operation in the cooldown mode.

    f.f. Mid-loop integrity per STP-18.4STP-1 8.4 has been verified current.

    g. The IPC is not available.
    h. Another operator is evaluating the other SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/CRITERIAS.
    i. You are directed to determine the time to saturation and prepare the CORE COOLING 1.

    SECTION ONLY of a shutdown safety assessment on Unit 11 per FNP-0-UOP-4.0, Appendix 1, step 4.3 and step 4.4.

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE AA TABLE A TABLE A Power-Uprated Power-Up rated Unit Unit Time ToTo Saturation: FullFull Core Core Initial Temperature Assumed Initial Temperature == lOO°F 100°F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Cavity Full (hours) (mm)

    (min) (min)

    (mm) (hours) (hours) 40 7.7 10.5 5.6 1.3 60 8.7 11.9 6.3 1.4 80 9.5 13.0 l3.0 6.9 1.6 100 100 10.4 14.2 7.5 1.7 1.7 120 11.3 15.4 8.2 1.9 140 11.9 16.3 8.6 2.0 160 12.7 17.4 9.2 2.1 180 13.3 18.2 9.6 2.2 200 13.9 l3.9 19.0 10.1 2.3 336 336 17.1 17.l 23.4 12.4 12.4 2.9 504 20.8 28.5 15.1 15.1 3.5 VOLUME VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Below Flange Flange (ft3) 348 348 Total ==

    Total 1293 1293 Volume:

    Volume: Full Full Reactor Reactor Cavity Cavity (ft3)

    (ft3) 39750 39750 Total ==

    Total 41043 41043 Volume: RCS Full Volume: RCS Full (including (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)

    (ft3) 9591 9591 Page 11 of Page of33 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11/13/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE AA TABLE A TABLE A Power-Up Power-Upratedrated Unit Unit Time To Saturation: Full Full Core Initial Temperature Assumed Initial Temperature == 120°F 120°F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Cavity Full (hours) (mm)

    (min) (min)

    (mm) (hours) (hours) 40 6.3 8.6 4.5 1.1 60 7.1 9.8 5.2 1.2 80 7.8 10.6 5.6 1.3 100 8.5 11.7 6.2 1.4 120 120 9.2 12.6 12.6 6.7 1.6 140 140 9.8 13.4 13.4 7.1 7 1 1.7 160 10.4 14.2 7.5 1.8 180 10.9 14.9 7.9 1.8 200 11.4 15.6 8.2 1.9 336 14.0 19.1 19.1 10.1 10.1 2.4 504 17.0 17.0 23.3 12.3 12.3 2.9 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Below Flange Flange (ft3) 348 348 Total ==

    Total 1293 1293 Volume: Full Volume: Full Reactor Reactor Cavity Cavity (ft3)

    (ft3) 39750 39750 Total =

    Total 41043 41043 Volume:

    Volume: Full RCS (including Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3)

    (ft3) 9591 9591 Page 22 of Page of33 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    I 1/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE AA TABLE A TABLE A Power-Uprated Power-Up rated Unit Unit Time To Time To Saturation:

    Saturation: FullFull Core Core Assumed Initial Temperature = 140°F Initial Temperature 140°F Time Time To Time Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Shutdown Time To Saturation Saturation Shutdown at Midloop Below Flange 3 ft Below Full Reactor RCS RCS Full Full (hours) (mm)

    (min) (min)

    (mm) Cavity (hours)

    (hours) 0.8 40 4.9 6.7 3.5 60 5.6 7.6 4.0 0.9 4.4 1.0 80 6.1 8.3 9.1 4.8 1.1 100 6.6 5.2 1.2 120 7.2 9.8 1.3 140 7.6 10.4 5.5 5.9 1.4 160 8.1 11.1 6.1 1.4 180 8.5 11.6 200 8.9 1.5 12.1 6.4 336 1.8 10.9 14.9 7.9 504 18.2 2.2 13.3 9.6 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Below Flange Flange (ft3) 348 348 Total == 1293 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3)

    (ft3) 39750 39750 Total ==

    Total 41043 41043 Volume: Full Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3) 9591 9591 Page Page 33 of of33 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE B TABLEB TABLE B TABLEB Power-Uprated Power-U prated Unit Time To Saturation: One-Third New Fuel 100°F Assumed Initial Temperature == lOO°F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Full (hours) (mm)

    (min) (mm)

    (min) Cavity (hours)

    (hours) 100 15.6 21.4 11.3 2.6 200 20.9 28.5 15.1 3.5 300 24.7 33.7 17.8 4.2 400 27.5 37.6 19.9 4.7 500 31.1 42.5 22.5 5.3 600 34.5 47.3 25.0 5.8 700 37.2 51.0 27.0 6.3 800 40.4 55.3 29.2 6.8 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total == 1293 Volume: Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total == 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page 11 of of33 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE BB TABLE B TABLEB Power-Uprated Power-Up rated Unit Unit Saturation: One-Third New Fuel Time To Saturation:

    Initial Temperature Assumed Initial Temperature == 120°F 120°F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Full (hours) (mm)

    (min) (mm)

    (min) Cavity (hours)

    (hours) 100 12.8 17.5 9.2 2.2 200 17.1 23.4 12.4 2.9 300 20.2 27.6 14.6 3.4 400 22.5 30.8 16.3 16.3 3.8 500 25.4 34.8 18.4 4.3 600 28.3 38.7 20.5 4.8 700 30.5 41.7 22.1 5.2 800 33.0 45.2 23.9 5.6 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3):

    MidloopVolume 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total == 1293 1293 Volume: Full Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 39750 Total = 41043 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3) 9591 9591 Page of3 Page 22 of 3 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03 11113/09 12:03:44

    44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 TABLE TABLE BB TABLEB TABLE B Power-Uprated Unit Power-Uprated Unit Time To Time To Saturation:

    Saturation: One-Third One-Third NewNew Fuel Fuel Assumed Initial Assumed Initial Temperature Temperature == 140°F 140°F Time Time To Time To Time To Time To After Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation Saturation RCS Shutdown Shutdown at Midloop 3 ft Below Flange Full Reactor Full Full (hours) (mm)

    (min) (mm)

    (min) Cavity (hours)

    (hours) 100 100 10.0 10.0 13.6 13.6 7.2 1.7 1.7 200 13.3 18.2 9.6 2.2 300 15.7 21.5 11.4 2.7 400 17.5 24.0 12.7 3.0 500 19.8 27.1 14.3 3.3 600 22.0 30.1 15.9 3.7 700 23.7 32.5 17.2 4.0 800 25.7 35.2 18.6 4.3 VOLUME REFERENCE TABLE Midloop Volume (ft3): 945 Volume: 33 ft Below Flange (ft3) 348 Total =

    = 1293 Volume: Full Full Reactor Cavity (ft3) 39750 Total Total == 41043 Volume: Full RCS (including Pzr) pzr) (ft3) 9591 Page Page 33 of of33 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT SHARED SHARED OPERATING PROCEDURE UOP-4.0 UNIT OPERATING APPENDIX 11 APPENDIX 1.0 1.0 Purpose The purpose of the Shutdown Safety Assessment is to provide a means for evaluating the safety condition of the plant when in Modes 4,5,6 4, 5, 6 or de-fueled and to provide appropriate contingency actions. (CR 2004102447) 2.0 Definitions 2.1 Green Condition - The plant is fully capable of performing the associated safety function.

    2.2 plants ability to perform the associated safety function is Yellow Condition - The plant's reduced but is at an acceptable level.

    2.3 plants ability to perform the associated safety function Orange Condition - The plant's has been severely reduced and steps should be taken to minimize the amount of time in this condition.

    2.4 plants ability to perform the associated safety function is in Red Condition - The plant's jeopardy and steps must be taken immediately to correct the cause of the condition.

    2.5 Source Range Instrumentation Available - The audible count rate and at least one indication of source range counts (preferably NR-45) are available to indicate a dilution of the RCS.

    2.6 RCS Intact Below the Vessel Flange - No opening exist which would result in spillage if the RCS level was raised to the vessel flange.

    2.7 2.7 One or More SGs Available - A S/G is available to remove heat if the tubes are

    - are filled and vented, the wide range level is> is ~ 75%, a steam steam flow path to the atmosphere can be made available with minor valve manipulations and a means of of adding water to the S/G via the auxiliary feed water system exists.exists. The S/G tubes are are considered and vented if considered filled and if the RCS has been been maintained maintained greater greater than or or equal equal to 100 psig to 100 psig since since the the last last RCS RCS fill andand vent.

    vent.

    2.8 2.8 RHR Subsystems Subsystems Available - The RHR

    - RHR system is capable of removing heat heat from the the RCS.

    RCS.

    Page Page 1I of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03 :44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II 2.9 2.9 One DIG One Available - The D/G Available - The selected selected DIG DIG is is capable capable of of being being started started (either (either manually or manually or automatically) automatically) and and supplying supplying 41604160 VV power power to to its its respective respective bus.

    bus.

    2.10 2.10 Equipment Hatch Equipment Hatch & Airlocks Capable

    & Airlocks Capable of of Being Being Closed Closed onon Short Short Notice Notice - The The equipment hatch equipment hatch meets meets this definition definition when when the MCRT is the MCRT is established.

    established. TheThe personnel and personnel and aux airlocks meet aux airlocks meet this definition when this definition when aa routine routine check check ofof the the hoses hoses and cables going and going through the airlocks airlocks reveals that at least one door door in each airlock can be closed in less than the current time to boil. (AI (Al 2008207932) 2.11 HHSI Pump I/ Flow Path Available - A charging

    - charging pump is capable capable of of injecting injecting from the RWST which contains> 50,000 water into the RCS from 50,000 gallons of water.water.

    Only minor valve manipulations manipulations are required.

    2.12 LHSI Pump I Flow Path Available - A RHR pump is capable of injecting water Pump/Flow -

    into the RCS from the RWST which contains> 50,000 gallons of water. Only manipulations are required.

    minor valve manipulations 2.13 Based on the unit outage, boration flow paths via charging pumps and ECCS injection lines are determined using the guidance of Table 4 of FNP-I-STP-2.1 FNP-1-STP-2.1 FNP-2-STP-OR FNP-2-STP-2.l 2.l ,BORON

    , BORON INJECTION FLOW PATH VERIFICATION VERIFICATION AND BORIC ACID TRANSFER PUMP OPERABILITY OPERABILITY TEST, MODES 5 & &6 FNP-1-STP-3.2 OR FNP-2-STP-3.2, AND by a current FNP-I-STP-3.2 FNP-2-STP-3.2, BORATED WATER OPERABILITY TEST MODE 5, SOURCE OPERABILITY 6.

    5,6.

    Additionally, Normal charging can be considered an available boration flow path Additionally, under the following conditions:

    2.13.1 QIE2IMOV8IO7 and QIE21MOV8108 QIE21MOV8107 Q1E2IMOV8IO8 are open, OR Q2E21MOV8IO7 and Q2E21MOV8108 Q2E21MOV8107 Q2E21MOV8IO8 are open.

    2.13.2 With one of the following charging pump requirements met.

    • IA or 2A Charging Pump available
    • B Charging Pump Available with Ql IIB E2 1 MOV8 I 32A and B QIE21MOV8132A B open, OR 2B Charging Pump Available with Q2E2 Q2E2IMOV8132A I MOV8 I 32A and B B open
    • 1C IC Charging pump available with QIE2IMOV8 QIE21MOV8132A I32A and B B open, OR 2C Charging pump available with Q2E2IMOV8 Q2E21 MOV8132A I32A and B B open Page 22 of Page of 118 8 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03 11113/09 12:03:44

    44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I 3.0 3.0 Precautions and Precautions and Limitations Limitations 3.1 3.1 The Shift The Shift Supervisor Supervisor will will evaluate evaluate the the affect affect of of removing removing shutdown shutdown safety safety equipment from equipment service. If from service. If proposed proposed changes changes toto the the schedule schedule appear appear toto reflect reflect aa reduction in reduction in the the key key safety safety functions, functions, refer refer the the proposed proposed changes changes to the Outage to the Outage Manager for Manager for assessment assessment per FNP-0-AP-94, FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY, SAFETY, prior to implementing the changes.

    3.2 appropriate AOP-40 series The appropriate series procedure will be implemented implemented upon unexpected into or entry into or discovery of the existence of a Red, Orange or Yellow condition.

    3.3 Intentional entry into a red condition must be approved by the Plant Manager and documented per FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY. FNP's FNPs current position is that the plant will not be intentionally placed in this condition.

    FNPs commitment to NUMARC 91-06.

    Review FNP's 9 1-06.

    3.4 Intentional entry into an orange condition must be approved by the Outage Manager or his designee prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.

    3.5 Intentional entry into a yellow condition must be approved by the Shift Manager or Operations Superintendent prior to entry into that condition.

    3.6 Notify the Outage Manager immediately if a red condition or an unexpected orange condition exists.

    4.0 Instructions NOTE: ** The Shutdown Safety Assessment form may be a two-side copy. copy .

    • The Shift Supervisor will ensure that the appropriate Shutdown Safety Assessment Form is completed at about 0200 and 1400 when in Mode 4, Mode 5, Mode 6 or defueled. (CR 2004102447) 4.1 Obtain a copy of the appropriate Shutdown Safety Assessment form. For modes 5, 6, and defueled use Figure 1A IA and for mode 4 use Figure 1lB. B.

    4.2 Fill in in the header information on on the form.

      • Unit Unit
    • Prepared By By
      • Date Date
      • Time Time Page of 18 Page 33 of 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03 :44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1I APPENDIX 4.3 4.3 IF in IF in mode mode 55 or or 6, THEN determine 6, THEN determine thethe time time toto saturation saturation for existing plant for existing plant conditions using the conditions using the IPC IPC (preferred)

    (preferred) or or FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 Table Table AA or or B.B. Enter Enter time time on Figure on Figure 11A A ofofAppendix Appendix 1.I.

    4.4 4.4 Evaluate the Evaluate the criteria criteria listed listed below below each each Shutdown Shutdown Safety Function as Safety Function as follows.

    follows.

    NOTE:

    NOTE: Refer to Refer Definitions to to Definitions to assist assist inin the the evaluation evaluation as as appropriate.

    appropriate.

    I 4.4.1 4.4.1 IF the IF the reactor reactor isis defueled, defueled, THEN N/ N/A blanks for the blanks A the for all all Safety Safety Functions except Functions except power power availability availability and and spent spent fuel fuel cooling.

    cooling.

    4.4.2 criteria is met, THEN place aa 1I in its IF the criteria its blank oror use the the number/range of number/range of numbers listed in in (().

    ).

    4.4.3 IF the criteria is NOT met, THEN place a 0 in its blank.

    4.4.4 For each individual Safety Function add up the numbers in the blanks corresponding to the subtotal.

    and circle the condition corresponding 4.5 IF an unexpected Red, Orange or Yellow condition is determined to exist, THEN implement the appropriate AOP-40 series procedure referenced on the Shutdown Safety Assessment form.

    4.6 IF a yellow or orange condition exists that result in a single train available, THEN place a caution sign concerning equipment required for a safe shutdown condition at the applicable locations per the following:

    4.6.1 Use Figure 2 to determine posting requirements requirements..

    4.6.2 Check the box on Figure IA 1A or lB1B to indicate the review of the Figure 22 posting requirements {A1 {AI 2001203573 2001203573}. ).

    4.7 4.7 If a red, orange, or yellow condition currently exists for any Safety Safety Function due to an intentional intentional entry, verify 4.7.1 4.7.1 Appropriate Appropriate approval per per FNP-0-AP-9 FNP-0-AP-94 has been 4 has been obtained, obtained, andand 4.7.2 4.7.2 Contingency Contingency Actions Actions per per Table Table I1 have been performed have been performed for for the the affected affected Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Functions.

    Functions.

    Page Page 44 of of 118 8 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I 4.8 4.8 Evaluate the Evaluate the activities activities planned planned for for the the next next 12 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> hours to to determine determine if if the the plant plant may may enter aa red, orange, or potentially enter or yellow condition.

    4.8.1 4.8.1 jf intentional entry into IF into aa red red condition is expected THEN entry must be approved by the Nuclear Plant Plant General Manager andand documented documented per FNP-0-AP-94, FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE NUCLEAR SAFETY. FNP's FNPs current current position is is that the plant will not be intentionally placed in this condition. Review FNPs commitment to NUMARC 91-06.

    FNP's 4.8.2 fl intentional entry into an orange condition is expected THEN IF A. Entry must be approved by the Outage Manager or his designee prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.

    B. Perform the Contingency Actions in Table 2 for the affected Shutdown Safety Function(s).

    4.8.3 IF intentional entry into a yellow condition is expected THEN j!

    A. Entry must be approved by the Shift Manager or Operations Superintendent prior to entry into that condition and documented per FNP-0-AP-94.

    B. Perform the Contingency Actions in Table 2 for the affected Shutdown Safety Function(s).

    4.9 Post the Shutdown Safety Assessment at the following locations.

    • Control Room
    • Entrance to the PAP
    • Entrance to the SAP (only required if SAP opened for protected area access)
    • Outage Control Center 5.0 References 4.1 NUMARC 991-06, 1-06, Guidelines Guidelines For For Industry Actions To Assess Shutdown Shutdown Management.

    4.2 4.2 IOCFR5O.65 10CFR50.65 (a)(4)

    (a)(4) 4.3 4.3 NUMARC NUMARC 93-01,93-01, Section Section 11, 11, Assessment Assessment of of Risk Risk Resulting Resulting from Performance Performance ofof Maintenance Maintenance Activities, Activities, February February 2, 2, 2000.

    2000.

    4.4 4.4 FNP-0-AP-94, FNP-0-AP-94, OUTAGE OUTAGE NUCLEAR NUCLEAR SAFETY.SAFETY.

    Page Page 55 of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113109 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I Figure lA Figure IA SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT (Modes (Modes 5,5, 66 and and Defueled)

    Defueled)

    Unit:

    Unit:_ Prepared 8y:

    Prepared _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date:

    By:_________________ Date:_ _ _ _Time:___

    Time:______ App-l, App-I, Fig Fig 22 Evaluated Evaluated 0El SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/

    FUNCTION! CRITERIA CRITERIA CONDITION CONDITION (No/False=O, (No/False Yes/TrueI, 0, Yes/True Use number 1, Use number within range when required) ~,

    (Circle (Circle Condition)

    Condition)

    REACTIVITY REACTIVITY Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP I.

    1. No Core Alterations in Core Alterations in Progress Progress 0-1 0-1 RED RED 41 41 2.
    2. Number of Boration Flow Paths (0, of Boration (0, I,1, 2)
    2) (Ref (Ref step 2.13) step 2.13) 22 ORANGE ORANGE 41 41 3.
    3. RCS Boron: CSDfRefueling Concentration Boron: CSO/Refueling Concentration 3-4 34 YELLOW 41 41 4.
    4. Source Range Source Instrumentation Available Range Instrumentation Available 55 GREEN GREEN (GREEN (GREEN if if Defueled)

    Defueled)

    Subtotal Reactivity Subtotal Reactivity CORE COOLING CORE COOLING Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP 1.

    1. z 22 SGs AAvailvail with loops filled (Ref step 2.7) 0-1 RED 42
    2. Cavity levelz 1529 level 152'9" 2-32-3 ORANGE 42 4 YELLOW 42
    3. RHR Subsystems Available (0, I1 or 2) 2':5 GREEN GREEN
    4. level 126' RCS levelz 126 6" 6

    (GREEN (GREEN if if Defueled)

    Defueled) 5.

    5. saturation > 30 Time to saturation> 30 minutes OR RCS press> 325 325 psig with at at least least one RCP available for operation and at least one SG available Core Cooling Subtotal POWER AVAILABILITY Subtotal Condition AOP I.
    1. I "A"A Train OG DG Available 0-2 RED 43
    2. I1 "B" B Train DG Available 33 ORANGE 43
    3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT) 4-5 45 YELLOW 43 6 GREEN
    4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT)
    5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, (0. I1 or 2)

    Power Availability Subtotal CONTAINMENT CO NT AINMENT Subtotal Condition AOP

    1. Refueling Integrity Set 0-1 RED 44
    2. CTMT Closure Set 2-4 ORANGE 44
    3. No Core Alterations in Progress (2 pts) 5-6 YELLOW 44 Equipment Hatch & & Air Locks Closed or Capable of Being Closed on 77 GREEN 4.

    Short Notice (GREEN if Defueled) Defucled)

    5. RCSlevel RCS 126 6" levelz 126' 6 (3 pts)

    Containment Subtotal INVENTORY Subtotal Condition AOP I.

    1. Refueling Cavity z 23 Feet (142l) (142'1") Above Fuel Fuel 00 RED 45
    2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath PumplFlowpath Available I1 ORANGE ORANGE 45 45 3.
    3. HHSI Pump/Flowpath Pump/Flowpath Available 22 YELLOW 45
    4. RCS is Intact below the Reactor Vessel Flange 3-4 3-4 GREEN (GREEN if ifDefueled)

    Defueled)

    Inventory Subtotal RCS INTEGRITY INTEGRITY Subtotal Subtotal Condition AOP AOP I.

    1. All S/G Manways or All S/G or Nozzle Dams Installed Nozzle Dams Installed 0-1 0-I ORANGE ORANGE 46 46
    2. RCS isis Intact below the Reactor Vessel Vessel Flange Flange 22 YELLOW YELLOW 46 46 3.
    3. Pressurizer level Pressurizer level << 100%

    100% 33 GREEN GREEN (GREEN if (GREEN ifDefue1ed)

    Defueled)

    RCS Integrity Subtotal RCS Integrity SPENT SPENT FUEL FUEL COOLING COOLING Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP AOP 1.

    1. level z 23 SFP level SFP 23 feet (1516)

    (151 '6") above above fuel fuel (4 (4 pts) pts) 0-4 0-4 RED RED 47 47 2.

    2. A Tm Tm SFP SFP Cooling Cooling available available 55 ORANGE ORANGE 47 47
    3. BB Tm SFP Cooling Tm SFP Cooling available available 66 YELLOW YELLOW 47 47 3.

    77 GREEN GREEN 4.

    4. z 22 SFP SFP Makeup Makeup Sources Sources (RWST, (RWST, DW, OW, RMW RMW to to Blender, Blender, Boric Boric Acid Acid to to Blender, Blender, RHT RHT to to transfer transfer canal canal with with weir weir gate gate removed) removed)

    SFP SFP Subtotal Subtotal Time Time to saturation Jf to saturation IF core core cooling cooling were were lost:lost: nours hours minutes minutes Page Page 66 ofof 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 1111310912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I FIGURE IB FIGURE lB SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY ASSESSMENTASSESSMENT (Mode (Mode 4) 4)

    Unit:_ _ Prepared Unit Prepared By: By:________________

    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date: Date:_ _ _ _Time:___Time:______ App-l, App-I, Fig Fig 22 Evaluated Evaluated 0 SHUTDOWN SAFETY SHUTDOWN SAFETY FUNCTION/

    FUNCTION! CRITERIA CRITERIA CONDITION CONDITION (Circle Condition)

    (Circle Condition)

    (No/FalseO, Yes/True=

    (No/False=O, YeslTrue=1, 1, Use number within range range when when required) required)

    REACTIVITY REACTIVITY Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition AOP I. No

    1. No positive positive reactivity reactivity changes changes in Progress in Progress --- 0-1 0-1 RED RED 41 41
    2. Number
    2. Number of Boration Flow of Boration Flow Paths Paths (0, (0, 1, 2) (Ref
    1. 2) (Ref step step 2.13) 2.13) --- 22 ORANGE ORANGE 41 41
    3. RCS
    3. RCS Boron:

    Boron: CSO CSD boron boron concentration concentration 3-4 3-4 YELLOW YELLOW 41 41

    4. Number of Source Range Instrumentation Available 5 GREEN Reactivity Subtotal Reactivity ---

    CORE COOLING Subtotal Condition AOP AOP I.

    1. 22 SGs SGs Available (2 (2 pts if2 if 2 S/G's S/Gs Available (Ref (Ref step step 2.7) --- 0-1 RED 42
    2. Subsystems Available (0, RHR Subsystems (0, 1I or or 2) --- 2-3 ORANGE 42
    3. PRZ level within normal operating band 4 YELLOW 42
    4. Margin > 16° F RCS Subcooling Margin> --- 25 GREEN Core Cooling Subtotal ---

    POWER A AVAILABILITY VAILABILITY Subtotal Condition AOP

    1. 11 "A" A Train OGDG Available 0-2 RED 43
    2. 11 "B" B Train OGDG Available

    --- 33 ORANGE 43

    3. F 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to A SUT) ---

    4-5 YELLOW 43

    4. G 4160 V BUS normal (Aligned to B SUT) --- 6 GREEN
    5. 2 Feeds available to the HV Switchyard (0, (0. 11 or 2) ---

    Power Availability Subtotal ---

    CONTAINMENT Subtotal Condition AOP

    1. CTMT Integrity meets tech spec requirements ---

    0-1 RED 44

    2. RCS borated to cold shutdown boron concentration (2 pts) ---

    2-4 ORANGE 44

    3. CTMT Cooling tech spec are met (3 pts) 5-6 YELLOW 44 Containment Subtotal 6 GREEN INVENTORY Subtotal Condition AOP
    1. PRZ level within normal operating band

    --- 00 RED 45

    2. LHSI Pump/Flowpath Available 1I ORANGE 45
    3. HHSI Pump/Flowpath Available 22 YELLOW 45
    4. Normal make-up capability available 3-4 3-4 GREEN Inventoiy Inventory Subtotal ---

    RCS INTEGRITY Subtotal Condition AOP I.

    1. LTOP LTOP TECH TECH SPEC SPEC METMET ---

    0-1 0-1 ORANGE ORANGE 46

    2. RCS/PRZ RCS/PRZ cooldown cooldown rate << tech spec allowable 22 YELLOW YELLOW 46 46 3.
    3. Pressurizer operable operable perper tech specs specs --- 33 GREEN RCS RCS Integrity Integrity Subtotal Subtotal SPENT SPENT FUEL FUEL COOLING COOLING Subtotal Subtotal Condition Condition I.
    1. SFP SFP level level 2 23 23 feet (151 (151 6)

    '6") above above fuel fuel (4(4 pts) pts) --- 0-4 0-4 RED RED 47 47 2.

    2. AA Tm Trn SFP SFP Cooling Cooling 55 ORANGE ORANGE 47 47 3.
    3. BB Tm SFP Cooling Trn SFP Cooling 66 YELLOW YELLOW 47 47 44 22 SFP Makeup 2 SFP Makeup Sources (RWST, DW, Sources (RWST, OW, RMW RMW to Blender, Boric to Blender, Boric --- 77 GREEN GREEN Acid to Blender, Acid to Blender, RHT RHT to transfer canal to transfer canal with with weir gate removed) weir gate removed)

    SFP SFP Subtotal Subtotal Page Page 77 of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I Figure 22 Figure Yellow/Orange Condition Yellow/Orange Condition Signs Signs Required Required for for Single Single Train Train Availability Availability

    1. f required by step IF step 4.6, THEN place caution caution signs signs at applicable location location specified specified in for Unit 11 or Table 2 for or Table Table 33 for Unit Unit 2.

    2.

    2.

    2. Signs should be worded Signs should worded similar similar to to the following:

    following:

    TRAIN OUTAGE IN PROGRESS NO WORK IS TO BE DONE ON THE TRAIN CALL EXT.

    C&LEXT.

    3. Complete Table 2 or 3 to document the review of posting requirements.

    3.1 3.J Mark as N/A N/A any components which are not required to be posted for the given yellow or orange condition.

    3.2 Post signs at the applicable locations and initial the appropriate block of Table 2 or 3.

    3.3 When the yellow/orange condition no longer exists, ensure the signs have been removed and initial the appropriate block of Table 2 or 3.

    Page Page 88 of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03 :44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX II TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange or Yellow Yellow condition.

    condition.

    Reactivity Orange Condition Contingency Actions for Entry Reactivity 1.

    1. Voluntary entry into a Reactivity Orange condition is not anticipated.

    Reactivity Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry 1.

    1. Verify Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual requirements are met and will continue to be met for boron concentration, boration flow path, and source range instrumentation.

    Page Page 99 of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to Shutdown Safety to aa Shutdown Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange Yellow condition.

    or Yellow condition.

    Core Cooling Core Orange Condition Cooling Orange Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions for for Entry Entry NOTE: entry into a core cooling Orange condition is not normally foreseen Voluntary entry foreseen for evolutions evolutions other than Mid LoopLoop Operations or other reduced inventory down for evolutions (e.g. drain down for reactor vessel head lift). Under certain plant conditions with time to saturation ~ 30 min.,mm., an orange condition may be encountered.

    1. IF Orange condition entry is being made as part of Mid Loop Operations, THEN ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 of FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR QE FNP-2-UOP-4.3, FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, OPERATIONS, Compensatory measures in Appendix 3 of have been met, including the Mid-Loop Compensatory FNP-l-UOP-4.l OR FNP-2-UOP-4.1, FNP-I-UOP-4.1 FNP-2-UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING CONTROLLING PROCEDUREPROCEDURE FOR REFUELING.

    REFUELING.

    2. IF orange condition entry is due to certain plant conditions, with time to saturation

    ~ 30 minutes, THEN ensure the contingency actions specified in the memo for compensatory measures for RCS level at the reactor vessel flange as required by compensatory FNP-1-UOP-4.11 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.1, Appendix 33 of FNP-I-UOP-4. FNP-2-UOP-4.1, CONTROLLING CONTROLLING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE REFUELING, have been met. These same contingency actions are applicable for FOR REFUELING, non-refueling outages when RCS level is at the reactor vessel flange in these conditions.

    Core Cooling Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry

    1. Ensure both trains of RHR are operable if in Mode 6 prior to lowering refueling cavity level to <23

    < 23 feet (142l)

    (142' 1") above the fuel.

    Page Page 10 of 18 10 of 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE TABLE 1I Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry toto aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange or Yellow Yellow condition.

    condition.

    Power Availability Orange Power Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions For For Entry Entry 1.

    1. Verify RCS level ~ 126' 126 6"6 prior to voluntary Orange condition entry.
    2. Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.2.
    3. Based on the unit outage, as a minimum, ensure the Unit I1 or Unit 2 F OR ORG G 4160V Bus is maintained with:
    • An offsite power feed through its associated startup transformer.
    • An operable charging pump in the boration flow path
    • An operable BA BATP BATP TP if a BA TP is required as part of the boration flow path
    4. IF the head is on the reactor vessel, THEN at least one PRZR PORV is operable with iF backup nitrogen available for use in feed and spill cooling in the event that RHR is lost.

    Notify the Shift Manager, Alabama Control Center (ACC), or outside SO as appropriate to ensure that no work is in progress that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power and to ensure that no such work is started while this Orange condition exists.

    5. Ensure that no work is in progress in the low voltage switchyard that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power.
    6. Notify EMEM supervisory supervisory personnel personnel of AC power conditions and requirements and direct their personnel (including appropriate Williams and EFS personnel) be briefed on these these conditions and and requirements.

    7.

    7. Install Caution Install Caution Tags Tags or place barricades or place as appropriate barricades as appropriate toto identify identify components components such such as as ESF bus ESF bus feeder breaker, breaker, DGs, DGs, DG output breakers DG output breakers andand bus bus tie tie breakers, breakers, and and startup startup transformer associated associated with the ESF with the ESF bus be maintained bus to be maintained operable.

    Page Page 11 11 of of 1188 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03 11113/09 12:03:44

    44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange or Yellow condition.

    Yellow condition.

    Power Availability Yellow Power Condition Contingency Yellow Condition Contingency Actions Actions For For Entry I.

    1. level 126' Verify RCS level;::: 126 6" 6 prior to voluntary Yellow condition entry.
    2. Refer to Technical Specification 3.8.2.
    3. Based on the unit outage, as a minimum, ensure the Unit 1I or Unit 2 F OR G 4160V 41 60V Bus is maintained with:
    • An offsite power feed through its associated startup transformer.
    • An operable charging pump in the boration flow path
    • An operable BABATP BATP TP if a BA TP is required as part of the boration flow path
    4. IF the head is on the reactor vessel, THEN at least one PRZR PORV is operable with backup nitrogen available for use in feed and spill cooling in the event that RHR is lost.
    5. Ensure that no work is in progress in the low voltage switchyard that could adversely affect the operable train of AC power.
    6. Notify EM supervisory personnel of AC power power conditions and requirements and direct their personnel (including (including appropriate Williams and EFS personnel) be briefed on these conditions and requirements.

    Page Page 12 of 118 12 of 8 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Yellow Orange or Yellow condition.

    condition.

    Containment Orange Containment Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions For For Entry Entry

    1. Verify no core alterations in progress or planned.
    2. IF Orange condition entry is being made as part of Mid Loop Operations, THEN base on the unit outage ensure the requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 of FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR Q FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, have been met.

    Containment Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry I.

    1. Not applicable.

    Page Page 13 13 of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 11 TABLE 11 TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for Voluntary Entry for Voluntary Entry to to aa Shutdown Shutdown Safety Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange or Yellow Yellow condition.

    condition.

    Inventory Orange Inventory Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions For For Entry Entry 1.

    1. Voluntary entry into an Inventory Orange condition is not anticipated.

    Inventory Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry 1.

    I. Ensure both trains ofRHR of RHR are operable before reducing refueling cavity level to <<23 23 feet above fuel.

    2. If entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage, ensure the IF FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, requirements of FNP-I-UOP-4.3 FNP-2-UOP-4.3, have been met.
    3. Specifications before removing RHR or HHSI systems Refer to applicable Technical Specifications from service.

    Page Page 14 14 of of 18 18 Version Version 36.0 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03 11/13/09 12:03:44

    44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 11 TABLE 11 TABLE Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Contingency Actions Required for Voluntary Entry Entry to Shutdown Safety to aa Shutdown Safety Assessment Assessment Orange or Orange or Yellow condition.

    Yellow condition.

    RCS Integrity RCS integrity Orange Orange Condition Condition Contingency Contingency Actions Actions ForFor Entry Entry 1.1. IF entry isis due IF entry due to to Mid Mid Loop Loop Operations, Operations, THEN THEN basedbased on on the the unit unit outage outage ensure ensure the the requirements of of FNP-I-UOP-4.3 FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OROR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, FNP-2UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS,OPERATIONS, have been met.

    met.

    2.

    2. WHEN SG cold leg manways are to be opened OR cold leg nozzle nozzle dams are to be removed, THEN verify that at least one hot leg manway, diaphragm, and nozzle dam has been previously removed.

    integrity Yellow Condition Contingency Actions For Entry RCS Integrity I.

    1. IF entry is due to Mid Loop Operations, THEN based on the unit outage ensure the 11 of FNP-1-UOP-4.3 OR FNP-2-UOP-4.3, requirements ofFNP-I-UOP-4.3 FNP-2-UOP-4.3, MID LOOP OPERATIONS, OPERATIONS, have been met.
    2. WHEN SG cold leg manways are to be opened Q OR cold leg nozzle dams are to be removed, THEN verify that at least one hot leg manway, diaphragm, and nozzle dam has been previously removed.

    Page Page 1515 of of 1818 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX 1I APPENDIX TABLE 1I TABLE Contingency Actions Contingency Actions Required Required for for Voluntary Voluntary Entry Entry to Shutdown Safety to aa Shutdown Safety Assessment Assessment Orange condition.

    Yellow condition.

    or Yellow Orange or Spent Fuel Spent Fuel Cooling Cooling Orange Condition Contingency Orange Condition Contingency Actions Actions for for Entry Entry 1.

    1. Voluntary entry into an Orange condition is not anticipated.

    Spent Fuel Cooling Yellow Condition Contingency Actions for Entry I.

    1. Verify that at least one train of SFP cooling and at least one makeup source are maintained operable.
    2. Ensure that operating train SFP HX outlet temperature is being monitored every four hours on Rad Side SO logs.

    Page Page 16 16 of of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/0912:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 22 TABLE Protected Train Protected Train Postings Postings Unit Unit 1I Components Components Sign Sign Posted Posted Sign Sign Removed Removed Initials Initials Initials Initials Charging Pump Charging Pump lA I A (B,C)

    (B,C)

    RHR Pump RHR Pump lAIA (B)

    (B)

    CCW Pump CCW Pump 1AIA (B,C)

    (B,C)

    BATP 1A(B}

    BATP 1A (B)

    Generator 1-2A Diesel Generator 1-2A (1 (IC, 2C, 1IB, C, 2C, B, 2B)

    SFP Cooling lA IA TRN (B TRN) 4160 V Buses F and K (Buses G and L)

    Aux Bldg DC Swgr, A TRN (B TRN)

    Aux Bldg Battery, A TRN (B TRN)

    SW Pumps 1A IA (B, C, D, E)

    SW Valve Boxes Start Up Transformers 1I A, or 1I B Other Page 17 of Page 17 of 18 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    11/13/09 12:03:44 11113/09 12:03:44 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 FNP-0-UOP-4.0 APPENDIX APPENDIX 1I TABLE 33 TABLE Protected Train Protected Train Postings Postings Unit Unit 22 Components Components Sign Posted Sign Posted Sign Sign Removed Removed Initials Initials Initials Initials Charging Pump 2 (B,C)

    Charging (B,C)

    RFIR Pump 2 (B)

    RHR (B)

    CCW Pump 2 (B,C)

    BATP 2 (B) 1-2A (1 Diesel Generator 1-2A (IC, 2B))

    C, 2C, or 2B SFP Cooling A TRN (B TRN) 4160 V Buses F and K (Buses G and L)

    Aux Bldg DC Swgr, A TRN (B TRN)

    Aux Bldg Battery, A TRN (B TRN)

    SW Pumps 2A (B, C, D, E)

    SW Valve Boxes Start Up Transformers 2A or 2B Other Page Page 18of18 18 of 18 Version 36.0 Version 36.0

    FNP HL FNP HLT-33 T-33 ADMIN Page Page 11 of 77 A.2.1.A Equipment Control ADMIN -OOlA4.11-001A4.11- RO & & SRO HLT33-A.2.

    HL 1 .A T33-A.2.1.A TITLE: Perfonn TITLE: Perform A Shutdown Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1I & & 2.

    PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT~

    OLT X LOCT __

    LOCT___

    ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION EV ALUA TION LOCATION: SIMULATOR SIMULA TOR CONTROL ROOM --.lL X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA PRA______

    JPM DIRECTIONS:

    1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation perfonned I. performed individually upon completion of form.

    the task by reviewing the completed fonn.

    2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.

    TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

    • Determine if Adequate Shutdown Margin exists while in Mode 1, using STP-29.5.

    Detennine Examinee:

    Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

    EXAMINER: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

    Developer H. Fitzwater I 10/28/09 I NRC Approval I SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM ES-301-3

    FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A Page Page 22 ofof 77 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to begin, you to begin, you are are to to Determine Determine if if Shutdown Shutdown Margin Margin isis adequate adequate using using STP-29.5, STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN MODES 11 AND IN MODES AND 22 (TAVG (TAVG 2: 547°F),

    547°F), for for Unit Unit 1.

    1. The The conditions under which conditions under which this this task task is is to to be be perfonned performed are:

    are:

    a. Unit 1I is is stable stable at 90% with with the ramp on hold
    b. Bank D Bank D indicates indicates 192 192 by Group Demand.

    by Group Demand.

    c.

    c. Seven of Seven of the the Bank Bank D rods (H2, (H2, B8, H 14, F6, FlO, K H14, 10, K6) are K10, are atat 192 192 steps steps by D RPI.

    DRPI.

    d. Rod P8, in in the D bank, has been detennined determined to be stuck.
    e. Rod P8 is at 162 steps by DRPI.
    f. All other rods are at 229 steps.
    g. Core bumup burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU bumup. burnup.
    h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1I AND 2 (TA FNP-I-STP-29.5, (TAVGVG ~

    547°F), initial conditions are satisfied.

    i.

    1. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1.

    INITIATING CUE: You may begin."

    "You begin.

    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    START TIME NOTE: Elements 1I through 13 are evaluated by comparing the completed Calculation page to the values ranges and ran es of each element. The acceacceptable table res onses are ALSO listed on the calculation KEY.

    responses I. Step A.1:

    1. A.I: Document Core Burnup 1)

    I) Value entered: 9,800 MWD S I/ U S U

    2. Step A.2: Document Power Level 2) Value entered: 90 % entered S I/ U U

    FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A Page Page 33 of of 77 EVALUATI EVALUATION CHECKLIST ON CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

    STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    (CIRCLE)

    3. Step A.3;
    3. Step Determine penalty A.3: Determine penalty steps steps for for Banks Banks 3) Value
    3) Value entered; entered: ZERO ZERO (0) (0) SS/Uf U below RIL.

    below RIL. RNG: NONE)

    (RNG: NONE) a) Using COLR a) Using COLR figure figure 11 determines determines RIL RIL (a). Determines (a). Determines RILRIL from from COLR COLR for 90% power level.

    for 90% power level. ** CB Df RIL = 167 CBD/RIL=1 (165-67(165-170) 170) from from COLR.

    COLR.

    • CBC f RIL = FULL CBC/RIL=F ULLOUT OUT (or (or 229).

    229).

    b) Gathers b) data from Gathers data from Conditions Conditions page page (b). Documents given (b). Documents given Demand Demand positions

    • CB Df D/ Demand 192.192.
    • All others: Full All others; Full out out (or (or c) c) Determines penalty stepssteps per bank. 229)

    (c). Calculates difference

    • All values: 0 (RNG; (RNG: NONE)
      • 4. Step A.4: Determine number of penalty steps 4) Value entered: 5 f U SS/U for RODS below RIL (RNG; (RNG: 3-8) a) Determines stuck rod in CBD, Determines CBD RIL.R1L. (a). Determines RIL from COLR
    • P8 -7 CB Df RIL=167 P8-CBD/RlL = 167 (Range; (Range: 165-170) from b) Documents given Data for rod P-8 COLR.

    (b). Documents given data

    i. Rod # -7 P8 @ 162 I. Rod#-P8@16 2 c) Calculates difference (c). Calculates difference (c).

    (RIL - DRPI) = 5 (RNG:

    (RNG; 3-8)

    • 5. Step B.1:B.1; Determine Rod Worth for all 5) Value entered: 6268 pcm.
    5) S f U s/U control and shutdown bandsbands at Zero steps (range; NONE)

    (range: NONE) using given power and burnup:

    given power bumup:

    Uses Curve a) Uses Curve 77 pg 11 for 90%

    77 pg 90% power power and 1 0000MWD and 10000MWD 6.

    6. StepStep B.2:

    B.2: Calculate penalty value Calculate penalty value ofof rod rod banks banks 6) Value

    6) Value entered entered of of 00 (zero)

    (zero) pcm pcm S f U S/U

    • 7.7. Step B.3:

    Step B.3: Calculate Calculate penalty penalty value value ofof individual individual 7) Value

    7) Value entered entered of of 50 50 pcm pcm S f UU SI rods rods (range; 30-80)

    (range: 30-80)

    FNP HLT-33 FNP ADMIN HLT-33 ADMIN A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A Page Page 44 of of 77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

    STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    (CIRCLE)

      • 8. Step
    8. Step B.4.a; Determine most reactive Rod B.4.a; Determine 8) Value entered
    8) entered of of 1406 1406 pcm pcm SS I/ U worth (range: NONE)

    (range: NONE)

    From Curve 77 pg (a). From pg 22 for for ::::

    I 0000MWD.

    10000MWD.

      • 9. Step B.4.b; Calculate rod worth of 9) Value entered of3515 of 3515 S I U stuck/untrippable rod stuckluntrippable (RNG: 3515- 3516)

    (a). # of stuck: 11 rod (b). B.4.a: 1406.

    1406.

    (+11 I/ -0) value for various

    (+

    rounding technique effects)

      • 10. Step B.5; Calculate penalized rod worth 10)
    10) Value entered of: S I/ U

    (-)

    (-) 2432.7 NOTE: NEG (-) (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT IMPOR TANT FOR THIS CALCULA TIONlEvaluation TION/Evaluation (RNG: (-)2403 to (-) (-) 2451 2451))

    Transpose data from other steps:

    B.l: 6268 (a). B.I:6268 (b). B.2: 0 (c). B.3: 50 (d). B.4.b 3515.

    Calculate using equation.

    11. Step B.6; Determine power defect for given
    11. 11) Value entered of: SS I UU conditions 1634 pcm 1634 (RNG: NONE)

    (a). From Curve 78 for for::::

    0000MWD.

    110000MWD.

    FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A Page Page 55 ofof 77 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

    STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    (CIRCLE)

      • 12. Step
    12. Step B.8; B.8; Calculate Calculate available available Shutdown Shutdown 12)
    12) Value entered Value entered of:of: SS // U U Reactivity Reactivity (-) 748.7

    (-) 748.7 (RNG:

    (RNG: -718 -718 toto -767)

    -767)

    NOTE: NEG NOTE: NEG (-) (-) SIGN SIGN IS IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS IMPORTANT THIS CALCULA TION/Evaluation CALCULATIONlEvaluation (a). Transpose data:

    i.1. B.5: (-)

    (-) 2432.7 ii. B.6: 1634 iii. Calculate

    13) Value entered of: S / U 1021.3

    (+) 1021.3

    (+)

    RNG: 1003 to 1051)

    ((RNG:

    NOTE: POS (+) (+) SIGN IS IMPORTANT IMPOR TANT FOR THIS CALCULA TIONlEvaluation TION/Evaluation (a). Transpose data:

    i. B.8: (-) (-) 748.7 ii. Calculate NOTE: Element 15 is not required to be completed but is likely to be performed if initiated as a group/classroom setting, therefore it may be necessary to provide the following cue during group/classroom review/evaluation of work sheet:

    review/evaluation Is the SDM adequate?"

    CUE: "Is adequate?

    • 14. Step B.1O:

    B.I0: Identifies Need to Emergency 14) Notifies Shift Supervisor of SS / U U Borate need to Emergency Borate.

    OR OR OR Notifies SS that SDM is NOT adequate (does Reports SDM is NOT not meet acceptance criteria),

    criteria). adequate.

    15. completes task: 15) Completes sign off. SS / UU a) Signs and dates Calculation Sheet (a). Signs and dates form b) Initials step b) step 5.1 5.1 (b).lnitials step 5.1 (b ).Initials step 5.1 of of procedure.

    c) Asks for verification verification of of calculation I TERMINATE After calculation of Excess Shutdown LIMINATE Shutdown Margin AND element element 14 14 completed.

    completed.

    STOP TIME STOP TIME

    FNP HLT-33 ADMIN FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.2.1 .A A.2.1.A Page Page 66 of of 77 CRITICAL ELEMENTS  : Critical CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements areElements are denoted denoted with with an an asterisk (*)

    asterisk (*) before before the the element element number.

    number.

    GENERAL

    REFERENCES:

    GENERAL

    REFERENCES:

    I. FNP-I-STP-29.5,

    1. FNP-I-STP-29.5, VER4.0 VER4.O
    2. KA:
    2. 001A4.11 KA: 001A4.11 RO 3.5 RO 3.5 SRO SRO 4.1 4.1 GENERAL TOOLS GENERAL TOOLS ANDAND EQUIPMENT:

    EQUIPMENT:

    1.

    1. FNP-I-STP-29.5, ver FNP-I-STP-29.5, ver4.O 4.0
    2. PCB-VOLI-CRV77, Cycle 23 rev 88 PCB-VOLl-CRV77,
    3. PCB-VOLI-CRV78, Cycle 23 PCB-VOLl-CRV78, rev 8 23 rev 4.
    4. Unit 1, COLR for 1, COLR for FNP Unitl Unit I Cycle Cycle 23, 23, Rev 00 Figure 1.

    1.

    5.

    5. Pen/Pencil
    6. calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:

    STEP Evaluation 4-13 CRITICAL - Calculation completion; each step is critical in accurately determining available SDM and Excess SDM.

    15 CRITICAL - Task Objective; Identification that Acceptance Criteria NOT met and/or Emergency boration IS required to ensure corrective action is initiated and compliance with T.S. is restored.

    COMMENTS:

    COMMENTS:

    KEY A.

    A. PRESENT CONDITIONS PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1 A.I Core 19800 Burnup 19_80_0_

    Core Bumup .... ....IMWD/MTU IMWD/MTU A.2 A.2 Level.

    Power Level.

    Power 119090 II % °° A.3 A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.

    (Use COLR or convert the RIL RIL computer reading from % to steps)

    A.3.a Record data in in table ROD BANK RIL BANKRIL BANK STEPS BELOW BANKS HEIGHT DEMAND RIL ,....-

    CBA FULL OUT Full Out (229) 0 CBB 11l1 RT IT T I nT flTTT TT Full Out (229) 0 CBC Full Out(229) jFull Out(229)rI - - Full Out (229) 0 CBD 167 (166-170) I - - 0 j 192 SDA FULL FULL UUT OUT Full Out (229) 0 SDB FULL OUT Full Out (229) 0 TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL :LII I... _ _ _ _

    0 II :

    ---..I RANGE for CBD RIL:

    LO: Readability of COLR RIL curve may allow allow as low as 165 steps; although this is <than

    < than the curve limit of 166.9, 166.9, if calculated. The assumptions within the curve development provides for this readability error.

    HI:

    HI: conservatism conservatism allowed by P&L 4.1 may byP&L4.1 be instituted and maybe and a value of up to value of 170 may be selected since the specific value between the Y-axis 170 steps may increments may not be calculated.

    Page Page 1I of of33 Revision 44 Revision

    KEY A.4 uetermine riuniber 01 penaity steps ror 1ULTh oeiow iciL wnicn were not countea in A.i (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)

    (Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)

    A.4.a Record data A.4.a Record data inin table table ROD NUMBER ROD NUMBER I RIL POSITION I DRPI RIL POSITION POSITION I DIFFERENCE DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE

    ~ P8 P8 167 167 (+3,-2)

    (+3,-2) 162 162 55 (3-8)

    (3-8) ~

    TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL I155 (RANGE 3-8)

    IL_1ANGE3-8)

    L.._

    I.

    B. SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & & 78 directly into the surveillance test.

    The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.

    B. I B.l Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A. (A.l) Power Level

    1) and Power Level (A.2).

    (A.2). :I ~_~"'1-6-2-6-8-""lp:~-:

    () 16268 I pcm i (Curve L __________ _

    77 Page 1) 1 I L

    B.2 B.2 Penalty value of rod banks banks below insertion limit:

    o

    [o (A.3.a)

    (A.3.a) steps x 75 steps 75 pcm/step pcm/step =

    =

    B.3 B.3 Penalty Penalty value value ofof individual individual rods rods below below RIL RIL which which were were not not counted counted inin A.3 A.3 r--~;w.£...QIi:,~ RIL (1?rdc li1-vij1 RIL onon DRPI DRPI when when the the BANK BANK demand demand isis above above RIL)

    RIL) 55 I r r------------

    (RANGE (RANGE 3-8) s 1

    3-8)__ s xx 10 pcm/step ==

    10 pcm/step I_ _

    (+)j I (+) 50 50 em:

    cm (A.4.a)

    (A.4.a) 138) ___ J (RNG 30-80) i Page 22 of Page of33 Revision 44 Revision

    B.4 B.4 Stuck I/ Untrippable Stuck Untrippable Rod is (B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b (B.4.a N/A and Rod penalty:

    B.4.b is penalty:

    is zero zero if KEY if there there are are nono stuck/untrippable stuck/untrippable rods)

    I rods)

    B.4.a Worth of B.4.a from Curve of most reactive rod worth at at present burnup (A.1) (A.l) (-)J (_)j14061406 ipcm Ipcm from Curve 77 pg. pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate B.4.b Calculate worth worth of of Stuckluntrippable Stuckluntrippable rods rods

    (( EJStuck!

    1 xx() (-)~ 1406 I k 1.75]

    1.75] +

    + [(_)1

    [()

    1406 1406 0 75] == (_) 3S1S xxO.75]

    3515 range:

    ran e 3S1S 3515 to 3S16 3516

    ( Stucki

    (# (B.4.a) (B.4.a)

    (B.4.a) 246 o

    4 untripPj ii untripp osto r,:,24QO~5)tq~~~1] ..*.. . ....... + -1054.5 to -1055]

    (( -1054.5to -1055] =:

    I  :.;X[~5~,~9It35161

    [35150R3516J B.5 Penalized rcfrT'~"""~~mm~.,.;MIMT!"""""""'~~I"IT'I"i~---I rdu WUI LII UH.IU11H LUIJUHL1LppauI IUU, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:

    50 I ...-------,- .,

    r--"'~~-.......Lrl,;;;(--;;J,._).!:16=2:::::68:::::::::::::!.I..:.+~lo:;:::!.1 I El ~+..L,~~~0~-~80.;...)~(_) ~~~~O) xx 0.9 3515

    [(_) +

    + (30-80) (+1, ..Oj 1I

    ( )

    (-) 2432.7 range:

    (-)

    1 ( ) -2403 to -2451 to-2451 In:

    LL_ _ "'___ _ _ _ H268+$(}+3~15)"'O.97'~10~;~:I;)\<}.>>)ri>r~(;;).(;

    l6268+80+3515]*0.9 = 2405.7 *.,) *. l.. (B.4.

    (B.4.b) b)

    • 09 = 2403.9 (Round down to 2403)*LO

    [-6268+80+3517] .~().~.*724~3.~*tJt~W!~qo~p~~40~1*:LO

    £-(j26.8+8.0+35)7J

    [_6268+30+3515]*0.9 = *. 2450~!@()uti(f:UP)tO~~451)*(hi)

    H268+3(}+3515]"'(}19.;,;,* 2450.7 (Round up to 2451) (hi) l-6268+30+35 171 *0.9= ...,9.;..b_*.~

    • 4......8....9_*". . . . . . . . ................H.;..i~i...

    2448.9 L.[_-6_26_8_+_30_+_.35.;..1_7_l*_O ..... *******....

        • ..**.... )...........--Jl Burnup (A.

    nd Burnup (A. 11)) 1634 (Curve 78). (-)

    () 1 lpcm pcm B.7 Void Collapse Defect. (+)

    (+) 50 pcm B .8 B.8 Available Shutdown Reactivity:

    (-) 748.7

    (-) - - 1

    )[24327

    (()1-2432.7 L-

    [_ (_)---1.1_

    (_) 11634163_4 _ . . 1 - +

    I + 50 Range:

    -719 to -7670-767.0 pcmlI pcnl 1

    (B.5) (B.6) (B.7)

    B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 - Required SDM from the COLR):

    r - - - - - - - - - - -I 1-748.7 1-748.7 i(+/-)102131:

    1 (+) 1021.3 1 a~,==~L...... pcm () - (-) 1770 1770 pcm 1 ( Range: 1003 1003 ~m m 1 (B.8) Required SDM to _

    tolOSi 1..._ ...... IOS1

    _ __ I L...________

    from the the COLR CO LR B.

    B.1O 10 If IfB.9 B.9 is positive, THEN THEN emergency emergency borate per FNP-l-AOP-27.0, FNP-I-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY

    ...--~~-~-

    EmergencyB~ration Emergency Boration BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown IS required .

    ISrequired . Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition. condition.

    May also state DATE--

    DA TE-- EIenent Element 15-if IS-if Signed-- element Signed-- element 15-I S- if if assumes/states May.also state that that aa Per forme d by.

    assumes/states assumes/states Performed by: ____Emerg

    _ Emerg Boration Boration completed completed Rx trip Rx tripmaymay he be rrnt, warranted (P&L43). emergency emergency boration boration completed completed Verified by:

    Verified by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

    Page 33 of Page of3 3 Revision 44 Revision

    Westinghouse Proprietary Westinghouse Class 22 Proprietary Class PCB-l-VOU-CRV77 PCB-1-VOL1-CRV77 UNIT 11 CYCLE UNIT CYCLE 23 23 CURVE CURVE 77 77 Ij REV.~

    REV.

    KEY I

    ~~

    APPROVED:

    APPROVED: <?(~...e & Iv,.-

    ) pry".., C'7r'n~'"

    ENGINEERING SUPPORT ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER MANAGER DATE DATE ARI-l Rod ARI-1 Rod Worth Worth (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations BumupRange Burnup Range Power Level Power Level (%)

    (%)

    (MWDIMTU)

    (MWD/MTU) 00 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 50 50 60 60 70 80 80 90 100 100

    =:;150 150 4587 4710 4831 5071 5071 5311 5483 5655 5655 5792 5792 5927 6162 6397

    > 150 150 =:;1000 1000 4667 4801 4935 5180 5425 5594 5594 5762 5762 5905 6048 6285 6523

    > 1000 1000 =:;2000 2000 4717 4867 5017 5267 5517 5680 5844 5844 5995 6145 6384 6623

    > 2000

    >2000 =:;3000 3000 4755 4909 5063 5320 5578 5740 5902 6052 6201 6442 6683

    >3000 =:;4000 S 4000 4818 4975 5131 5396 5660 5814 5969 6113 6257 6483 6708

    >4000

    > 4000 5=:;5000 5000 4767 4920 5072 5346 5619 5778 5938 6073 6208 6439 6670

    > 5000

    > =:;6000 6000 4717 4865 5013 5296 5579 5743 5906 6033 6159 6395 6631

    > 6000

    > =:;7000 7000 4689 4827 4965 5254 5542 5714 5885 6001 6118 6355 6593

    > 7000 =:;8000 5 8000 4660 4788 4916 5211 5506 5685 5864 51 Element #6 finent 6316 6555

    .> 800.0

    >8000 =:;c;)OQO 59000 . 4646

    .464.6. 4:7'6.5 4765 .4~84 4884 5182 5480 5669 5857 54 5j 6292 -

    6531

    =:;10000 4852 4632 4742 5154 5652 5850 5939

    +~~}~

    >9000

    > 9000 10000 5455 6028 6268 6507 6028

    >10000 =:;11000 511000 4622 4725 4828 5129 5431 5431 5641' 5641 5850 5933 6016 6253 1----6490 h 6490

    >11000 =:;12000 512000 4612 4707 4803 5105 5408 5629 5850 5927 6004 6239 6473

    >12000 =:;13000 513000 4617 4706 4795 5096 5398 5631 5865 5937 6010 6242 6475

    >13000 =:;14000 514000 4621 4704 4787 5087 5387 5633 5879 5947 6015 6245 6476

    >14000 =:;15000 515000 4631 4709 4787 5086 5385 5642 5900 5964 6028 6256 6485

    >15000 =:;16000 16000 4641 4714 4787 5085 5382 5652 5921 5981 6041 6267 6493

    >16000 =:;17000 517000 4662 4731 4800 5096 5391 5669 5947 6004 6062 6286 6510

    >17000 =:;18000 518000 4682 4748 4813 5107 5400 5687 5973 6028 6083 6304 6526

    >18000 =:;19000 519000 4709 4771 4833 5125 5418 5710 6002 6056 6109 6328 6547

    >19000 =:;20000 20000 4735 4794 4852 5144 5435 5734 6032 6083 6135 6351 6568

    >20000 =:;20885 520885 4760 4818 4876 5165 5454 5759 6063 6112 6161 6377 6592 Notes:

    1.

    1. Rod worth data assumes the starting starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit. If If a bank is below the RIL, reduce the table table value value by by 75 75 pcm pcm for for each each step step below below the the RIL.

    RIL.

    2. The The rod rod worth datadata represents represents negative reactivity. However, STP-29.1, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 STP-29.2 and have been STP-29.5 have written to been written to handle handle the correct correct sign sign convention convention when the the above above data data is is entered entered asas aa positive number. Enter the number. Enter above numbers the above directly directly into into the the STP.

    STP.

    3.

    3. ARI-lARI4 isis defined defined as as All All Rods Rods InIn --less

    -- less the the most most reactive reactive rod. The SDM rod. The calculation requires SDM calculation that one requires that one rod rod be assumed be assumed stuck.

    stuck. Therefore, Therefore, use use the the data data directly directly from from the the table table above above whenwhen there there are not any are not any known stuck rods.

    known stuck rods.

    Page Page 11 of of 22

    Proprietary Class 2 Westinghouse Proprietary PCB-I-VOLl-CRV77 PCB-1-VOL1-CRv77 UNIT 11 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations KEY REV.

    APPROVED: -

    0/~ 4 A': 1 f-bf lor cr ptrtfYl f1'-;,jW

    ~ LI_/c c ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER DATE Worth of Most Reactive Rod (pern) (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Burnup Range Power Level (MWDIMTU)

    (MWD/MTU) 0% to 100%

    150 150 658

    > 150  ::;;1000 1000 676

    > 1000

    >1000  ::;;2000 2000 732

    > 2000

    >2000 3000

    3000 781

    >3000 4000

    4000 889

    > 4000

    >4000 5000

    5000 1024

    > 5000  ::;;6000 6000 1160

    > 6000 7000

    7000 1232

    > 7000 8000

    <8000 1304 Ielement #9 :iI- > 8000 9000

    9000 1355

    > 9000 10000

    10000 1406

    >10000  ::;;11000 11000 1450

    >11000 12000

    12000 1494

    >12000 13000

    13000 1528

    >13000  ::;;14000 14000 1561

    >14000 15000

    15000 1592

    >15000  ::;;16000 16000 1623

    >16000 17000

    17000 1653

    >17000 18000

    18000 1684

    >18000 19000

    19000 1713

    >19000  ::;;20000 20000 1741

    >20000 ::;;20885 20885 1767 Notes:

    1.

    1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit.
    2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity. However, STP-29.1, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered entered as aa positive positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.

    3.

    3. ARI-1 is defined as All Rods In -- less the most reactive rod.
    4. For multiple stuck rods, the ARI-1 ARl-l value on Page 1 1 of this curve should be reduced by by the following calculation:

    1.75] ++ [WSR xx 0.75]

    [KUR x WSR x 1.75]

    where KUR == Number of known untrippable rods (does not include rod assumed stuck stuck in ARI-1 ARl-l table) and WSR == Worst stuck rod (i.e. most reactive rod)

    Page 22of2 Page of 2

    Westinghouse Westinghouse Proprietary Class 22 Proprietary Class PCB-1-VOL1-CRV78 PCB-l-VOLI-CRV78 UNIT UNIT 11 CYCLE CYCLE 23 CURVE 78 23 CURVE 78 REV.

    APPROVED:

    APPROVED: ~<t" (fL""" ~

    ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER MANAGER DATE Power Defect Defect (pcm) for Shutdown Shutdown Margin Margin Calculations Burnup Range Burnup Power Power Level Level (%)(%)

    (MWDIMTU)

    (MWDiMTU) 00 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 50 50 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100 100 S 150 150 00 361 537 717 898 958 1019 1119 1219 1326 1432

    >150 150 s1000 1000 00 351 522 701 879 943 1006 1006 1106 1206 1206 1307 1409 1409

    >1000

    > 1000 s2000 2000 00 330 495 667 839 903 967 1068 1169 1265 1361

    >2000

    > 2000 s3000 3000 00 317 476 647 818 879 941 1041 1142 1237 1332

    >3000

    > 3000 s4000 4000 00 326 489 664 839 901 964 1062 1161 1261 1360

    >4000

    > 4000 s 5000 0 344 514 697 879 942 1004 1103 1202 1306 1410

    > 5000

    >5000 s6000 6000 0 362 539 729 919 982 1045 1045 1144 1242 1242 1351 1459

    > 6000

    >6000 s7000 7000 0 388 576 774 972 1037 1103 1202 1301 1416 1531

    >7000

    > 7000 s8000 8000 0 414 613 818 1024 1092 1160 1260 1360 1481 1603 8000

    ... > 8(100..

    >9000 9000 .....

    s 90(10 s10000 10000 0

    ~Q

    .00 ......... . . . . . 440 466 651

    ................. 1~~I:

    690 863 907 1074 1124 1147 1202 1220...*...

    1280 1391 1503 1634 11 Element #12 I 1558 entii] 1684 1765

    >10000 s11000 11000 0 492 728 950 1173 1258 1344 1461 1579 1717 1854

    >11000 s12000 12000 0 518 766 994 1222 1315 1408 1531 1655 1800 1944

    >12000 s13000 13000 0 543 804 1035 1267 1369 1471 1603 1734 1884 2034

    >13000 s14000 14000 0 567 841 1077 1313 1424 1535 1674 1813 1968 2123

    >14000 s15000 15000 0 589 875 1115 1356 1477 1597 1744 1890 2054 2217

    >15000 s16000 16000 0 611 908 1153 1399 1529 1660 1813 1967 2139 2310

    >16000 s17000 17000 0 633 940 1189 1438 1578 1718 1882 2046 2223 2400

    >17000 s18000 18000 0 654 971 1225 1478 1627 1777 1951 2125 2307 2489

    >18000 s19000 19000 0 673 1001 1259 1516 1677 1837 2020 2203 2392 2582

    >19000 s20000 20000 0 692 1031 1293 1554 1726 1897 2089 2280 2477 2674

    >20000 s20885 20885 0 709 1057 1323 1590 1771 1953 2152 2351 2554 2757 Notes:

    1. STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is 1.

    entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP. Si]?.

    COLR for FNP Unit 11 Cycle 23 Revision 0 Page Pacie 10 of 13 Figure 1 1 Rod Bank Insertion Limits versus Rated Thermal Power Fully Withdrawn - 225 to 231 steps, inclusive IElements 4 Elements 4 & 5 5 I 225 J;!'

    I....

    I I I I I I

    (.552,225) m I'

    200 o-J;!' (1,187) _

    175 ,/

    I;' ,/

    I' I' Banke

    '2C i;"

    ,/ I I I I I

    ==

    ~

    150 II II-f.

    "t:I 7

    -c

    .J::. .1' = (_1Jl. - 0.000 )(0.900 - 0.(70)+ 0.000 1.00 - 0.070

    §: i;" =166.9 (rounded using 4 signticJnt digits)

    Y

    t Q. 125 I' => 167sfeps

    .l!!

    U)

    !a- if not calculated and only read from graph I~

    s:::

    C (0, 114) then> 165 And < 170; Therefore Half the accuracy of the scale II' 00

    => 167.5 I' 0Cij
    • i 100 00 I....
    a. I.;'

    olo: BankO s:::

    C C\I IX!

    "t:I 75 I....

    00 IJ a:: II' 50 '-' .

    II I I

    ,/

    25

    (.070,0) o0 " I I I I r 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 04 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Fraction of RATED THERMAL POWER Fully Withdrawn shall be the condition where control rods are at a position within the interval ~ 225 and ~ 231 steps withdrawn.

    Note: The Rod Bank Insertion Limits are based on the control bank withdrawal sequence A, B, C, 0 D and a control bank tip-to-tip distance of 128 steps.

    06/18/01 10:31 06/18/01 10 31 :04 04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29 5 April April 2] , 2000 21,2000 Revision Revision 44 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANTPLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE PROCEDURE FNP- I -STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29.5 S

    A F

    E E

    T Y

    MODES I AND 2 (TAVG SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES] ~ 547°F)

    R R

    E L

    A T

    E D

    PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS PER FNP-0-AP-6 SECTIONS Continuous Use ALL Reference Use Information Use Infonnation Approved:

    C. D. COLLINS Operations Manager Date Issued _4..:....-=27'---"'-00~

    4-27-00 _ _ _ _ __

    06/18/01 06/18/01 10:31:0410 31 04 FNP-l-STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29 5 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW REVIEW SHEET SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.

    NO. TECHNICAL SPECIFICA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION nON REFERENCE REFERENCE FNP- I -STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29.5 TR 13.1.1; TR 13.1.1; LCOLCO 3.1.4; 3.1.4; LCO LCO 3.1.5; 3.1.5; LCO LCO 3.1.6 3.1.6 TITLE TITLE MODE(S)

    MODE(S) REQUIRING REQUIRING TEST: TEST:

    SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN IN MODES MODES 1I AND AND 22 *,2*

    11 *,2*

    (TAVG ~ 547°F)

    (TAVG 547°F) *See special

    • See special test exceptions of test exceptions of above above specifications specifications TEST RESULTS TEST RESULTS (TO (TO BE BE COMPLETED COMPLETED BY TEST PERFORMER)

    BY TEST PERFORMER)

    PERFORMED BY PERFORMED DATE/TIME_________________________

    DATE/TIME COMPONENT OR COMPONENT OR TRAIN TRAIN TESTED TESTED (if(if applicable) applicable)

    ENTIRE STP

    ((j] ENTIRE STP PERFORMED FOR SURVEILLANCE

    (()) FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT CREDIT

    []{] PARTIAL STP PERFORMED: ((1] NOT FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT REASON FOR PARTIAL:

    TEST COMPLETED: (()) Satisfactory [ ]j Unsatisfactory

    (()) The following deficiencies occurred:

    (()) Corrective action taken or initiated:

    SHIFT FOREMAN REVIEW REVIEWED BY DATE

    [ ] Procedure properly completed and satisfactory

    [j

    [ ] Comments:

    [] Comments:

    TECHNICAL GROUP GROUP-REACTOR ENG REVIEW REVIEW REVIEWED BY BY DATE

    (( J] Satisfactory and Approved Satisfactory and

    (( j] Comments:

    Comments:

    Revision Revision 44

    06/18/01 10:31 06118/01 10:31:04

    04 FNP-1-STP-29.5 FNP-1STP-29.5 TABLE OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTENTS Procedure Contains Procedure Contains Number of Number of Pages Pages Body ......................................................... 22 Body Shutdown Margin Shutdown Margin ..................................... 33 STRS ........................................................ 1I STRS Page Page 11 of of I1 Revision 44 Revision

    06/18/01 10:31:04 06118/01 10 31 04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29 5 FARLEY NUCLEAR FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT UNIT 1I UNIT SURVEILLANCE TEST SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE PROCEDURE STP-29.5 STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN IN MODES MODES 11 AND (TAVG ~ 547°F)

    AND 22 (TAVG 547°F) 1.0 1.0 Purpose Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to verify that the SHUTDOWN MARGIN is greater than the limits of of the Technical Requirements Manual Manual TR 13.1.1 13.1.1 as as directed by Technical Specifications Specifications in Modes 1I or 2:

    .1 .1 1.1.1 One or more roderod(s) s) untrippable (LCO 3.1.4),

    1.1.2 1.1.2 One or more roderod(s) s) not aligned within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position (LCO 3.1.4),

    1.1.3 One or more shutdown banks not within insertion limits specified in the COLR(LCO COLR (LCO 3.1.5),

    1.1.4 Control bank insertion, sequence, or overlap not within limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.6). (This condition does not affect shutdown margin unless control banks are below insertion limits) 2.0 Acceptance Criteria 2.1 The Shutdown Margin shall be greater than or equal to the value specified in the COLR.

    3.0 Initial Conditions HBF 3.1 The revision of this procedure has been verified to be the current revision and correct unit for the task. (OR I1-98-498) 498)

    HBF 3.2 547° F.

    TAVG HBF HBF 33 3.3 TAVG +/-+/-

    TAVG I1OF

    ° F of programmed value. (Needed for Power Defect to be accurate)

    HBF HBF 3.4 The plant is in Mode 1 I or 22 with Keff ~ 1.

    1.

    HBF 3.5 3.5 Technical Technical Specifications required action action entered to verify verify SDM to bebe within within the limits provided in in the COLR Qj OR Shift Shift Supervisor desires to perform.

    -I-Revision 44

    06/18/01 10:31:04 06118/0110:31:04 FNP-1-STP-29.5 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Read all curves as accurately as possible OR most conservatively.

    4.2 Observe proper algebraic sign notation throughout the calculation.

    4.3 If IF necessary to emergency borate due to inadequate shutdown margin, margin. THEN consideration should be given to tripping the reactor and entering FNP-1-EEP-0, FNP- I -EEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION concurrent with the emergency boration.

    5.0 Instructions NOTE:

    • For calculating shutdown margin at power, the amount of reactivity by which the reactor would be subcritical from its present condition must be determined.

    If the reactor were to shutdown instantaneously, the changes in reactivity would be from control rod position and power defect. In the instant that the reactor shut down, reactivity changes from xenon, samarium and boron concentration would be zero.

    5.1 Enter the information required on the attached calculation sheets and calculate the shutdown margin.

    NOTE:

    • Verification of shutdown margin calculation by a licensed individual other than the test performer, should take place as soon as practical, and any differences immediately..

    resolved immediately

    • A Shift Foreman that serves as verifier of the calculation may also serve as reviewer on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.

    5.2 Verify shutdown margin calculated in step 5.1.

    6.0 References 6.1 Technical Specifications: LCOs 3.1.4, 3.1.5, & 3.1.6.

    6.2 Technical Requirement Manual TR 13.1.1 6.3 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR).

    Revision 44

    06/18/01 10:31 06118101 10:31:04

    04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN IN MODES MODES 11 AND AND 22 A.

    A. PRESENT CONDITIONS PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1 A.I Core Bumup Core Bumup _ _ _ MWDIMTUMWD/MTU A.2 Level.

    Power Level.  %

    A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.

    (Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)

    A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANK RIL BANKRIL BANK STEPS BELOW BANKS HEIGHT DEMAND RIL CBA FULL OUT CBB FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA FULL OUT SDB SOB FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL i"- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..1 Page Page 11 of of 33 Revision 44 Revision

    06/18/01 10:31 06118101 10 31 :04 04 FNP-I-STP-29.5 FNP-1-STP-29 5 A.4 AA Determine number Determine number of penalty steps of penalty steps for for RODS RODS below below RIL RIL which which were were not not counted counted in in A.3 A.3 (Rods below RIL (Rods below RIL onon DRPI DRPI when when the the BANK BANK demand demand isis above above RIL)RIL)

    (Use COLR or (Use COLR or convert convert the the RIL RIL computer computer reading reading from from %  % toto steps) steps)

    AA.a Record data A.4.a Record data in table in table ROD NUMBER ROD RIL POSITION RIL POSITION DRPI DRPI POSITION POSITION DIFFERENCE DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL

    .... _------- ... .1 B. SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & & 78 directly into the surveillance test.

    The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.

    B.

    B.lI Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at r - - - - - - - - - - -I Burnup (A.

    Present Bumup (A.l) (A.2)..

    1) and Power Level (A.2) 1 (_)

    () pcm 1 1 1 i (Curve 77 Page 1) 1 L __________ _

    L B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:

    _ _ _ steps x 75 pcm/step (A.3.a)

    =  :

    1 1 (+)_ _ _ _pcm 1 L __________ _1 L

    B.3 Penalty value of individual rods below RIL whichwhich were not counted counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK BANK demand is above RIL) r------------

    I1 (+) pcm:

    pcm

    _ _ _ steps x 10 10 pcm/step pcm/step =  !... (+)

    ___________ J (A.4.a)

    (AA.a)

    Page Page 22 of of33 Revision 44 Revision

    06/18/01 10:31 06118/01 10:31:04 :04 FNP-1-STP-29.5 FNP-I-STP-29.5 B.4 Stuck 1/ Untrippable Rod penalty:

    (B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippabJe stuckluntrippable rods)

    B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burn burnup up (A. I ) (-)

    (A.1) ()_ _ _ _pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 Stuck/untrippable rods B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuckluntrippable

    (( ()

    x (-) x 1.75] + + [(-)

    [() x 0.75] == ()

    (-) _ _ _ pcm Stuck!

    (# Stucki (B.4.a) (B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive (Most reactive rod worth) rod worth)

    B.5 stuck!untrippable rods, Penalized rod worth considering stuckluntrippable misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:

    1 1

    [(-) _ _ _ ++

    [(-.L-) +

    + -- (-)

    (-) ]1 x 0.9 to 1 ( )

    L L __________ _

    pcm 1 (B.1)

    (B.I) (B.2) (B.3) (B.4.b)

    B.6 Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A. (A.1)

    I)

    (Curve 78). (-)

    () _ _ _ _pcm B.7 Void Collapse Defect. 50 pcm

    (+) _---'5o....=O'---_pcm B.8 Available A vailable Shutdown Reactivity:

    1- - - - - - - - - - - ,.7

    ( ),----(-),---- +

    ()______ ()________ 50 I

    !... ______ __ ~c~~ pcmi1 (B.5) (B.6) (B.7)

    B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 - Required SDM from the COLR):

    r - - - - - - - - - - -I 0 ____ pcm - (-)

    ()___________ () 1770 pcm  : () 0) pcm 1 (B.8) Required SDM t (SDMExcess) I 1... __________ _

    L..

    fromtheCOLR from the CO LR B.10 B.IO If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-l-AOP-27.0, FNP-I-AOP-27 .0, EMERGENCY BORA TION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown BORATION, Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.

    Date:

    Date:___________________ Performed by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

    Date:

    Date:____________________ Verified by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

    Page 33 of of33 Revision 4

    Westinghous Westinghouse e Proprietary Class 22 Proprietary Class PCB-1-VOL 1-CRV77 PCB-l-VOLl-CRV77 UNIT 11 CYCLE UNIT CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Control Rod Worth Worth for for SDM SDM Calculations Calculations REv.l REV.

    APPROVED:: t')(~..e fd,

    (<4; Iv,- P'Pl-n c'?r'no-APPROVED ENGINEERING ENGINEERI SUPPORT MANAGER NG SUPPORT MANAGER DATE DATE ARI-l Rod ARI-1 Rod Worth Worth (pcm)(pcm) for for Shutdown Shutdown MarginMargin Calculations Calculations Burnup Range Bumup Range Power Level Power Level (%)(%)

    (MWDIMTU))

    (MWDIMTU 00 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100 100

    150 150 4587 4587 4710 4710 4831 4831 5071 5071 5311 5311 5483 5483 5655 5655 5792 5792 5927 5927 6162 6162 6397 6397

    >150

    > 150  ::;1000 1000 4667 4667 4801 4801 4935 4935 5180 5180 5425 5425 5594 5594 5762 5762 5905 5905 6048 6285 6285 6523 6523

    > 1000

    > 1000  ::;2000 2000 4717 4717 4867 5017 5017 5267 5267 5517 5517 5680 5680 5844 5844 5995 5995 6145 6384 6623 6623

    >2000

    >2000  ::;3000 3000 4755 4909 5063 5063 5320 5320 5578 5578 5740 5740 5902 6052 6201 6201 6442 6442 6683 6683

    > 3000

    > 3000  ::;4000 4000 4818 4975 5131 5131 5396 5396 5660 5660 5814 5814 5969 5969 6113 6257 6483 6708

    >4000

    > 4000  ::;5000 5000 4767 4920 5072 5346 5619 5778 5938 6073 6208 6439 6670

    > 5000

    > 5000  ::;6000 6000 4717 4865 5013 5296 5579 5743 5906 6033 6159 6395 6631

    > 6000

    >  ::;7000 7000 4689 4827 4965 5254 5542 5542 5714 5885 6001 6118 6355 6593

    > 7000

    > 7000  ::;8000 8000 4660 4788 4916 5211 5506 5685 5864 5970 6076 6316 6555

    > 8000  ::;9000 9000 4646 4765 4884 5182 5480 5669 5857 5955 6052 6292 6531

    >> 9000 9000  ::;10000 10000 4632 4742 4852 5154 5455 5652 5850 5939 6028 6268 6507

    >10000

    >10000  ::;11000 11000 4622 4725 4828 5129 5431 5641 5850 5933 6016 6253 6490

    >11000

    >11000  ::;12000 12000 4612 4707 4803 5105 5408 5629 5850 5927 6004 6239 6473

    >12000

    >12000  ::;13000 13000 4617 4706 4795 5096 5398 5631 5865 5937 6010 6242 6475

    >13000

    >13000  ::;14000 14000 4621 4704 4787 5087 5387 5633 5879 5947 6015 6245 6476

    >14000

    >14000  ::;15000 15000 4631 4709 4787 5086 5385 5642 5900 5964 6028 6256 6485

    >15000  ::;16000 16000 4641 4714 4787 5085 5382 5652 5921 5981 6041 6267 6493 6493

    >16000

    >16000  ::;17000 17000 4662 4731 4800 5096 5391 5669 5669 5947 6004 6062 6062 6286 6510

    >17000  ::;18000 18000 4682 4748 4813 5107 5400 5687 5973 6028 6083 6304 6526 6526

    >18000 :5:19000 19000 4709 4771 4833 5125 5418 5710 6002 6056 6109 6328 6547

    >19000 :5:20000 20000 4735 4794 4852 5144 5144 5435 5734 6032 6032 6083 6135 6351 6568 6568

    >20000

    >20000 :5:20885 20885 4760 4818 4818 4876 5165 5165 5454 5454 5759 5759 6063 6063 6112 6112 6161 6161 6377 6377 6592 6592 Notes:

    Notes:

    1.

    1. Rod Rod worth worth data data assumes assumes the the starting starting point point isis rods rods at at the If aa bank Limit. If Insertion Limit.

    Rod Insertion the Rod below the is below bank is RIL, reduce the RIL, the reduce the table value table value byby 75 75 pcm pcm for for each each step step below below the the RIL.

    RIL.

    2.

    2. The The rod rod worth worth data data represents represents negative negative reactivity.

    reactivity. However, However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 STP-29.5 have written to been written have been to handle handle thethe correct correct sign sign convention convention when when the the above above data data is entered as is entered as aa positive Enter the number. Enter positive number. numbers above numbers the above directly directly into into the the STP.

    STP.

    3.

    3. ARI-l ARI-1 is defined as is defined as All All Rods Rods InIn --less

    -- less the the most reactive rod.

    most reactive rod. The requires that calculation requires SDM calculation The SDM rod be one rod that one assumed be assumed stuck. Therefore, stuck. Therefore, use use the the data data directly directly from from the the table table above above when when there there are are not not any any known known stuck stuck rods.

    rods.

    of 22 Page 11 of Page

    Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-I-VOLl-CRV77 PCB-1-VOL1-CRV77 UNIT 11 CYCLE 23 CURVE 77 Control Rod Worth for SDM Calculations REV.~

    REv.g

    /#

    APPROVED:

    APPROVED: y ~ k. f-o/

    /i lor bygrrtf~ (1'I-:,ltr (rr ENGINEERING SUPPORT MANAGER DATE Worth of Most Reactive Rod (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Bumup Burnup Range Power Level (MWDIMTU)

    (MWD/MTU) 0% to 100%

    150 150 658

    > 150  ::;1000 1000 676

    >1000

    > 1000  ::;2000 2000 732

    >2000

    > 2000  ::;3000 3000 781

    >3000

    > 3000  ::;4000 4000 889

    >4000

    > 4000  ::;5000 5000 1024

    > 5000  ::;6000 6000 1160

    > 6000  ::;7000 7000 1232

    > 7000

    >  ::;8000 8000 1304

    > 8000

    >  ::;9000 9000 1355

    > 9000

    >  ::;10000 10000 1406

    >10000  ::;11000 11000 1450

    >11000  ::;12000 12000 1494

    >12000 $;13000 13000 1528

    >13000  ::;14000 14000 1561

    >14000  ::;15000 15000 1592

    >15000 $;16000 16000 1623

    >16000  ::;17000 17000 1653

    >17000  ::;18000 18000 1684

    >18000  ::;19000 19000 1713

    >19000  ::;20000 20000 1741

    >20000  ::;20885 20885 1767 Notes:

    1. Rod worth data assumes the starting point is rods at the Rod Insertion Limit.
    2. The rod worth data represents negative reactivity. However, STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and arid STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.
    3. less the most reactive rod.

    ARI-1 is defined as All Rods In --less

    4. ARt-i value on Page 11 of this curve should be reduced by the following calculation:

    For multiple stuck rods, the ARl-l 1.751 +

    [KUR x WSR x 1.75} + [WSR x 0.75]

    0.751 where KUR = = Number of known untrippable rods (does not include rod assumed stuck in ARl-l ARI-1 table) and WSR = = Worst stuck rod (i.e. most reactive rod)

    Page 2 of2 of 2

    Westinghouse Proprietary Class 2 PCB-l-VOLI-CRV78 PCB-1-VOL1-CRV78 UNIT 11 CYCLE 23 CURVE 78 Total Power Defect for SDM 5DM Calculations REV.~

    REV.

    APPROVED: ~'1;1 (<L<f j"r fjrya", 41',-",,, ~

    ENGINEERiNG SUPPORT MANAGER ENGINEERING DATE Power Defect (pcm) for Shutdown Margin Calculations Burnup Range Power Level (%)

    (MWD/MTU) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150

    ~150 0 361 537 717 898 958 1019 1119 1219 1326 1432

    > 150

    >150 1000

    ~1000 0 351 522 701 879 943 1006 1106 1206 1307 1409

    >1000 2000

    ~2000 0 330 495 667 839 903 967 1068 1169 1265 1361

    >2000

    > 2000 3000

    ~3000 0 317 476 647 818 879 941 1041 1142 1237 1332

    > 3000

    >3000 4000

    ~4000 0 326 489 664 839 901 964 1062 1161 1261 1360

    > 4000

    >4000 ~ 5000 0 344 514 697 879 942 1004 1103 1202 1306 1410

    > 5000 6000

    ~6000 0 362 539 729 919 982 1045 1144 1242 1351 1459

    > 6000 7000

    ~7000 0 388 576 774 972 1037 1103 1202 1301 1416 1531

    >7000 8000

    ~8000 0 414 613 818 1024 1092 1160 1260 1360 1481 1603

    > 8000 9000

    ~9000 0 440 651 863 1074 1147 1220 1326 1431 1558 1684

    >9000 10000

    ~10000 0 466 690 907 1124 1202 1280 1391 1503 1634 1765

    >10000 11000

    ~11000 0 492 728 950 1173 1258 1344 1461 1579 1717 1854

    >11000 12000

    ~12000 0 518 766 994 1222 1315 1408 1531 1655 1800 1944

    >12000 13000

    ~13000 0 543 804 1035 1267 1369 1471 1603 1734 1884 2034

    >13000 14000

    ~14000 0 567 841 1077 1313 1424 1535 1674 1813 1968 2123

    >14000 15000

    ~15000 0 589 875 1115 1356 1477 1597 1744 1890 2054 2217

    >15000 16000

    ~16000 0 611 908 1153 1399 1529 1660 1813 1967 2139 2310

    >16000 17000

    ~17000 0 633 940 1189 1438 1578 1718 1882 2046 2223 2400

    >17000 ~18000 18000 0 654 971 1225 1478 1627 1777 1951 2125 2307 2489

    >18000 19000

    ~19000 0 673 1001 1259 1516 1677 1837 2020 2203 2392 2582

    >19000 20000

    ~20000 0 692 1031 1293 1554 1726 1897 2089 2280 2477 2674

    >20000 ~20885 20885 0 709 1057 1323 1590 1771 1953 2152 2351 2554 2757 Notes:

    1. STP-29.1, STP-29.2 and STP-29.5 have been written to handle the correct sign convention when the above data is entered as a positive number. Enter the above numbers directly into the STP.

    COLR for FNP Unit 1I Cycle 23 Revision 0 Page 10 of 13 Figure 11 Rod Bank Insertion Limits versus Rated Thermal Power Fully Withdrawn - 225 to 231 steps, inclusive 225 II n. I I I..- (.552,225)

    IJ 200 IJ (1,187)_

    175 ~ "'"

    , ~

    Banke "2 C

    ~ 150 ~ ~

    IV "C

    .s::::

    § li

    0. 125 ~

    ~

    ~

    .sU)

    ~ ~

    c::

    C (0, 114) ~

    00

    • iii 0 100 00 1..-

    c...

    0

    ~ Bank D c::

    C IV

    /Xl "C 75 00 ~

    0:::

    50

    ~

    25

    , ~

    (.070,0)

    I I I I I o0 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Fraction of RATED THERMAL POWER Fully Withdrawn shall be the condition where control rods are at a position within the interval ~ 225 and S 231 steps withdrawn.

    Note: The Rod Bank Insertion Limits are based on the control bank withdrawal sequence A, B, C, D and a control bank tip-to-tip distance of 128 steps.

    FNPHLT-33 FNP HLT-33ADMIN ADMIN A.2.IA A.2.1.A HANDOUT HANDOUT Pg Pg I1 of of II CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, begin, you you are are to to Determine Determine if if Shutdown Shutdown Margin Margin isis adequate adequate using using STP-29.5, STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION CALCULATION IN IN MODES MODES 11 AND AND 22 (TAVG (TAVG 2:: 547°F),

    547°F), for for Unit Unit I.1. The The conditions under conditions under which which this this task task is is to to be be perfonned performed are:

    are:

    a.

    a. Unit II is Unit stable at is stable 90% with at 90% with the the ramp ramp on hold on hold
    b. Bank 0D indicates 192 192 by Group Demand.
    c. Seven of the Bank 0D rods (H2, B8, H14, F6, FlO, KlO, Kb, K6) are at 192 192 steps by DRPI.
    d. Rod P8, in in the 0D bank, has been detennined determined to be Stuck.

    e.

    e. Rod P8 is Rod 162 steps is at 162 steps by DRP!.

    DRPI.

    f. All other rods rods are atat 229 steps.
    g. burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU bumup.

    Core bumup

    h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION FNP-1-STP-29.5, CALCULATION IN MODES I AND 2 (TAVG 2::

    547°F), initial conditions are satisfied.

    i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5
    1. FNP- I -STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1.

    HLT-33 FNP HL T-33 ADMIN Page 11 of5 of 5 A.3.1.A Radiation Control ADMIN G2.3.9 - RO & SRO SRO CRO-A.3.1.A TITLE: Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits.

    PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT____ OLT~

    SOCT OLT X LOCT __

    LOCT____

    ACCEPTABLE EV EVALUATION ALUA TION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM SIMULA SIMULATE TE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM ----.lL X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: NIA N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __

    PRA____

    JPM DIRECTIONS:

    1. Initiation of task may be in group setting, evaluation performed individually upon completion.
    2. The references for this task will be provided as listed or the student may be provided a computer with a generic exam login and access to the EXAM reference disk.
    3. Elements 1I through 7 may be evaluated by reviewing the responses on the Handout.

    TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this jPM: JPM:

    • Calculate dose expected for Tasks 11 through 3
    • Determine if a Repair team would exceed equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP- EIP 14.0, Personnel Movement, Relocation, Re-Entry and Site Evacuation.
    • Calculate the maximum allowable stay time for a task; or determine what tasks can be performed, if any, without exceeding limits.

    Examinee:

    Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

    EXAMINER: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___

    Developer Howard Fitzwater 1 1/06/09 11/06/09 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 1021 FORM ES-301-3

    FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T-33 ADMIN A.3.1 .A A.3.1.A Page Page 22 of5 of 5 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, begin, you are to you are to determine determine if if exposure exposure isis within within emergency emergency dosedose limits limits of of EIP-EIP 14.0, Personnel Movement, 14.0, Personnel Movement, Relocation, Relocation, Re-Entry Re-Entry and and Site Site Evacuation.

    Evacuation. The The conditions conditions under under which which this task this task is is to to be performed are:

    be performed are:

    a. A General Emergency has has been declared on on Unit 1.1.
    b. lA
    b. IA RHR pump pump is air bound and and must be be vented vented per AOP-12, AOP-12, Attachment Attachment 1, 1, RHR RHR Pump Venting.
    c. The
    c. The TSC TSC has requested that that 1lB B RHR pump motor bearing bearing oil oil levels levels be checked checked and and filled filled as required after restoring lA IA RHR and suggests using the same Repair team. The time required to perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range between 11 to 20 minutes.
    d. Ted and Joel have been selected to perform the task, their exposure information is stated below.
    e. The Tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have been provided.
    f. Each task must be completed by both operators, and must be performed in the order listed.
    g. Both operators are expected to receive equal dose for each job.
    h. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:

    o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1I through 3 and document in the table.

    o Determine the tasks, if any, for which the members of the team could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0. EIP- 14.0.

    • If any member of the team will NOT exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
    • IF any member of the team WILL exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that the team can complete without either member exceeding dose limits.

    Time allowed/

    allowed! Dose Task Location/Task description req'd reqd Rate Dose

    1. ft (minutes) (R/hr)

    (RIhr) 83' 11A 83 A RHR Pump and HX rooms! rooms/ Vent rig installation and 1

    venting 30 55.31 31 100 piping penetration room!

    100' room/ Vent rig installation and 2 15 19.75 19 75 venting 121 piping penetration room! Vent rig installation and 121' 3 20 55.65 65 venting Inspect 1IB B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as 4

    required 77 Year-to-date DOSE Records (REM TEDE)

    TED TED 1.26 1.26 JOEL 0.4 Can this team perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES !I NO IF yes, IF yes, then state the maximum then state maximum permitted stay stay time time for task #4.

    IF no, then IF then state the highest sequential state the sequential task task ## that can can be be performed, performed, if if any.

    any.

    INITIATING INITIATING CUE: CUE: You may begin.

    "You may begin."

    FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 ADMINADMIN A.3.1.A A.3.1.A Page Page 33 of5 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

    STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    (CIRCLE)

    START TIME START TIME

    1. Determine
    1. Determine the dose dose received for for tasks 11 through 3.
    3. 1)
    1) Calculates Calculates (in (in REM)

    REM)

    • Task#1
    a. Task #1 a. 2.66 {Range

    {Range 2.6 to 2.7} S I/ U (30min)x 5.31R/hr (30min)X5.31Rlhrx( ( lhr

    = 2.66REM lhr. )=2.66REM 60 mm }

    60mm Task #2

    b. Task#2
    • 1h
    b. 4.938 {4.9{4.9 to 5.0} S II U U (I5min)x19.75RIhrx (15min)XI9.75Rlhrx( =4.938REM lhr. )=4.938REM 60mmn}

    60mm

    • c. Task #3 lhr c. 1.88 {1.8 to 1.9}

    {l.8to SS/UI U (20min)x 5.65R / hr x (20min)X5.65Rlhrx( 1 Ihr. )=1.88REM

    =1 .88REM 60min,)

    60mm NOTE:

    • A Cue may be required to obtain responses for each element if the candidate does not clearly document results. Provide the Cue as stated on the Handout.

    clearl

    • 2. Evaluates Team exposure within emergency 2) Circles YES on handout -OR- OR S I/ UU of EIP-14.0 for completion of tasks 1I limits ofEIP-14.0 states that team can perform through 3. tasks 1I through 3.
    a. Emergency Dose limit for equipment a. lOR 10 R is limit protection is lOR 10 R and DOES NOT include current exposure.
    b. Summation of Task 11 through 33 (2.66 +

    11 OREM -(2.66 1 .88)REM ~ 0

    + 4.94 + 1.88)REM b. 0.52 R remains available 0.52REM0 0.52REM~0

    c. Determines BOTH team members can c. Circles the YES choice complete all tasks.
    3. Calculates stay time for task #4. 3) Documents or States: STAY SS /I UU 4 hr V6OminN time is 4.5 mins (0.52Rem{ hr )(60min)

    (0.52Rem I = 4.493 min 1=4.493mm

    \7 7REM,A REM hr ,)

    . . min to 66 mm)

    {Range: 33 mm min)

    {RANGE

    {RANGE:: 3mmnto6mmn}

    3 min_to _ 6min}

    STOP TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of of the task have been been completed.

    CRITICAL ELEMENTS:

    CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Critical Elements Elements areare denoted denoted with with an asterisk (*)

    an asterisk before the

    (*) before the element element number.

    number.

    FNP HLT-33 ADMIN A.3. 1 .A A.3.I.A Page 4 of5 of 5 GENERAL

    REFERENCES:

    I. FNP-O-EIP-I4.0,

    1. FNP-0-EIP-14.0, ver ver22 22 FNP-0-M-1.0, ver 18.0
    2. FNP-O-M-l.O, 18.0 G2.3.4
    3. KA: 02.3.4 RO 3.2 SRO 3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND AN]) EQUIPMENT:

    Provide/Acquire:

    1. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk, or EIP 14.0, ver 22.0 and M-I.O, M- 1 .0, version 18.0.

    1 8.0.

    2. Calculator
    3. pens/pencils
    4. Scrap paper Critical ELEMENT justification:

    STEP Evaluation l.a I.a CRITICAL - Task Objective I .b I.b CRITICAL - Task Objective I .c I.c CRITICAL - Task Objective 2 CRITICAL - Task Objective 3 CRITICAL - Task Objective COMMENTS:

    Teds year to date dose is used, the emergency dose limit will be exceeded and the expected response IF Ted's NO and highest task that can be completed is Task #3.

    for element 2 is "NO" IF Joel's Joels year to date dose is used and the Emergency dose is reduced by this value then the stay time

    ° will range from 0 mins to 1.1 mins.

    IF emergency dose limit of 25 Rem Then Stay time will be excessive.

    IF ADMIN dose limit of of22 REM used then NONE of the tasks can be performed, or Legal limit of 55 REM then Task #2 will be the highest.

    FNP HL FNP HLT-33 ADMIN T -33 ADMIN A.3.1.A A.3.1.A HANDOUT HANDOUT Page 11 of Page of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you to to begin, begin, youyou are are to determine if to determine if exposure exposure isis within within emergency emergency dose dose limits limits of of EIP-EIP 14.0, Personnel 14.0, Personnel Movement, Movement, Relocation, Relocation, Re-Entry Re-Entry and and Site Site Evacuation.

    Evacuation. The The conditions conditions underunder which which this task this task is is to to be performed are:

    be performed are:

    a.a. A General Emergency A General Emergency has has been been declared declared on on Unit Unit 1.1.

    b. 1IA
    b. RHR pump A RHR pump is air bound is air bound and and must must bebe vented vented perper AOP-12, AOP-12, Attachment Attachment 1, I, RHR RHR Pump Pump Venting.

    Venting.

    c. The
    c. The TSCTSC hashas requested requested that that 1I B RHR pump B RHR pump motor motor bearing bearing oiloil levels levels bebe checked checked and and filled filled as as required after required after restoring restoring 1IA RHR and A RHR and suggests suggests using the the same same Repair Repair team.

    team. The The time required required toto perform this task is unknown, perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range but is estimated range between 1I to 20 minutes. minutes.

    d. Ted
    d. Ted andand Joel Joel have have been been selected selected toto perform perform thethe task, task, their their exposure exposure information information is is stated stated below.

    below.

    e. The The Tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have have been provided.

    provided.

    Each task must f.f. Each must be completed completed by by both operators, and must must be performed in in the the order listed.

    listed.

    operators

    g. Both operators are are expected expected to receive equalequal dose dose for for each each job.
    h. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:

    provided:

    o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 11 through 3 and document in the table.

    o Determine the tasks, if any, for which the members of the team could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of EIP-14.0. El P-I 4.0.

    • If any member of the team will NOT exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
    • IF any member of the team WILL exceed limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that the team can complete without either member exceeding dose limits.

    Time allowed/

    allowed! Dose Task Location/Task description Location/Task req'd reqd Rate Dose

    1. (minutes) (Rlhr)

    (R!hr) 83' 1IA 83 A RHR Pump and HX rooms! rooms/ Vent rig installation and 11 venting 30 55.31 31 100 piping penetration room!

    100' room/ Vent rig installation and 22 15 19.75 19 75 venting 121 121 ' piping penetration room! room/ Vent rig installation and 3 venting 20 55.65 65 Inspect Inspect I1B B RHR pump motor bearing oil oil levels levels and and fill as 4 required 77 required Year-to-date Year-to-date DOSE DOSE Records (REM (REM TEDE)

    TEDE)

    TED TED 1.26 1.26 JOEL JOEL 0.4 0.4 Can Can this team perform this team perform all all of of the the tasks?

    tasks? (Circle (Circle one) one) YES YES  !/ NO NO IF IF yes, yes, then then state the maximum state the maximum permitted permitted stay stay time time for for task task #4.

    1. 4.

    IF IF no, no, then state the then state the highest highest sequential task ## that sequential task that can can be be performed, performed, if if any.

    any.

    FNP HLT-33 ADMIN Page 11 of6 of 6 G2.4. 14 - RO & SRO A.4.1.A Emergency Plan G2.4.14 CRO-A.4. 1 .A CRO-A.4.1.A TITLE: Monitor the Critical Safety Function Status Trees.

    PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT LOCT______

    ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: ~ X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: ~ X SIMULATOR PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: IC-216 ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA __

    PRA____

    JPM DIRECTIONS:

    1. This task will be conducted on the Simulator.
    2. The simulator will remain frozen for the duration to the task, if the candidate attempts to operate any component, no plant response will occur.
    3. The plant computer screens will be turned off.
    4. ALL will perform elements 11 through 7.
    5. ONLY SRO will perform elements 8-10.

    TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

    • Identify Identi1v all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged.
    • Identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry, if any.
    • SRO ONLY: Perform a proper assessment and procedure transition for the given conditions.

    Examinee:

    Overall JPM Performance: Satisfactory 01 Unsatisfactory 0D Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

    EXAMINER: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___

    Developer Howard Fitzwater 1 1/09/09 11109/09 LNRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

    FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 ADMIN ADMIN A.4.1.A AA.l.A Page Page 22 of6 of 6 CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you to begin, you to begin, you are to you are to monitor monitor thethe Critical Critical Safety Safety Function Function Status Status Trees Trees (CSFST).

    (CSFST).

    The conditions under which The conditions which this this task task is is to to be be performed are:

    are:

    a. A Large Break
    a. Break LOCA and loss of Off-site Off-site power has has occurred on on Unit 1I from from 100%

    100% 10 10 minutes ago.

    b. The
    b. The team has transitioned team has transitioned toto EEP-1.0, Primary or EEP-l .0, Primary or Secondary Secondary Loss Loss of of Coolant.

    Coolant.

    c. The Integrated
    c. The Integrated Plant Computer Computer has failed.

    failed.

    d. The STA is en route to the Control Room.
    e. You have been directed to manually monitor Critical Safety Functions using CSp -0.0, Critical CSF-0.0, Safety Function Status Trees and:

    identify all applicable Critical Safety functions which are challenged, if any.

    1. Identify 1.
    2. If applicable, identify the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry for that condition.

    INITIATING CUE: "You You may begin."

    begin.

    EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    START TIME I.

    1. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-O.l CSF-0.i Subcriticality. 1) Determines Subcriticality SAT / S / U GREEN.
    a. Power Rng < 5% a. YES (N42 is failed high)
    b. mt RNG SUR zero or neg Both Int b. YES
    c. Both SR detectors ARE energized c. NO
    d. IR Range <-0.2

    < -0.2 DPM d. YES

    2. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.2 CSF-O.2 Core Cooling. 2) Determines Core Cooling OFF- S S / U NORMAL / YELLOW (C.3).
    a. CET<1200°F CET <1200 of a. YES
    b. Subcooling> 16°F 16°F {45°} b. NO
    c. CET <700 °F of c. YES 3.
    3. Evaluates CSFSTCSFST at CSF-0.3 CSF-0.3 Heat Sink.Sink. 3) Determines Heat Sink is OFF-
    3) SS / UU NORMAL / YELLOW YELLOW (H.5).
    a. NR levels> 31 {48%} {48% } a. NO b.
    b. Total AFW flow >395 gpm.

    Total gpm. b.

    b. YES YES c.
    c. Press in Press SG <1129 in all SG <1129 psig psig c.
    c. YES YES d.
    d. NR lvl NR lvl <82%

    <82% d.

    d. YES YES e.
    e. Press <1075

    <1075 psigpsig e.

    e. YES YES
    f. NR lvl >31 % {48%}

    NRlvl>31%{48%} f. NO

    FNP HLT-33 FNP HLT-33 ADMIN ADMIN A.4.1 .A AA.l.A Page Page 33 of6of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS:

    STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    (CIRCLE)

    NOTE:

    NOTE: Candidate may Candidate may inform inform the the SS SS of ofthe the FRP-P.lI FRP-P.1/ ORANGE ORANGE path path condition condition upon upon discovery discovery butbut should continue should continue to to evaluate evaluate the remaining CSFSTs.

    the remaining CSFSTs. IFIF CUE CUE required, required, then then provide:

    provide: "SS SS Acknowledges.

    Acknowledges."

    • 4.
    4. Evaluates CSFST Evaluates CSFST atat CSF-OA CSF-0.4 INTEGRITY.

    INTEGRITY. 4) Determines Determines Integrity is is SS // UU SEVEREL SEVERELY Y Challanged Challanged //

    ORANGE.

    ORANGE. (P.I) (P.1)

    Temp decr <100 OF

    a. Temp °F last 60 min mm a.
    a. NO
    b. All Press and CL temps to right of LIMIT A b. YES (LOSP will result in instrument spike < < 250F-25 OF-indication only-should onlyshould be determined as not valid).
    c. Al I1 CL temps> 250°F c. NO NOTE: ** The candidate may inform the SS of the FRP- Z.1I0RANGE Z. 1/ORANGE path condition upon discovery but should continue to evaluate the remaining CSFSTs. IF CUE required, then provide: "SS SS Acknowledges.

    Acknowledges."

    5. Evaluates CSFST at CSF-0.5 Containment Containment.. 5) Determines containment is in S / U U SEVERELY SEVEREL Y Challenged/

    Challenged!

    ORANGE (Z.1) (Z.l)

    a. CTMT press <54 psig a. YES
    b. CTMT press <27 psig b. NO (35 psig)
    c. AT least ONE CTMT Spray pump running c. NO; recognizes 1 B CS IB with flow flow>>1000 1000 gpm. pump has no flow path (MOV -8820B aligned (MOV-8820B closed) and IA lA CS pump pump is not running.

    6.

    6. Evaluates Evaluates CSFST CSFST atat CSF-0.6 CSF-0.6 INVENTOR INVENTORY. Y. 6) Determines
    6) Determines containment containment isis in in SS // UU OFF-NORMAL OFF-NORM / YELLOW AL / YELLOW (1.2).

    (1.2).

    a. PRZR
    a. PRZR level level <92%

    < 92% a. YES

    a. YES
    b. PRZR
    b. PRZR level>

    level> 15%

    15% b. NO b.NO

    HLT-33 ADMIN FNP HLT-33 A.4.1 .A A.4.1.A of 6 Page 4 of6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

    ELEMENTS: STANDARDS: (CIRCLE)

    • 7. Reports to the Shift Supervisor identified 7) SS informed of FRP Z.I P.1 Z.1 and P.I S / U FRP-P.1 is highest priority:

    conditions and FRP-P.I ORANGE paths exist and FRP- FRP P.1 entry required.

    P.I FRP-P. 1, ORANGE due to Cooldown

    a. FRP-P.l,

    >100°F

    > 100°F in 60 minutes and <

    < 250°F.

    FRP-Z.1 ORANGE due to failed IA CTMT

    b. FRP-Z.l Spray pump and 1I B CTMT Spray pump discharge valve.

    RO ONLY: Terminate when Elements 1-7 have been completed.

    IF element 7 correctly assessed then:

    SRO CUE: "SS SS acknowledges and directs you to perform FRP-P.l."

    FRP-P. I .

    8. (FRP-P.l Step 1)I) Checks RCS pressure Greater 8) RCS pressure checked on S / U than 435 psig: P1-402B and 403B (50 PI-402B psig) and determined less than.
    9. (FRP-P.l step 1I RNO) Checks LHSI flow 9) Checks flow on FI-605A and S / UU greater than 1500 gpm. F1-605B. (3250 gpm)

    FI-605B.

      • 10. Transitions to procedure step in effect. 10) Properly assesses Procedure S S / UU FRP-Z.I.

    step in effect is FRP-Z.l.

    Transitions to FRP-Z.l or states the FRP-Z.1 FRP-Z.l is required to be entered.

    STOP TIME II SRO ONLY: Terminate when all Critical Elements have been completed.

    CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk (*) (*) before the element number.

    FNP HL HLT-33 T-33 ADMIN A.4.l.A A.4.1.A of 6 Page 5 of6 GENERAL

    REFERENCES:

    1. CSF
    1. CSF-0.0, 17.0

    -0.0, ver 17.0

    2. FNP-1-FRP-P.1, ver 19
    3. KA: G2.4.14 RO 3.8 SRO 4.5 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

    NONE Critical ELEMENT justification:

    STEP Evaluation I

    1 criticalprocedure protocol, NOT critical-procedure protocol , condition not challenged (GREEN) 2 criticalprocedure protocol, conditions Off-Normal (Yellow)

    NOT critical-procedure 3 criticalprocedure protocol, condition Off-Normal (¥ellow)

    NOT critical-procedure (Yellow) 4 CRITICAL - Task Objective, condition CHALLENGED (ORANGE) 5 CRITICAL - Task Objective, condition CHALLENGED (ORANGE) 6 criticalprocedure protocol, condition Off-Normal (Yellow)

    NOT critical-procedure 7 CRITICAL - Task Objective, reports both challenged conditions to SS and identifies highest priority procedure. (END RO ONLY) 8 criticalprocedure protocol NOT critical-procedure 9 criticalprocedure protocol NOT critical-procedure 10 Task Objective; properly assess next procedure transition for CRITICAL -Task conditions. (END SRO ONLY)

    COMMENTS:

    If the candidate attempts to operate the CTMT Spray pump or discharge valve, and notes that the The response is as you see it."

    simulator is frozen, a Cue may be required: "The it.

    FNP HLT-33 FNP l-ILT-33 ADMIN ADMIN A.4.1.A A.4.I.A HANDOUT HANDOUT Page 11 of Page of 1I CONDITIONS CONDITIONS When II tell When tell you you toto begin, you are begin, you are to monitor the to monitor Critical Safety the Critical Safety Function Function Status Trees (CSFST).

    Status Trees (CSFST).

    The conditions The conditions under which this under which this task task isis to to be be performed performed are:

    are:

    a.a. A A Large Break LOCA Large Break LOCA and and loss loss of of Off-site Off-site power power has occurred on has occurred on Unit Unit 11 from from 100%

    100% 1010 minutes minutes ago.

    ago.

    b. The
    b. The teamteam has transitioned to has transitioned EEP-I.0, Primary to EEP-I.O, Primary oror Secondary Secondary Loss Loss of of Coolant.

    Coolant.

    c. The
    c. The Integrated Integrated Plant Computer has Plant Computer has failed.

    failed.

    d. The
    d. The ST STAA isis en en route route to to the Control Room.

    the Control Room.

    e. You have been directed to
    e. You have been directed to manually monitormanually monitor Critical Critical Safety Safety Functions Functions using using CSF -0.0, Critical CSF-0.0, Critical Safety Function Status Safety Function Status Trees Trees and:

    and:

    I.I. Identify Identify allall applicable applicable Critical Critical Safety functions which Safety functions which are challenged, if are challenged, if any.

    any.

    2. If applicable, identify the the highest level challenge to the CSFSTs and the required procedure entry for that that condition.

    condition.